Ce ee ee re see IE ee ele OL : -~ mood oe 6 . as . : Sate a << neato - ~ © ae: —— 4 pion nineteen hel na a cae oe eens Pl all Ay Apts Seating Ae te ta te “ tinder attend ete eee ee ee Radiata ieee “ = Rete Hil Tee Tate Te Gay To em, I nl aie gig alg Yay eet! n ee abide ae ety’ Es Put Pat eae 7” sa Pu behinds : pags * “ere n” i Set eR ee a ge ee - . ar i - ~ ‘tae ‘ 4 aww Pin: Mueteas aah beh a Spe brie keine re a ew tT Bi trating ony .- Fir et he a ~ . - 4 vi if aut y " ) 7 Mies ny Sul Mes m | Na Per aay ate) Une " “eee oe CANN Ha} ‘ nian diana’ 1 Rea AMAR a Sa ; his ia me ip ee ii ian ath re, i ; 7 ; Gn ) hi, ae ean ra fe 4 ND) : hs Waa aa a a ae . % Nl, ¥ Pra eT ae ae 6: ih Mi PeRICeR ace yy, aitss) «Th 7 Ai & ve: in 4 A i hy Vr i ai € i i= At cd 4 f aay (ek Ky ; AGL i Lets! 4 ' i 9 i q J | ; % : ‘ a \ a { > i+ ? ‘ M ; i i ‘ wad p* r Hy A . J , m Mi, ai A aaa Bere fi 3 5. a “a, a ie ee ey ae inne Niel l AM) hits at a ey ree ¢ aa hy se WO Wa ee ree; A Wiiite ‘Re Stata wn Ly RU En tae ayaa: 8B i ae ; f Dh a i > a Vol. 24 August, 1972 No. 1 PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication CONTENTS FEB 8 1913 NEW YORK KORE, R. P., & SAGARA, N., Japanese disconPEere Hons ehin., Fiimara=N velenovskyi comb. nov. (Pyronemataceae, Mycolachneeae) .... . 1 ERB, R. W., A new species of the genus Rhizoblepharia from the neotropics, and a redisposition of the genus in the Pyronemataceae, ENGIN OTIINOUED wie A eG Fabaceae fase RS I ne EE J KORF, R. P., & ERB, R. W., The genus Trichophaeopsis ............. 15 MOLDENKE, H. N., Two new pipeworts from Brazil eet ee eee 19 _ MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Verbena. XV ...... 20 _ MOLDENKE, A. L., Book Reviews ...... Risa. yee 55 ~~ ~ Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US-A, Price of this number, $1; per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 at close of volume, 50 cents extra to foreign addresses JAPANESE DISCOMYCETE NOTES XVII. HUMARIA VELENOVSKYI COMB. NOV. (PYRONEMATACEAE, MY COLACHNEEAE)! RICHARD P. KORF@ Plant Pathology Herbarium Cornell Universtty, Ithaca, New York and NAOHIKO SAGARA Btologteal Laboratory Yoshida College, Kyoto Untversity, Kyoto In the course of a series of studies relating to application of urea and of lime nitrogen to forest soils conducted by the junior au- thor in Japan, a number of unusual Operculate Discomycetes have been collected. One of these, reported here on litter covering the surface of the ground, appears to be known previously only from Czechoslovakia, where it was reported by Svrtek (1948) from two collections under the name Lachnea velenovskyt Vacek. The species is highly characteristic in the color of the hymenium (luteus to ochraceous according to Svrtek, "Capusine Buff," "Orange- Pink," "Light Salmon-Orange," "Salmon-Buff," "Pale Ochraceous-Buff," or "Pale Pinkish Buff" [Ridgway, 1912] according to the junior author's observations). Its ascospores are also diagnostic, being densely and delicately warted (FIG. 2), with two, small, polar oil guttules which take up Sudan IV dye. The setae or hairs on the apothecium are also most unusual in shape in being very broad based, conically tapering to the tip, and multiseptate (FIG. 3). Lachnea, an invalid name for a fungus genus, cannot be us ., and the species must be transferred to some other genus of the Py onemata- ceae, Mycolachneeae (Korf, 1972). In several respects it agrees well with Hwmarta Fuckel (= Mycolachnea Maire). Like the type species of that genus, H. hemisphaerica (Wigg. per Gray) Fckl., it has cupulate apothecia (FIG. 1), but they are somewhat smaller (3-9 mm diam fide Svréek, up to 1.7 cm diam according to the junior author) and shallow- er. It is thus somewhat intermediate between Hwmaria and Trichophaea 1, Previous articles in this series appeared in Science Reports of Yo- kohama National University, Sect. 2, 7: 7-35 (1958); Bulletin of the National Setence Museum (Tokyo) 4: 389-400 (1959); Transac- tions of the Mycological Society of Japan 6: T4. (1965[1966]). . Supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GB-8548. A. - 2 2 PHY:-T:0-L0'G Ts Vol. 2h, no. 1 FIGS. 1-3. Humaria velenovskyi. FIG. 1. Apothecia developed on the forest ground where nightsoil had been illegally dumped, approx. x 1.5 (#790). FIG. 2. Ascospores in an ascus, showing the warted epispore, approx. x 1500 (#1657). FIG. 3. Vertical section of a portion of an apothecium, approx. x 150 (#1657). Photographs by N. Sagara. 1972 Korf & Sagara, Japanese discomycete notes 3 Boudier, which tends to have still smaller, discoid or lenticular apo- thecia, and a hymenium always devoid of carotenoid pigments (white to buff or brown). In size and shape the Japanese collections recall 7. hemisphaerioides (Mouton) Graddon, an unusually large and unusually cupulate species for that genus. Whether these two genera can be kept apart, as treated by Korf (1972) and by most of the French school of discosystematists, or whether they should be merged as advocated by Eckblad (1968), is as yet umanswered. We have decided to assign the species to Hwmaria sensu stricto. If the two genera are merged later, Humaria being the older name will stand, and no new combination will be required. Thirteen Japanese collections are reported here, all but one (#790) from field experimental plots in various types of forest (TABLE I). It has also heen seen but not collected on other plots. TABLE I Treatment? Date of Treatment Date Collected Specimen No.@ (KYOTO Prefecture, 200 m., Pinus densiflora & Chamaecyparis obtusa)° 8h) urea 410: SELECT ev ET6T 983 urea 13.VIII.67 BEST 1870 urea lp. -. RESTO 13 5h6/X:70 (SHIGA Prefecture, 100 m., Pinus densiflora) 785 urea 25. XI.66 26. X.67 790 nightsoil unknown Shi, ESOT (TOYAMA Prefecture, 1400 m., Fagus crenata) : 1349 urea 10.VIII.68 25. TE268 (TOYAMA Prefecture, 1750 m., Abies martesit & Tsuga diverstfolia) 1360 urea 9.VIII.68 oT. “be 1467 urea 9.VIII.68 9. ,xiche 1628 urea 9.VIII.68 19. VII.69 1657 urea 9.VIII.68 30.VIII.69 16854 urea 9. VIII.68 6. X.69 (TOYAMA Prefecture, 2300 m., Pinus pumila) 1659 urea 9.VIII.68 30.VIII.69 1660 lime nitrogen 9.VIII.68 30.VIII.69 “3 Collections in personal herbarium of N. Sagara. . Urea and lime nitrogen hand scattered on individual plots 0.5 x 1.0 m., at rates of 40, 80, 160, or 320 g N per plot. - Elevation and dominant trees noted for each of 5 localities. qd A portion of this collection is on deposit in CUP-JA 3508. h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 We find the hairs to be commonly up to 500 um long, even rarely as long as 700 um, with the base 20-40 (-50) um broad, whereas Svréek re- ported them as 200-350 x 18-36 um. We find the ascospores rather con- sistently 14-16 x 7-9 um, while Svr&éek reported them as 12-17 x 7-8.5 um. The type collection was from a burn site, with the second Czecho- slovakian collection from humid soil among mosses and conifer needles. The following new combination is formally proposed: Humaria velenovskyi (Vacek in Svrtéek) comb. nov. (basionym: Lachnea velenovskyit Vacek in Svr&ek (as "Velenovskgi"), Sborn. Ndr. Mus. v. Praze, Rada B, P¥ir. V&dy 4B(6): 51. Pl. V, fig. 5- 6. 1948). LITERATURE CITED ECKBLAD, F.-E. 1968. The genera of operculate Discomycetes. A re- evaluation of their taxonomy, phylogeny and nomenclature. Nytt Mag. Bot. 15: 1-191. KORF, R. P. 1972. Synoptic key to the genera of the Pezizales. Myco- logia 64(5): (in press). RIDGWAY, R. 1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. Washing- ton, D.C: SVRCEK, M. 1948. Geské druhy pod#%eledi Lachneoideae (%el. Peziza- ceae). Bohemian species of Pezizaceae subf. Lachneoideae. Sborn. Nér. Mus. v. Praze, Rada B, P¥ir. V&dy 4B(6): 1-95. 12 pl. A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS RHIZOBLEPHARIA FROM THE NEOTROPICS, AND A REDISPOSITION OF THE GENUS IN THE PYRONEMATACEAE, PSEUDOMBROPHILEAE ROBERT W. ERB! Plant Pathology Herbartum Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Rhizoblepharta, erected as a monotypic genus by Rifai (1968), was known only from a single Australian collection deposited in the Herbar- ium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England. Rifai's awareness that the delicate transverse wrinkling of the ascospore wall (FIG. 1) was "unique among the Pezizineae" led him to erect a new genus and species on the single collection. That species, R. jugtspora Rifai, was clas- sified among the Ciliarieae, a tribe established by Boudier (1907) to include members of the Humariaceae with well-developed hairs and later modified by Le Gal (1947) to include only those genera with red or yellow hymenia. Rooting or deeply embedded hairs are known in the Pe- zizales in only two other genera, Scutellinita and Chetlymenta, both members of the Ciliarieae sensu Le Gal. Rhtzoblepharia was included in that tribe solely because of Rifai's contention that its hairs are of this type (the etymology of the generic name is self-explanatory). During the Second Discomycete Exploration of the Neotropics in January, 1971, on the island of Jamaica, B.W.I., a Discomycete describ- ed here as a new species of Rhizoblepharia was collected. The new spe- cies, R. neotropica, differs from R. jugispora most obviously in that it is distinctly stipitate (FIG. 4). Though R. jugispora was original- ly described as "broadly sessile," my study of the type specimen has shown that it is at least distinctly substipitate (FIG. 3). The two species are similar in overall size, habitat, in the presencé of stiff, pointed, thick-walled hairs (setae), in excipular structure, in non- blueing of the asci in Melzer's Reagent (J —), and in the essential features of the ascospores (differing notably in size between the two species), including the transverse wrinkling of the spore wall (FIG. 2). The arrangement of the hairs on the apothecium differs markedly between the two species. A discussion of taxonomic criteria in the genus, and of generic relationships, precedes the formal taxonomic portion of this paper. aS ee eee ee Pe ee ee ee Ss Oe ae ee ee a 1, Based on a thésis submitted to the Graduate School of Cornell Uni- versity for the degree of Master of Science, and supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GB-8548, "Monographic and Floristic Studies of the Discomycetes." _ 6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 SOME TAXONOMIC CRITERIA IN RHIZOBLEPHARIA HAIRS ROOTING HAIRS: A feature held in high regard taxonomically is the so-called root- ing hair. These are a diagnostic feature of Seutellinia, but also oc- cur in several species of Chetlymenta, a closely related genus. Rooting hairs are typically thick-walled, dark brown, septate, acuminate, and arise deep within the sterile tissues near the junction of the ectal and medullary excipula. Fre- quently the bases of the hairs are bifurcate, but division into 3, 4, 5 or more parts is not uncom- mon (Boudier, 1905-10: pl. 368, 370, 371, 373- 378, 384, 385; Denison, 1961). The presence of hairs with furcate bases raises the interesting yet surprisingly little investigated question of how such development takes place. Massee (1897) liken- ed the development of rooting hairs in various species of Seutellinta (as Lachnea) to the proc- ess described by Dangeard (1894) for ascus forma- tion in Peziza vesteulosa Bull. That is, the tips of two hyphae, "gametes," coalesce and their nuclei fuse to form an "oospore." This is followed by divisions of the fusion nucleus, and the subsequent movement of these nuclei into the gradually elongating hair (ascus). Massee held that more than two "sametes" could fuse, thus producing multiple divisions of the hair bases. FIGS. 1-2. Camera lucida drawings of asco- spores of Rhtzoblepharia spp. x 2000. FIG. 1. R. jugispora. FIG. 2. R. neotropica. Gwynne-Vaughan and Williamson (1933) offered an explanation for rooting hair formation in Seutellinia seutellata (L. per St.-Amans) Lamb. comparing the process again to ascus formation, but rather to that in Pyronema conf luens (Pers. per Pers.) Tul., in which crozier 1972 Erb, A new species of Rhizoblepharia T formation takes place. Thus the hair would arise from the elongation of an intercalary cell of a recurved hypha with the adjacent cells giving the characteristic forked appearance of the base. In answer to the problem of how more than two basal branches could be formed from 4 FIGS. 3-7. Photomicrographs of Rhizoblepharia spp. FIG. 3. R. jugt- spora, from holotype material. Vertical section of apothecium, showing stipe, * 135. (Note displaced hair at lower right.) FIGS. 4-7. R. neotropica, from holotype material. FIG. 4. Vertical hand section of apothecium showing stipe and setae, x 45. FIGS. 5, 6. Piliferous cells; note widely diverging setae, x 350. FIG. 7. Internal prolifer- ation of a hair, x 350. 8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 such a mechanism, they offered the following explanation: "Additional branches may grow out, either as lateral supports or in search of fur- ther nutriment ...." There is no evidence to support Massee's contention that in hairs the nuclei fuse in the formation of an "oospore," nor Gwynne-Vaughan and Williamson's theory that the hairs are intercalary on growing hy- phae, since no free growing apices of such postulated hyphae have been reported. Professor E. J. H. Corner (pers. comm.), however, thinks that the rooting hairs of Seutellinta are probably formed from the fu- sion of separate hyphal strands, and that the number of basal branches of a hair is indicative of the number of separate hyphal strands which fused during the early development of the hair. His unpublished note on this phenomenon was given to Mme Le Gal some years ago; she has in- dicated (Le Gal, 1953: 117) that she intends to include this in her monographic treatment of the genus, soon to be published. In Rhizoblepharta jugispora the hairs have been described by Rifai as rooting. They do arise, because of the reduced nature of the ectal excipulum, near the junction of the ectal and medullary excipula, but the bases of the hairs are not divided. They arise as single out- growths from a superficial, usually swollen cell which is here termed a PILIFEROUS CELL. At the margin of the apothecium, the piliferous cells usually retain their turgidity, allowing the origin of the hairs to be easily demonstrated. Farther down the receptacle the piliferous cells either do not become swollen or do so and later collapse, making detection of the origin of these hairs much more difficult. The upper- most portion of the piliferous cell is pigmented and thick-walled where it gives rise to the hairs, giving the base of the hairs a distinctly flared appearance. Such bases might easily be misinterpreted as being furcate, especially when the thin-walled, hyaline, lower portion of the piliferous cell is collapsed. In R. neotroptca the piliferous cell is usually much more swollen than in R. jugispora, allowing one to deter- mine the origin much more easily. Such hairs may not correctly be called "rooting," because of their different ontogeny and consequent lack of a divided base. They may best be termed "superficial," be- cause they arise from the outermost tissue layer. It should perhaps be noted that in Rhtzoblepharia, because the ectal excipulum is so reduced that the hairs actually arise at the junction of the two excipula, such hairs might be more closely related to the rooting hairs of Seutellinta and Cheilymenia than to the superficial hairs of Trichophaea and Humar- ta. STELLATE HAIRS: Stellate hairs in the Pezizineae differ from rooting hairs in being borne superficially and in lacking a furcate base. They are composed of several (2-5) diverging branches which arise from a usually swollen basal cell. Stellate hairs may be interspersed among rooting hairs as in Chetlymenita stercorea (Pers. per Fr.) Boud. and C. cruciplia (Cke. & Phill. in Cke.) Le Gal, but are easily distinguished by their charac- 1972 Erb, A new species of Rhizoblepharia 9 teristic stellate or cruciate appearance (Boudier, 1905-10: pl. 38h; Denison, 1964). In Rhtzoblepharta neotropica a somewhat different type of stellate hair has been noted. The swollen, piliferous cell gives rise to one major seta, usually pointing upwards, and one to several, very reduced, widely diverging minor branches (FIGS. 5, 6). Trichophaea bteuspts (Boud.) Boud. has yet another type of branched hair which might possibly be termed stellate, but which arises incon- spicuously from a single superficial hyaline cell or a row of 2 or 3 cells (Kanouse, 1958). The hairs are usually two-pronged, with the ma- jor branch diverging widely from and often forming in a direct line with the smaller branch or spur, thus giving the appearance of a single straight or slightly bent hair with two pointed ends. However, not in- frequently, interspersed among the more numerous branched hairs are undivided ones. Such unbranched hairs could scarcely be called stel- late, though they are doubtless a variation of the more frequent, two- pronged condition. Two, exceptional, three-pronged hairs were illus- trated by Boudier (1905-10: pl. 366). PROLIFERATING HAIRS: Internal proliferation, or growth of a smaller, but apparently oth- erwise normal, seta enclosed completely within a larger seta has been described as occurring in various species of Scutellinia (Denison, 1961). During the course of this study internal proliferation was ob- served in the setae of Rhtzoblepharia neotropica (FIG. 7) and Tricho- phaea bicuspts, but was not observed in R. jugispora. The cause and function of internal proliferating hairs is not known, but Denison sug- gests that it might be "associated with damage of the larger enclosing hair." ASCOSPORES The uniqueness of the ascospore markings in Rhtzobelpharia is easi- ly attested to by the fact that it is the only genus in the suborder Pezizineae characterized by transversely wrinkled ascospores. One ap- parently undescribed species of Pyronema (Korf, pers. comm.), not at all closely related to Rhtzoblepharita, also has transversely wrinkled ascospores. In both of the species of Rhtzoblepharia the wrinkling, which is much more delicate in R. neotropica (FIG. 2) than in R. jugi- spora (FIG. 1), may even give the appearance of a poorly defined reti- culum. In addition, the ascospores of both species are fusoidal, non- guttulate, hyaline to subhyaline, and the wrinkled inner wall and smooth outer wall are cyanophobic in Poirrier's Blue (cotton blue) dye. The ascospores of R. jugtspora are slightly larger, and bear germpore- like marks near the ends of some ascospores as illustrated by Rifai. While the nuclear condition of the ascospores is unknown for R. jugt- spora, material of R. neotropica preserved. in FAA in the field at the time of the original collection shows the uninucleate condition of the ascospores even in cotton blue or in Melzer's Reagent. 10 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, nega ECTAL EXCIPULUM In attempting to use features of the excipulum in determining af- finities, the characteristics of the ectal excipulum proved to be more important than those of the medullary excipulum. The ectal excipulum is reduced to a one-cell-thick layer or "skin" in R. neotropica. Though individual cells vary widely in shape in this species, from horizontally elongated at the margin to vertically elongated in the stipe, rows of cells in a more or less vertical orientation can always be distinguished. This corresponds very closely to the condition in Trichophaea btcuspis in which the ectal cells again form a one-cell- thick "skin," but are more uniform in size and shape, and are more tightly compacted into more strictly vertical rows. The term "skin" is used in describing the ectal excipulum of these two species be- cause the tissue is only one cell thick and the cells tend to cohere in large, relatively intact fragments when making a crush mount of an apothecium. The ectal excipulum of R. jugispora approaches the ex- tremely reduced condition of R. neotropica and T. bicuspis, but may be several cells thick and the cells seem to lack obvious vertical orien- tation. Because the material was scanty, only one apothecium of the type collection was sectioned, and the ectal excipulum was not observ- ed clearly in face view. It may be more comparable to that of the other two species than appears in sectional view. THE QUESTION OF CAROTENOIDS Rifai's presumption that Rhtzoblepharita has rooting hairs was un- doubtedly the basis for his decision to place it near Scutellinia and Chetlymenia in the Ciliarieae. Up until then, however, all species de- scribed with rooting hairs had, in addition, yellowish to reddish caro- tenoid pigments in the hymenium. The carotenoids are generally concen- trated in the paraphyses and tend to become faded or leached out en- tirely in dried specimens. Since present-day classification schemes for Operculate Discomycetes (Arpin, 1968; Dennis, 1968; Eckblad, 1968; Korf, 1972) continue to attach a high significance to the presence or absence of carotenoids in the hymenium, the question of whether or not a fungus might have had them in the fresh state is vital. Rifai opted for the presence of carotenoids in Rhizoblepharta although he had at his disposal only dried specimens which showed no evidence of their presence. The discovery of a second species of the genus which totally lacks any hymenial pigments leads me to the opposite conclusion with regard to Rifai's type species, R. jugtspora. I would therefore consider the genus Rhizoblepharia to lack carotenoids, and emend the generic diagno- sis accordingly. RELATIONSHIP TO TRICHOPHAEA BICUSPIS In the course of examining several genera for possible close rela- tionships to Rhizoblepharia, I examined the genus Trichophaea rather 1972 Erb, A new species of Rhizoblepharia 11 closely.. One species, 7. bicuspis, long considered by Korf to be an anomalous member of that genus, showed characteristics in common with Rhizoblepharia, and with R. neotropica in particular. The species seems more closely related to Rhtzoblepharia than to any species of Trichophaea, and in another paper (Korf and Erb, 1972) a new genus, Trichophaeopsts, is being proposed to accommodate Trichophaea bicuspis. RELATIONSHIP TO THE TRIBE PSEUDOMBROPHILEAE At one time almost all hairy Operculate Discomycetes were placed in the genus Lachnea (= Patella). The genus has since been divided, with species being distributed among genera such as Scutellinta, Chetlymen- ta, Trichophaea, Hwmarta, Tricharina, etc. Rhtizoblepharia must be transferred from the Scutellinieae (= Ciliarieae) because of its lack of carotenoid pigments. The possibility of placing the genus near Hu- marta and Trichophaea in the Mycolachneeae is also rejected on the ba- sis that the ascospores lack oil guttules. Instead it is proposed to transfer Rhizoblepharia to the tribe Pseudombrophileae as erected by Korf (1972), within the family Pyronemataceae, subfamily Ascophanoide- ae. This tribe contains genera which lack carotenoid pigments and have shallow-cupulate to discoid apothecia beset with brown hyphae or brown setae, and ascospores devoid of oil guttules. The genus seems most closely related to Trichophaeopsts, and possibly to Tricharina. TAXONOMY OF RHIZOBLEPHARIA EMENDATION OF THE GENUS RHIZOBLEPHARIA Rifai emend. Erb = Rhizoblepharia Rifai in Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect., 57(3): 104. 1968. TYPE SPECIES: R. jugispora Rifai, Ibid., 105. 1968. (monotype) Apothecia gregarious, minute, stipitate to substipitate. Disc shallowly concave or flat. Receptacle saucer-shaped, beset with numer- ous dark brown, septate, acuminate, thick-walled setae, at the margin arising directly upon a swollen, globose piliferous cell, elsewhere piliferous cells enlarged or not, often becoming collapsed and indis- tinct. Hyaline superficial hairs sometimes also present. Ectal exci- pulum of large, isodiametric or elongated, polygonal, subglobose or rectangular cells, of textura angularis primarily, becoming more verti- cally elongated and tending toward textura prismatica in the stipe. Medullary excipulum scant to well-differentiated, of compact, coarse, short-celled, constricted hyphae forming a textura intricata. Asci cylindrical, 8-spored, unitunicate, apex not blued in Melzer's Reagent , operculate, narrowed basally to a crozier or not. Ascospores uniseri- ate or biseriate, fusoidal to elliptic-fusoid, non-guttulate, hyaline to pale yellow, ornamented with delicate transverse and sometimes anas- tomosing cyanophobic wrinkles or ridges on the inner wall which may 12 Pol SOE 0 Gok ch Vol. 2h, no. 1 form a germpore-like mark at the ends of the ascospores, the outer wall smooth and cyanophobic. Paraphyses slender, septate, apex not or slightly enlarged, straight, branched apically or not. Habitat: soil. DIAGNOSIS OF THE NEW SPECIES Rhizoblepharia neotropica Erb & Korf, sp. nov, Apothecta minuta, stipttata, gregaria vel caespitosa. Discus pal- lidus vel albidus, planus vel concavus, 0.6-0.9 mm diam. Stipes cylin- dricus, 0.4 mm longus x 0.08 mm dtam. Receptaculum et stipes concolo- res, pallidt vel albtdi cum desiccati sunt, setis crassttunicatts, fus- ets, usque ad 650 wm Llongts x 6-18 wm dtam..tndutt, his setts vel sin- gulatim vel in fascicults setae unitus majoris cum setis singults pluri- busve divergenttbus minortbus ex cellults globosis subglobosisve pilt- ferts 20-55 wn dtam. ortentibus. Excetpulum ectale cellulam unam cras- sttudine aequans, ex textura angulart formatum, cellults 2-30 x 6-25 un, stiptte ex textura prismatica formato, cellults 12-60 x 5-25 um. Exetpulum medullare extguum, ex textura intricata formatun, hyphis 2-5 um dtam. Hymentum usque ad 165 wm crassum. Asct octosport, clavatt, 125-175 x 15-20 wm, ad basin in crocam angustatt, ad aptcem operculati, (J—). Ascosporae hyalinae, uninucleatae, 30-35 x 9-11 wn, btsertatae, elltptitco-fusoideae, eguttulatae, partete extertore laevt, cyanophobi- co, tntertore transversaliter corrugato, cyanophobico. Paraphyses sep- tatae, ramosae, aptetbus 1-1.5 um diam. Habttat in solo, Jamaica, B. W. I. Apothecia minute, short-stipitate, gregarious to caespitose (FIG. 4). Dise flat to somewhat concave (inrolled at the margin when dried), 0.6-0.9 mm in diam. Stipe distinct, cylindrical, up to 0.4 mm long and 0.08 mm in diam. Stipe, receptacle and dise concolorous, pallid to white when dried, more or less colorless and translucent when fresh. Receptacle and stipe beset with stiff, dark brown, thick-walled setae 150-650 x 6-18 um in diam, which form a fringe at and extend beyond the margin. Hairs arising from piliferous cells of the ectal excipulum, a- cuminate, with up to 15 dark brown, thick-walled, transverse septa, some hairs (broken?) proliferating internally, especially near the apex (FIG. 7). Piliferous cells globose to subglobose, 20-55 pm in diam, bearing one major hair, and often one to several widely diverging hairs, hyaline below, becoming dark brown and thick-walled at and be- tween the bases of hairs (FIGS. 5, 6). Ectal excipulum of a single layer of cells forming a "skin" of tex- tura angularis, arranged in loosely organized vertical rows. Marginal cells horizontally elongated, 2-20 x 6-25 um, those farther down on the flanks becoming isodiametric to more vertically elongated, 12-30 x 6-18 um, cells at the base of the receptacle and composing the stipe verti- cally elongated, 12-60 x 5-25 wm, tending toward textura prismatica. Medullary excipulum scant, of textura intricata, cells 2-5 um in diam, not distinguishable from the subhymenium; hymenium up to 165 um thick. Asci 8-spored, clavate, 125-175 x 15-20 um, narrowed basally to a crozier, the terminal cell usually not re-fusing with the antepenulti- 1972 Erb, A new species of Rhizoblepharia 3 mate cell, apex not blueing in Melzer's Reagent (J—). Ascospores bi- seriate, elliptic-fusoid, nonguttulate, hyaline, uninucleate, 30-35 x 9-11 um, with a double wall; the outer wall smooth and cyanophobic, the inner wall delicately transversely wrinkled at maturity and cyanopho- bic (FIG. 2). Paraphyses branched, sparingly near the base, becoming very branch- ed and entangled apically, septate, apices rounded but not enlarged, 1- 1.5 um in diam. Habitat and Distribution: on soil, Jamaica, B. W. I. HOLOTYPE: CUP-MJ 174. On soil, along Lady's Mile Trail south of Woodcutter's Gap, vicinity of Newcastle, border of St. Andrew and Port- land parishes. 9. I. 1971. R&R. P. Korf,; J. R. Dixon, K. P. Dumont, R. W. Erb, D. H. Pfister, D. R. Reynolds, A. Y. Rossman, & G. L. Samuels. PARATYPE: CUP-MJ 255. On soil, vicinity of Dick's Pond, west of Hardwar Gap, near Holywell Recreation Area and Wag Water River, St. An- drew Parish, elev. 2800-3000 ft. 10. I. 1971. R. P. Korf, et al. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author expresses his appreciation to the Director and staff of the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, for loan of the holotype specimen of Rhizoblepharia jugtspora Rifai; to Dr. William J. Dress, Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University for correcting the Latin diagnosis; and to Mr. H. H. Lyon, Department of Plant Pathology, Cornell University for assistance with some of the photographs. SUMMARY A new species, Rhizoblepharia neotropica Erb & Korf, is described from Jamaica, B.W.I. It has setae arising usually in widely diverging groups from a swollen piliferous cell (new term) on a distinctly stipi- tate apothecium. A reinvestigation of the type species of the genus, R. jugtspora Rifai, demonstrated that in that species, too, the setae arise from piliferous cells, and are not "rooting" as originally de- scribed; the apothecia are substipitate rather than "broadly sessile" as given in the original diagnosis. No hymenial pigments occur in the neotropical species, and though carotenoid pigments were presumed to be present in the type species by Rifai, the genus is now emended to indicate that such pigments are lacking, as well as to incorporate the characters of the neotropical species and to correct observations on the type species. The genus is now to be assigned to the tribe Pseud- ombrophileae (Pyronemataceae, Ascophanoideae). 1h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 24, no. 1 LITERATURE CITED ARPIN, N. 1968. Les caroténofdes des discomycétes: essai chimiotaxi- nomique. 170 p. Université de Lyon, Villeurbanne; reissued 1969, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 38 (Suppl.): 1-169. BOUDIER, E. 1905-10. Icones Mycologicae. 4 vols. Klincksieck, Pa- Pigs BOUDIER, E. 1907. Histoire et classification des discomycétes d'Eu- rope. 221 p. Klincksieck, Paris. DANGEARD, P. A. 1894. La reproduction sexuelle des Ascomycétes. Bo- taniste 4: 21-58. DENISON, W. C. 1961 [1959]. Some species of the genus Seutellinia. Mycologia 51: 605-635. DENISON, W. C. 1964. The genus Chetlymenia in North America. Mycolo- gia 56: 718-737. DENNIS, R. W. G. British Ascomycetes. 455 p. Cramer, Lehre. ECKBLAD, F.-E. 1968. The genera of operculate discomycetes. A re-e- valuation of their taxonomy, phylogeny and nomenclature. Nytt Mag. Bot. 15; 1-191. GWYNNE-VAUGHAN, H. C. I., and H. S. WILLIAMSON. 1933. The asci of Lachnea scutellata. Ann. Bot. (London) 47: 375-383. Pl. XVI, XVII. KANOUSE, B. B. 1958. Some species of the genus Trichophaea. Mycolo- gia 50: 121-140. KORF, R. P. 1972. Synoptic key to the genera of the Pezizales. Myco- logia 64(5): (in press.) KORF, R. P., and R. W. ERB. 1972. The genus Trichophaeopsts. Phyto- logia 2): 15-19. LE GAL, M. 1947. Recherches sur les ornementations sporales des dis- comycétes operculés. Ann. Sci. Nat., Bot. xi 8: 73-297. LE GAL, M. 1953. Les discomycétes de Madagascar. Prodrome Flore My- col. Madagascar 4: 1-465. MASSEE, G. 1897. A monograph of the Geoglosseae. Ann. Bot. (London) i; 225-306. Pls Ril) SET, RIFAI, M. A. 1968. The Australasian Pezizales in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. 57(3): 1-295. THE GENUS TRICHOPHAEOPsIs!} RICHARD P. KORF and ROBERT W. ERB Plant Pathology Herbarium Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Trichophaea bicuspis (Boudier) Boudier, a most unusual Operculate Discomycete with two-pronged setae, was apparently first reported for North America by the senior author in a paper read before the annual meeting of the Mycological Society of America in September, 1948. Two American collections were reported at that time, and the species has continued to intrigue him ever since, in that it differs signifi- cantly from most other species of the genus Trichophaea in several respects. He suggested to Mme Marcelle Le Gal while at Paris shortly thereafter that a new genus to accommodate this species would be ap- propriate, but deferred to her opinion that the species would be best left in Trichophaea, at least for the time being. He then prepared a manuscript covering his studies on the species, when a request from Dr. Bessie B. Kanouse for the loan of herbarium material of this spe- cies alerted him to the fact that she was undertaking a monographic revision of the genus. His manuscript, notes, and specimens were all turned over to Dr. Kanouse for her use, and were mentioned in her studies (Kanouse, 1958). She, too, retained the species in Tricho- phaea, though she stressed many of the characters which now lead us to propose this species as the type of a new, monotypic genus. The ectal excipulum of 7. bicuspis is very characteristic, being composed of vertically oriented rows of cells, the individual cells rather short, glued together to form a one-cell-thick tissue or "skin" seen as large, plate-like structures in squash mounts. Though Kanouse noted that "Boudier did not emphasize sufficiently the peculiar exci- ple," a character not even mentioned in the original description (Boudier, 1896), he did faithfully illustrate these unusual cells in his later publication (Boudier, 1905-10: pl. 366). Such a one-cell- thick "skin" of agglutinated cells is known to us in only one other member of the Pezizales, Rhizoblepharia neotropica Erb & Korf in Erb (and probably also in the type species of that genus, R. jugtspora Rifai). The studies of R. neotropica by the junior author (Erb, 1972) led us to restudy 7. btcuspis, which we are now convinced belongs to a genus close to, but distinct from, Rhizoblepharia, and like that genus I, Supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GB-8548. 15 16 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2, no. 1 referable to the Pseudombrophileae (Pyronemataceae, Ascophanoideae). The dark brown setae of this species are diagnostic. The stiff, upward-pointing end is prolonged below into usually a short to rather long spur or branch, borne nearly in direct line with the apical part, so that at first glance the seta appears to be pointed at both ends. On rare occasions the seta may lack a basal prong, or even have two such spurs. Setae of this type are unknown elsewhere among the Discomycetes. In addition to the setae, there are also present on the apothecial surface many other hairs apparently overlooked by all previous workers. These are of varying color from collection to collection, nearly hyaline in some specimens, but brown to almost black in others, and are much narrower than the setae, more or less flexuous, arising from a somewhat swollen basal, superficial cell, tapering slightly to a almost perfectly cylindrical tube. These hairs are (2-) 3-5 (-6) x (75-)- 150-400 (-535) um, whereas the setae have the apical portion 12-22 x 105-800 um and the lower prong 12-22 x (0-) 43-250 (-430) um. Trichophaea bicuspis is normally considered to have biguttulate ascospores. One of its synonyms, Lachnella settformis Rehm?, was also described with biguttulate ascospores. When the senior author was un- able to demonstrate guttules in the two American collections, he entered into correspondence with Mme Le Gal, who advised him (pers. comn.) that guttules are often absent in some collections. She communicated a spec- imen from the Netherlands (Daams, 5. XI. 1947) from her herbarium which purported to show these. Kanouse (1958) reported the spores as non-gut- tulate. Boudier (1896) had originally noted: "Les spores trés obtuses 4 chaque ex[t]rémité sont ordinairement avec des granules assez gros ras- semblés irréguliérement aux deux bouts, quand elles sont encore jeunes; mires, elles sont trés réfringentes avec deux grosses sporidioles bien visibles, quoiqu'un peu effacées par suite de la réfringence méme." In the explanation of the plate for his Icones Mycologicae, Boudier (1905- 10) wrote: "Spores ... avec des granulations aux deux extremites quand elles sont jeunes, qui se reunissent en deux gouttelettes bien marquees a leur complete maturite; ..." Grelet (1939) likewise commented on the phenomenon of guttule appearance: "Les spores de cette espéce présentent au début, a l'intérieur, des granulations analogues 4 celles que l'on apergoit dans les spores de Trichophaea Boudtert, mais tandis que dans 2. Rehm's (1914) statement that his Lachnella setiformis "... wurde bisher von mir als zugehtrig zu Lachnea livida (Schum.) Gill. er- achtet, cfr. Rehm Discom. p. 1065" is apparently in error. In ex- amining Rehm collections at Stockholm in 1949, the senior author encountered two specimens from Wagner: (1) Lachnea livida (Schum. ) Sacc. a. Nadelholzstock, gr. Winterberg. G. Wagner. Herbst 1885. [det. Rehm]; (2) 27. Lachnea Rehmiana Wagner nov. spec! a. faulen- den Ochroporus fomentarius, gr. Winterberg. G. Wagner. V. 189}. [redet. Rehm as Lachnea livida (Schum.)]. These appear to be the collections mentioned by Rehm (1895: 1066; 1896: 1270), but they are quite distinct from Lachnella settformis, and surely not refer- able to either Trichophaea or Trichophaeopsts. 1972 Korf & Erb, The genus Trichophaeopsis UT cette derniére espéce, les granulations ont plutét tendence 4 dispar- aitre avec 1'age, dans les spores de Tr. bicuspts, au contraire, les granulations ont tendence 4 se réunir en amas de plus en plus denses, vers les extrémités, jusqu'd ce que finalement elles se condensent en deux gouttelettes bien marquées." Our studies have now convinced us that what was reported by Boud- ier and by Grelet can be found in at least some of our specimens. The youngest spores are usually without any granulations, but soon there appear irregular masses of material, either distinctly granular or of an amorphous nature, usually towards the poles. The spore matures and becomes, as Boudier correctly noted, distinctly refringent, and the contents take on a yellowish cast. The spores recall to us similarly refringent spores in the genus Fimarta. Some of the spores will develop one, two, or even more distinct de Bary bubbles (gas inclusions) in concentrated solutions (as also will individual cells of the setae). A single de Bary bubble frequently develops in the ascospores of species of Trichophaea, but the only genus known to us in which two dBb's are common is Coprobia. None of the previous authors mention having seen dBb's in this species, but we do not believe their reports of biguttula- te spores are based on these inclusions. In mature spores one can also make out two, sometimes four, more rarely three or many, fairly distinct globules of the size illustrated by these authors. That these globules or droplets are not the typical oil guttules associated with species of Trtchophaea is clear from the fact that they fail to absorb Sudan IV dye. We are thus far unable to determine the chemical nature of the globules. Since the ascospores are in fact devoid of oil guttules, the assignment of this species to Trichophaea, a genus characterized by the possession of such oil guttules, is open to further question. The resinous yellow contents of the spores recall only one group of the Pezizineae, the tribe Pseudombrophileae (Korf, 1972). The setae resemble in some respects the genus Rhizoblepharia, being exceptionally thick-walled as in that genus, whereas the hairs and setae of the other genera assigned to the tribe Pseudombrophileae (Pseudombrophila, Fimari- a, Selenaspora, Tricharina) all tend to be much thinner-walled and, ex- cept in Tricharina, not acuminate. Trichophaea btcuspis occupies an i- solated position among the Operculate Discomycetes, and appears to be worthy of a genus of its own. We assume that its closest relative is the genus Rhtzoblepharta. Since Dr. Kanouse did not utilize the infor- mation on additional synonyms of this species uncovered by the senior author in his herbarium studies, a complete synonymy of the species is also provided here, together with a listing of the known published ex- siccati. The apothecia of this species were originally described from soil, but most of the collections are either on decaying leaves or on decorti- cated wood, or twigs or branches, predominantly of various species of Populus. The apothecia open wide when fresh to expose the white hymeni- um, but on drying close up so that the long bristles usually completely obscure the hymenium, and the apothecium becomes turbinate or even coni- cal. The peculiar excipulum doubtless contributes to this phenomenon. 18 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 TRICHOPHAEOPSIS Korf & Erb, gen. nov. Receptaculum setis crassttunicatis, fuscts, bicusptdatis et pilts tenu- ttunteatis, flexuosis, hyalinis vel fuscts tndutum. Exctpulum ectale cellulam unam crassttudine aequans, ex textura prismatica formatum. Ascet ad aptcem operculati, ad basin tn crocam angustati. Ascosporae hyaltnae, laeves, juventute matertan granulosam vel amorphosam, maturt- tate matertam resinaceam luteolam et 2 vel 4 guttulas non oleosas con- tinentes. Holotypus: Ciliaria bicuspis Boudter. Trichophaeopsis bicuspis (Boudier) comb. nov. = Ctltarta (Trichophaea) btcuspts Boud., Bull. Soc. Mycol. France 12: 11. 1896. = Lachnea bicuspis (Boud.) Sacc. & Syd. tn Sacc., Syll. Fung. 14: 757. 1899. = Trichophaea bteuspis (Boud.) Boud., Icones Mycol. Expl. Planches sér. 3: 2.. 1906. = [Tricharia bieuspis Boud. in herb.; Kanouse, Mycologia 50: 138. 1958. ] = Lachnea etchlerti Bres. (as "Eichlerti"), Ann. Mycol. 1: 119. 1903. = Tricharia eichlerit (Bres.) Boud. (as "Eehlerit"), Hist. Classif. Discom. d'Eur. 57. 1907. = Lachnella setiformis Rehm, Ann. Mycol. 12: 174. 1914. PUBLISHED EXSICCATAE: Jaap, Fungi sel. exs. 455 (as Lachnea livida); Jaap, Fungi sel. exs. 876 (as Lachnella settformis); Rehm, Asc. 1225 (as Lachnella setiformis, ISOTYPE of that name in S-R examined). OTHER TYPE SPECIMENS EXAMINED: [Boudier], ad terram, Montm[orency], 7br 1895, PC-B, LECTOTYPE of Ciliaria bicuspis, designated by Korf in Kanouse (1958: 138); Eichler, ad folia et caules herbarum, [Poland], no number, no date, S-B, HOLOTYPE of Lachnea eichlerit. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS For many favors the senior author expresses his gratitude to the late Dr. Bessie B. Kanouse and to Dr. Marcelle Le Gal. For facilities pro- vided and permission to examine type and authentic specimens, he is indebted to Prof. Roger Heim of the Muséum National d'Histoire Natur- elle, Paris, and to Dr. G. Haglund of the Stockholm Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet. : LITERATURE CITED BOUDIER, E. 1896. Description de quelques nouvelles espéces de Disco- mycétes de France. Bull. Soc. Mycol. France 12: 11-17. BOUDIER, E. 1905-10. Icones Mycologicae. 4 vols. Klincksieck, Pa- ris. ERB, R. W. 1972. A new species of the genus Rhtzoblepharia from the neotropics, and a redisposition of the genus in the Pyronemataceae, Pseudombrophileae. Phytologia 2h: 5-lh. GRELET, L.-J. 1939. Les Discomycétes de France d'aprés la classifica- tion de Boudier (Huitiéme fascicule). Bull. Soc. Bot. Centre-Ouest 1972 Korf & Erb, The genus Trichophaeopsis 19 1939: 19-37. (Reprint repaged 1-18.) KANOUSE, B. B. 1958. Some species of the genus Trichophaea. Mycolo- gia 50: 121-140. KORF, R. P. 1972. Synoptic key to the genera of the Pezizales. Myco- logia 64(5): (in press.) REHM, H. 1895. Ascomyceten: Hysteriaceen und Discomyceten. In Dr. L. Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz, Zweite Auflage (G. Winter and H. Rehm, eds.). 1(3) [Lief. 44]: 1041-1104. REHM, H. 1896. JIbid., [Lief. 55]: 1233-1275. REHM, H. 1914. Rehm: Ascomycetes exs. Fasc. 55. Amn. Mycol. 12: 170- 75. TWO NEW PIPEWORTS FROM BRAZIL Harold N, Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA var. PILOSUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis pilosis (pilis sparsis elongatis albis), pedunculis glabris, et vaginis densiter longiterque pilosis, pilis elongatis albis. This variety differs from the typical form of the species chiefly in having at least some of its leaves sparsely scattered-pilose, the peduncles glabrous, and the sheaths densely long-pilose, the hairs on both the leaves and the sheaths weak, ascending, and white. The type of this variety was collected by H. Strang and A. Castel- lanos (no. 26305) "na rodov. BR-6", at Restinga de Sernambetibam near Pedra Itatina, Guanabara, Brazil, on March 12, 1967, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. SYNGONANTHUS AQUATICUS var. CAESPITOSUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit caulibus usque ad 6 cm. elongatis, ramis 3—l cm. longis, et pedunculis 9-18 congregatis 3.5—9.5 cm. longis glabris. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its very leafy stem to 6 cm. long, the branches only 3--l; cm. long and apparently always solitary, and the peduncles 9—18 per cluster, 3.5--9.5 cm. long, and completely glabrous. The type of the variety was collected by G. T. Prance, P. J. M. Maas, A. A, Atchley, W. C. Steward, D. B. Woolcott, D. F. Co8lho, 0. P, Monteiro, W. S. Pinheiro, and J. F. Ramos (no. 13778), forming dense tufts 20 cm. tall, on the Fortaleza Savanna, Rio Puciari trib- utary of the Rio Ituxi, Amaz6nas, Brazil, on June 29, 1971, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VERBENA. XV Harold N,. Moldenke VERBENA [Dorst.] L. Additional & emended bibliography: Rivin., Introd. Gen. Rem Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. [2h], pl. [56] & [57]. 1690; P. Me Rodriguez, Pl. Medic. Parag. 109-111. 1915; R. W. Br., Compos. Scient. Words 60, 832, & 833. 1954; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept. & Cent. 05-~07, fig. 1h9. 1958; H. H. Iltis, Prelim. Check List Ferns Seed Pl. Upham Woods, ed. 1, 12. 1960; Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Ale. 22779. &780. 1963: H. H. Iltis, Prelim. Check List Ferns Seed Pl. Upham Woods, ed. 2, 12. 1968; Beebe & Hoffm., Am. Midl., Nat. 80: 96, 99, 101, & 103. 1968; J. E. Weaver, Prairie Pl. 20h, 206, & 275. 1968; Burbidge & Gray, Fl. Austr. Cap. Terr. 310, 313, & US, fig. 312. 1970; McMinn, Allan Cunningh. 9. 1970; Mah- ler, Key Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. a 69-71, 104, & 109. 1971; Thetford, Pieper, & Nels., Journ. Range Manag. oh: 425--)31. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (7): BeASsIeC. 5.270..19725 Ae He De Biol. Abstr. 53: 396» 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 366-309, 4)13--.73, 505-~507, 509, & e102, 1s * Cody, Ind. Sem. 1972: 25. 1972; W. A. Weber, Rocky Mtn. Fl. 305-306 & 437. 1972. The Rivinius work (1690), cited in the above bibliography, is sometimes cited as "Rivin., Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. 81, t. 56". The New York Botanical Garden Library's copy of this work has the plates unnumbered, but the one depicting Verbena is actually the 56th in sequence. The page of text on which the name occurs is also unnumbered, but is the 2th in the series which begins with numbered pages. Possibly in some other extant copies of this work the pages are in a different sequence and it is the 81st. The work is dated '"1691--1717" by some bibliographers. R. W. Brown (1954) reminds us that the Latin word "lustrago, -inis, f." refers to "a kind of vervain, just as the Greek word "hierobotane, f." is also the name for a vervain known to the ancients [actually, Verbena officinalis L.]. Thetford, Pieper, & Nelson (1971) report that species of this genus constitute important forbs in sheep diets. Leverett (1852) misspells the common name for members of this genus as "vervaing". VERBENA AMBROSIFOLIA Rydb. Additional bibliography: Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 96e. 26, & 431. 1972; W. A. Weber, Rocky Mtn. Fl. 305 « 19fe. VERBENA BONARIENSIS L. Additional bibliography: Burbidge & Gray, Fl. Austr. Cap, Terr. 310, 313, & bs, fig. 312. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 367, hi8, & hig. 1972. Additional illustrations: Burbidge & Gray, Fl. Austr. Cap. 20 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 21 Terr. 313, fig. 312. 1970. Burbidge & Gray (1970) comment that this species is "Of South American origin but naturalised in New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia; a roadside weed in the A. C. T. [=Australian Capital Territory] where it flowers in sumer" and is called "“purple-top", VERBENA BRACTEATA Lag. & Rodr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 367, 374, 13, Wik, b19, & 426. 1972; W. A. Weber, Rocky Mtn. Fl. 306. 1972. VERBENA BRASILIENSIS Vell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 259, 265, 291——293, 371, 413, Wh, & 435. 1972. cited in a previous installment of these notes as being deposited in the herbarium of the Fairchild Tropical Garden is actually in that of the Texas Research Foundation at Renner, Texas, instead. In June, 1972, my wife, my son, and I observed this species growing abundantly along moist roadsides in Stanislaus County, California. VERBENA CANESCENS H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 219--220 & 373--375. 1972. VERBENA CANESCENS var. ROEMERIANA (Scheele) Perry Additional bibliography: Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 219--220, 37h, & 375. 1972. Mahler (1971) calls this the "Roemer verbena", VERBENA CILIATA Benth. Additional bibliography: Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 220, 237, 302, & 370. 1972. XVERBENA COVASII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 19)--195. 1972. Emended illustrations: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: 78, fig. 2B, pl. 1D, & pl. 5 A--G. 195. VERBENA CRITHMIFOLIA Gill. & Hook. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 368 & 26. TF (2 The Zoliner 5417, distributed as V. crithmifolia, is actually V. parodii (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke. VERBENA HASTATA L. Additional bibliography: Rivin., Introd. Gen. Rem Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. [2h], pl. [57]. 1690; R. W. Br., Compos. Scient. Words 833. 1954; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 368, 13, 1h, & 435—— 22 P HATO L026) c8 Vol. 24, no. 1 437. 19723 Cody, Ind. Sem, 1972: 25. 1972; W. A. Weber, Rocky Mtn. Fl. 306. 1972. Schuett & Roe collected this plant on a sandy shore with Cyper- us and Scirpus and thought that it might represent a hybrid, but their specimen seems to be typical dwarfed V. hastata. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Avery Co.: Leonard & Russ 263), (N). WISCONSIN: Marquette Co.: Schuett & Roe 92 (Ws). _ xVERBENA HYBRIDA Voss Additional bibliography: McMinn, Allan Cunningh. 9. 1970; Bur- bidge & Gray, Fl. Austr. Cap. Terr. 11, 92, 93, & 431. 1970; Mol- denke, Phytologia 23: 368--369, 17, 26, & 36. 1972. McMinn (1970) asserts that Allan Cunningham and James Bowie "are generally credited with having introduced to England from Brazil the Verbena, which was later to develop under hybridiza- tion into one of the most popular of ornamentals". VERBENA LACINIATA (L.) Briq. Additional & emended bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: [7L]--75 & 77--79, pl. 1 D--F, 3 A, & 5 A=-G. 195; Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 29: [255]--266, fig. 1h. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 369, 377, 430, & 35. 1972. Emended illustrations: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: pl. 1 E & F, 3A, & 5 B. 19453; Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agron. La darter 29: 257, 261, & 263, fig, 1 A&B, ZARB, & AEG. 1953 « The Herrera 3450, originally distributed as V. laciniata, is actually V. microphylla H.B.K. VERBENA OFFICINALIS L. Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena communis coeruleo flore C. Bauh. ex Tourn., Compl. Herb. 357. 1719. Verbena mas seu recta & vulgaris Parkinson ex Tourn., Compl. Herb. 357, in syn. 1719. Additional & emended bibliography: Rivin., Introd. Gen. Rem Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. [2], pl. [56]. 1690; P. M. Rodrf- guez, Pl. Medic. Parag. 109--111. 1915; Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Alg. 2: 780. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 377--389, lh, li19, 421--23, 435--437, 460--473, & 511. 1972. Emended illustrations: Rivin., Introd. Gen. Rem Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. pl. [56]. 1690. The Rivinius work (1690), cited above, is sometimes cited as "Rivin., Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. 81, t. 56". The copy of this work in the library of the New York Botanical Garden has the plates unnumbered, but the one depicting this species is 56th in the series -- perhaps in some extant copies of the work the plates have been numbered by hand. Also the page on which the text explaining the illustration appears is 2th in the series of pages following the numbered ones -- perhaps in other copies of the work the pages are bound differently and it is there the 81st. The work is cited as "1691--1717" by some bibliographers. 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 23 Tournefort (1719) records the common name "common vervain with a blue flower" for this species. Rodriguez (1915) adds "colomba- ria", "hierba buena", "hierba culumbina", "hierba cruz", "hierba de Santiago", "hierba sagrada", "hierba turca", "verbena comin", and "yerba de todos los males". He also notes that in Paraguay V. officinalis "existe en abundancia en nuestro pais", If this is true, then it does seem passing strange that in my 5 years of work on this group I have not as yet seen a single specimen of the species from Paraguay! He seems most probable to me that the various medicinal uses which he gives for this plant have been taken wholly from European literature. In fact, he notes that "Algunos autores, dicen que apenas tiene uso actualmente. Sin en- bargo, babia yo notado desde hace afios la verdadera insistencia y fé con que empleaban nuestras gentes de campafla. Y hasta en ocasiones sourefa. La prdctica, esa madre de la ciencia ha ven- ido sin embargo 4 corroborar sa empleo. Es pues mi objeto le- vantar un milfmetro m4s, el nivel que ocupa actualmente mestra humilde verbena, dando 4 conocer el veredicto de competentes en la materia. De paso anotaremos que Plinio, Virgilio y Propercio afirmaban que era empleada la verbena en ciertas ceremonias entre los druidos y los celtas; entre los romanos para purificar los altares y quitarles el polvo; en los filtros amorosos como afro- disiacos, las pitonisas se adornaban la frente con ella para sus predicciones; y finalmente, era la yerba sagrada de los heraldos pues proclamaban la guerra, teniendo 4 su lado un hombre con un ramito de verbena en la mano," He then quotes Mathioli: "Mathiolo, botd4nico sienes fué quien asigné 4 la verbena propiedades febrifugas, ratificando 4 su vez la creencia de que los ramos del primer nudo son titiles en las fiebres diarias, las terceras en las tercianas etc. Considero util y de peso cientifico, copiar sus palabras: 'Las hojas, dice, tomadas con vino asf como la raiz, sirve aplicada en forma de emplastro sobre la mordedura de vibora; bebida en cantidad de una dracma (3 grs. 88 centgs.) en un cortadillo de vino afiejo, con tres ovulos de incienso por cuarenta dias y en ayunas es util en los derrames de bilis; mitiga bajo la forma de emplasto las pos- temas crénicas y la inflamacién y modifica las filceras sérdidas. El cocimiento de toda la planta en gargarismos corrige las angin- as y cierra las tilceras corrocivas de la boca. Dficese que roci- ando con su cocimiento 4 las comensales en los banquetes les al- egra. Las hojas, desde el tercer nudo, 4 contar desde el suelo, se usan contra las tercianas y al partir del cuarto, en las cuar- tanas.' "E] Dr. Ricci refiere: quen en un viaje realizado 4 la pro- vincia del Siena y especialmente en Val de Orcia donde reinaba la fiebre malaria, pudo observar los buenos resultados que se obten- fa para cortar la calentura, con un cocimiento de hojas de verbe- na. Dicha preparacién tenfa la ventaja sobre la quinina, do no producir recedivas, en tanto que la accién de este alcaloide, vuelven por cualquier exeso en las comidas 6 por exponerse al fresco de la madrugada 6 anochecer. 2h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 "Se administraba en la siguiente forma: 5 gramos de hoja en medio litro de agua hirbiendo. Se apuraba el cocimiento hasta ro- ducirlo por la mitad. Colado, tomaban todas las mafianas en ayu- nas durante varios dias. "Setiembre era cuando m4s usaban porque afirmaban que en ese mes y en todo el Otoflo, la quinina producia muy poco efecto. "'Ensayado luego por el misme médico en elganos casos de in- termitentes, en lo que varios fueron rebeldes 4 la quinina, pudo comprobar sus buenos resultados y le impulsaron 4 proseguir. "Estos buenos resultados se manifestaron segun la gravedad y el tiempo que venian padeciéndose, ya 4 los ochos dfas y hasta 4 los quince; en un solo caso me vi precisado 4 continuar su uso por viente dias, para que no volviese 4 aparecer la fiebre. pre jn | tener en cuenta 4 que nudo pertenecian las hojas arranca- das ni el tipo de la intermitente preparaba un cocimiento y admin- istraba, no de una sola vez sino 2 6 3 veces diarios después de desaparecer la calentura, "Y finalmente concluia: 'No dispuse 4 enfermo alguno, prescrip- ciones especiales, como la dieta, resguardarse del relente de la madrugada y de la noche, todo con objeto de comprobar la verdad de lo que venia asegurdndose sobre la accién benéfica de esta planta en las intermitentes, independiente de toda precaucién. "tMe prometo ante de nuevos experimentos, conocer analiti- camente la Verbena officinalis, para poderme explicar 4 que prin-=- cipio 6 por que mecanismo dinamico puede actuar sobre el proceso TOU «sae ae "Un anciano me decfa hace poco: 'Nunca se olvide que en cier- tos dias, el cuerpo fatigado, el estémago 6 intestino se trans- tornan 4 consecuencia de la mala calidad de nuestra alimentacién, sobreviniendo efectos que se producen por una fiebre de origen gastrico, poca gana de tomar alimentacién dolores en el bajo vi- entre y languidez. En esos casos, rinde muy buen resultado un decocto de verbena con un pocde azucar tomado en ayunas. Con ello, el apetito vuelo ve y la fiebre desaparece." Quezel & Santa (1963) state that V. officinalis is found wild "dans toute l'Algérie", Panigrahi & Saran (1967) cite their 1516 & 10627 from Tehrighat, India; Esfandiari (1967) cites Behboud s.n. [29.7.9], Bogomolov s.n. [1947], Mir-kamali s.n. [2.9.65], and Scharif s.n. [28.5.9] from Iran. Pampanini (1930) cites Giannattasio s.n. [Cirene, 1926], Petro- vich s.n. [Benghasi, 1880-188], Ruhmer s.n. [Bengasi, 1883], and Vaccari s.n. [Derna, 1912] from Cyrenaica. Druce (1897) cites from England the following collections: Batson s.n. [Wickhan], Bellamy s.n. [Ilsley], F. W. Bennett s.n. [Wittenham], Bunny s.n. [near Bucklebury Parsonage] & s s.n. [Itchenswell], J. Frances s.n. [between Didcot and Upton], Lousley son. [Blewbury] & son. [Hamp— stead Norris], M. Niven Son. - [Carswell], Pamplin s.n. [Streat- ley], Penny s.n. . [Wellington College], W. M. Rogers s son. [Chieve- ley], S. Rudge s.n. [Sonning, 1800], Stanton s.n. [Wargrave], 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 25 Tafnail s.n. [Shinfield], and Walker s.n. [Mareham]. Patzak & Rechinger (1967) reduce V. tenuispicata Stapf to syno- nymy under V. officinalis and cite: TRAQ: Barkley 9071, Guest 299k & 304, Rechinger 11517. IRAN: Behboudi 1266, Bornmtfller 5127, Buhse s.n., Bunge s.n., Furse 281, Gauba 903, Grant 16057 & 16081, ~ Knapp sen., Koeie 770 & sen., Koelz 15757, » 161bh, 16839, & 18192, Lindsay y 375 & 1026, M Manucheri s.n., Martinez z de - la Escalera s.n., Rechinger 1083, “1805, & 5255, Sab. Sen., Sintenis 1328, Stapf s.n., Starmiihiner 1071, Str. s.n. U.S.S.R.: Turkmanskaya: Lipsky sen. AFGHANISTAN: Amsel s.n., Chaworth-Musters s.n., Edelberg 11 1110 & 1788, Hedge & Wendelbro 3770 & 4327, Koeie 3151, Koelz 11593, 11785, 85, 132h6, & 13501, Lindberg 557, Neubauer 1950/ 737, 737, Rechinger r 17061 & 19229, “Volk K.13h K.13i. PAKISTAN: Blatter, Hallberg, & McCann 225 & & 36, Rechinger 30231 & 30270, Stewart Se n. Kapoor gai 1968) cites Srivastava & Party 29701 from from Kashmir. Priszter (1971) offers seeds of Verbena officinalis under his seed packets no. 1670 and 265. Additional citations: DELAWARE: New Castle Co.: Canby s.n. [July] (Pa). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Sudworth s.n. [8 June 1390]. NORTH CAROLINA: Catawba Co.: Small & Heller s.n. [June 25-26, 1891] (Lk). SOUTH CAROLINA: Aiken Co.: Canby s.n. [May 1858] (Pa). CALIFORNIA: San Diego Co.: Edw, Palmer 30) (Pa). NORWAY: Ellingsen s.n. [Aug. 1879] (Go), s.n. wn. [14/8/1889] (Go). SWEDEN: Blom son. 17/7/1948] (Go), sen. [23/XI/1951] (Go), s.n. [12/10/ 1952] (Go), sen. [18/9/1955] (Go), sen. [17/8/1956] (Go), Sen. [16/8/1957] (Go); Brandt s.n. [15/8/1952] (Go), sen. [2/7/1953] (Go); H. Fries s.n. [12/9/1917] (Go). DENMARK: A. Hensen son. [31/8/1898] (Go). FRANCE: Herb. Mus. Paris. s.n. (N). PORTUGAL: F. Lemos 157 (N). SWITZERLAND: Bernet s.n. [Genéve] (Se--1588}2) ; G. Kohler iy (Se--227366). GREECE: Ferguson & Natzio 827 (W-- 2437950). ITALY: Kuntze s.n. [Gema, 18/V/67] (W—2505561). ETHI- OPIA: C. C. Albers 62132 (Au--223637). ZAMBIA: E. A. Robinson 5596 (N). ~ TRAN: Koelz 15757 (W—-2188876), 161 (W--2189170), 16839 (W--2189631). PAKISTAN: Karachi: Quaiseo 259. NEPAL: Ban- erjee & Shakya 5596 (W--2581l95). INDIA: East Punjab: R. E. Cooper SOLS (Mi). CHINA: Szechuan: Farges 832 bis (W--21,967))9) « THATLAND: D: Larsen, Santisuk, & Warncke 2937 (Ac). JAPAN: Honshu: Murata 27359 (209960) « RYUKYU ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO: Amamioshi- ma: Hosoyamada sen. [July 23, 1927] (W--2071188). Ishigaki: F. R. Fosberg 372) , (Rf); Masamune & Mori s.n. [July 31, 193] (Tw) ; A. Smith 50 . (W--2156896), 211 ), 211 (W—2156952). Kurema: Okuhara & Sunagawa 22 (Rf). Okinawa: : Beauchamp 1178 (W--2620617); Fie’ Field & Loew 21t (W--1942622), 96e (W——-1942760); R. Moran 5066 ji 218656); A. R. Phillips )6 (W--2187038), “105 (W--2215938); E. He Walker 7557 (W--2129627), 8101, (Ac, W--2619389). Island undeter- 26 PHT 0 LO Gra Vols 2h;' nds. 2 mined: C, Wright s.n. [Loo-choo Islands] (W--73001). FORMOSA: Chuang & | kas Suh (N) (N). NEW ZEALAND: North: H. H. Allan s.n. (Nz— 1164). South: He: ealy 59/08 (Nz--118197) ; Kilworth s.n. son. (2/2/1961; Herb. Bot. Div. D. S. I. R. 118429] (Nz--118)29, Rf). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Collector undesignated Sone [Tzsch- etzschnow, Juli 1933] (Pa); Herb. A. Brown s.n. ¢) ae VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. ALBIFLORA Strobl Additional synonymy: Verbena communis floribus albidis Tourn. ex Manetti, Virid. Florent. 98. 1751. Verbena communis, floribus albidis Seguier ex Bertol., Fl. Ital. 6: 260, in syn. 18 Additional bibliography: Tourn., Compl. Gare. 357. 1719; Man- etti, Virid. Florent. 98. 1751; Gussone, Fl. Sic. Prodr. 2: 145. 1828; Bertol., Fl. Ital. 6: 260. 18); Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 75. *1965; Gilkey & Dennis, Handb. NW. Pl. 353. "1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 207 (1971) and 2: 60), 668, 686, & 917. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 23: hi). 1972. Gussone (1828) does not name this variety, but describes it as "Floribus albis variat, quae rarior, sed magis obvia cum floribus coeruleis. In icone Sabbat. flores duplo majores"., Tournefort (1719) calls it the "common vervain with white flowers". Gilkey & Dennis (1967) assert that about Portland, Oregon, this white- flowered variety is more common than the normal purplish-flowered form. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. ANARRHINOIDES Murr Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 278--279. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 205 (i971) and 2: 917. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. BRACHYANTHA Murr Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 279. 196k; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 206 (1971) and 2: 917. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. GAUDICHAUDII Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 75. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 349 & 371 (1971) and 2: 687 & 917. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. GRACILIS G. Cta. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 280. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 203 (1971) and 2: 917. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. GRANDIFLORA Hausskn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 475. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 7. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 206 & 350 (1971) and 2: 917. 1971. Hodgkins says that "Round Auckland [New Zealand] in waste places & roadsides, uncommon, also seen at Great Barrier Island and at Okovoine in the Waikato; usually squamose or ascending or rarely erect 1-2 ft. high, fls. nearly double the diameter of Verbena officinalis. It is very scarce in all the localities seen," 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 27 Citations: NEW ZEALAND: North: Hodgkins 5 (Nz—2052). VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. LATILOBA Sennen Bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 205 (1971) and 2: 917. 1971. The collection cited below is probably the type collection of this variety. It bears the following description, apparently by Sennen: "feuilles supérieures entiéres a limbe large, ainsi que ses lobes des feuilles caulinaires; longe épis". It is possible that this may be the variety described by Haller (1768) as having "Foliis vix dissectis" and by Bertolini (18) as "foliis non, vel parum dissectis", Citations: SPAIN: Gonzalo s.n. [Sennen 85] (N--isotype). VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. MACROSTACHYA Benth, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 75. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 208, 349, & 371 (1971) and 2: 682, 687, & 918. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS f. MONTANA Goiran Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 281. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 206 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. PROSTRATA Gren. & Godr. Synonymy: Verbena officinalis var. prsotrata Gren. & Godr. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 7, sphalm. 1968. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 475. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 7. 1968; *Woldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 205, 206, 211, 213, & 350 (1971) and 2: 687 & 918. 1971. This plant has been collected in flower and fruit in January. It is said to be "abundant throughout" North Island, New Zealand, where Healy describes it as "anomalous plants: stalks closely ap- pressed to ground." Additional citations: ERITREA: Pappi 331 (W--283955). NEW ZEALAND: North: Healy 50/6), (Nz--7029a); "L "L. B. M." son. [Te Kaha, 1.3.)1] (Nz-—3),326) . VERBENA OFFICINALIS var. RESEDIFOLIA Murr Additional bibliography: Moldenke, deci 10: 282. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 206 & 208 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. XVERBENA OKLAHOMENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1317 & 132). 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 7, 53, & 59 (1971) and 2: 65h, 658, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 471. 1972. Unfortunately, this binomial was inadvertently written as that of a true species in the Correll & Johnston work (1970) cited above. 28 PERYEPO DO'ers Vol. 2h. no. 1 VERBENA ORCUTTIANA Perry Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 76 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. Moran found this plant to be "locally common" in dry meadows and occasional in open grass areas in pine forests and "occasion- al in Jeffrey pine forest" in Baja California. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on R. V. Moran 1360 and "blue-violet" on R. V. Moran 13476. Additional citations: MEXICO: Baja California: R. V. Moran 13476 (Sd--63645), 13596 (Sd--63433), 1360) (Mi, N, Sd--6350h, W— 2553382) . VERBENA ORIGENES R. A. Phil. Additional & emended bibliography: R.A. Phil., Viage Des. Atac. 214. 1860; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 98, 127--129, & 134, fig. 32. 1919; I. M. Johnst., Rev. Soc. Aegent. Cienc. Nat. 9: 317. 1929; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 183. 194; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 521, 665, 688, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 23: 26. 1972. Emended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 126, fig «320 1919: Johnston (1929) says "I refer here collections from talus at ca. 3300 m. alt. in the gorge above Baflos de San Crispin (J. 6102) and from a dry gravekly bench at ca. 2900 m. alt. in Queb. del Cadillo (J. 6154). The coarse simple or subsimple stems are erect or some- what decumbent at the base. They spring from a low woody caudex and form a plant usually 3--6 dm. tall. The corollas are pale blu- ish. My collections are obviously conspecific with those illustrated and treated as V. origenes Ph. by Sanzin........elhe type of V. orig- enes Ph., Linnaea, XXIX, 20 (1857), is a poor specimen lacking cor- ollas. It came from the high cordilleras of Coquimbo and, as far as comparisons can be made, is indistinguishable from the type of V. palmata Reiche, Fl. Chile, V, 287 (1910), which also came from the same general region and perhaps even from the same territory in the vicinity of Baflos del Toro. Reiche's V. palmata is distinguished from the plant he called V. origenes by the smaller anthers and lack of stiped protruding staminal appendages. As the plant which lacks appendages ranges from the cordilleras southeast of Copiapé to east of Coquimbo and appears to be the only one with its characteristic habit in the area, I feel confident that V. orig- enes Ph. is the same species as V. palmata Reiche and that Phil- ippi'ts name should be applied to the concept which Reiche describ- ed as V. palmata., The plants with well developed, salient stam- inal appendages which grow in the cordilleras of Aconcagua, Men- doza and San Juan, are indistinguishable from V. deserticola Ph., of the mountains east of Copiap6, except that their leaves are somewhat more abundantly lobed, the lobes somewhat more obtuse and the plants as a whole a trifle more stiff and scabrid. These 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 29 differences, however, seem minor ones and I am treating my col- lections as referable to that species, although realizing that they might be treated as varietally distinct." Additional citations: CHILE: Coquimbo: J. L. Morrison af27l (Se--120,39); ZOllner 087 (Go). VERBENA ORIGENES var. GLABRIFLORA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Molcenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. VERBENA ORIGENES var. SEMPERI Molcenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 288. 196); Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. xVERBENA OSTENI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Molcenke, Phytologia 11: 75. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 178 & 190 (1971) and 2: 683, 689, 690, 702, & 918. 1971. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Palacios & Cuezzo 340 (N). VERBENA OVATA Cham. Additional & emended bibliography: Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 384--386, fig. 13. 1937; Darlington & Wylie, Chrom. Atl., pr. 1, 923), 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Mat- vej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Molcenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 188, 202, & 371 (1971) and 2: 655 & 918. 1971; Mol- denke, Beetolecta; 2as 1,78 (1972) and 23: 19, 1972. Tigaeteetdans: Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 386, fig. 13. 1937. Krapovickas and his associates found this plant growing "en vega, borde de arroyo", fruiting in December. The Cowgill 903, ci- ted below, was grown from seeds collected in Paraguay by Archer. The corollas as saic to have been "blue" on Krapovickas, Cristébal, Arbo, Marufiak, Marufiak, & Irigoyen 17069 and on A. G. Schulz 6986 and "mauve" uve" on Woolston 916. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Ve bonariensis L. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Woolston 916 (N). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Krapovickas, Cristébal, Arbo, Marufiak, Marufiak, & Iri- goyen 17069 17069 (Rf). Misiones: A. G. ‘Seniie 6986 ( N) . CULTIVATED: Maryland: © ek 903 [Pl. Introd. 121505] (Mi). VERBENA PARAGUARIENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 76. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 188 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. : Additional citations: PARAGUAY: T. Rojas s.n. [Hassler 9751] (Ca--950),35--isotype) . 30 P Heke? OvleO GoTck Vol. 24, no. 1 VERBENA PARANENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 572. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 292. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. VERBENA PARODII (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: (71), 72, 7h, & 75, pl. 2A&D. 1945; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 191. 1945; Darlington & Wylie, Chrom, Atl., pr. 1, 323. 1956; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Proc. Buenos Aires 5: 134 & 139--1)0. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 191. 1968; Sol- brig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1238. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715. 1969; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 207. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 522, 683, 688, & 918. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 23: 19 & 26. 1972. Schnack & Rubens (1970) record this species from La Pampa, Ar= gentina. Troncoso (1965) gives its distribution as "Regién andina. Extremo sur de la Provincia (partidos de Patagones y Villarino)" of Buenos Aires. She cites J. H. Hunziker 38), & 58) and Krapovi- ckas 1990, the two former deposited in the San Isidro herbarium, the latter being sheet number }\7896 in the Buenos Aires herbarium. She comments that "Los ejemplares bonaerenses difieren de la forma tipica de Mendoza, en las brdcteas menores (no alcanzan a veces la mitad del c4liz), tubo corolar glabro o subglabro y borde de las hojas a veces subrevoluto", Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. crithmifolia Gill. & Hook. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Mendoza: Krapovickas & Cristo- bal 1581 (Rf); Zollner 51,17 (Rf). VERBENA PARVULA Hayek Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 615 & 627--628. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 87, 137, lbh, & 18) (1971) and 2: 67) & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 23: 222, 233, 293, L17, & his, 1972. Recent collectors have encountered this plant on dry or xero- phytic slopes, flowering in June, fruiting in January and Septem- ber. Edwin & Schuncke call it a "common roadside weed....also growing on gentler slopes", but describe it as a "shrub to } ft. tall", which is obviously an error in observation or transcrip-— tion. The corollas are said to have been "pale-blue" on Asplund 17804 and "blue-purple" on Edwin & Schuncke V.37)6. Herbarium material of V. parvula has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name V. littoralis H.B.K., while the Rose, Pachano, & Rose 22939, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as V. glabrata H.B.K. Macbride (1960) comments: "A small delicate plant with the habit 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 31 of a dwarf V. officinalis L. but with completely different leaves" and cites Balls B B.6764 from Cuzco, Peru. Actually, V. parvula has hardly any resemblance to V. officinalis, but does have a very very close affinity with V. litoralis. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez-Palacios 2552 (Ft). ECUADOR: Azuay: Asplund 1780) (N); Rose, Pachano, & Rose 22939 (N). Carchi: Sparre 14290 (S). Chimborazo: Asplund 20))3 (N). Imbabura: Sparre 13582 (S). Pichincha: Sparre 13285 (S). PERU: Apurimac: Iltis & Ugent 699 (W—2558167). Arequipa: Vargas Calderén 18160 (Ac). Cajamarca: Lépez Guillén & Chumpit4z 3393 St ee (Rf). Lima: Riccio & Chumpitd4z 3711 (Rf). Loreto: Sagdstegui, Fukushima, & VA4squez 663 (Ac). Piura: Edwin & Schuncke V. 3746 (S). VERBENA PARVULA var. GIGAS Moldenke Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 628. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 21. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 1) (1971) and 2: 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 222 & 233. 1972. Vargas Calderén collected this variety at 350 m. altitude, fruiting in April. Macbride (1960) cites only the original type collection. The Field Museum photographic negative which he cites represents typical V. parvula Hayek. Vargas Calderén 1993 is a mixture with xV. dermeni Moldenke. Additional citations: PERU: Arequipa: Vargas Calderén 1993, in part (Ac). VERBENA PARY-CARY Fr. Allem. Bibliography: T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. 1}: 466. 190); Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 267. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn . 2: 918 & 968. 1971. Nothing is known to me of this plant except what is stated about it by Peckolt (190), who says "Verbena pary-cary Fr. Allem. In den Nordstaaten vom Aquator bis zum 10.° stidl. Br. vorkommend. Indianerbenennung: Boia-caa — Schlangenkraut, vom Volke in Pary- cary korrumpiert; hat noch folgende Benennungen: Herva S. Pedro — Heiliges S. Peterskraut, Menstrato -- Minze, Hortela& brava — wilde Minze. Dr. Castro in Par4 berichtete ther die arzneiliche Wirksamkeit dieser Pflanze, auch als Antidot des Schlangengebisses, zu welchem Zwecke sie vom Yolke und Indianern bemtzt wird. Im Archiv der Pharmacie von Dr. L. Brey, 1859, S. 2, publizierte ich den Bericht des Arztes,." The geographic limits given by Peckolt for this species would imply that it is native only to the northermmost states of Brazil, such as Amaz6nas, Pard, Maranh#o, Cear4, Rio Grande do Norte, Paraiba, Pernambuco, Espirito Santo, Piauf, Alag6as, Bahia, and Goids, but there is no species of this genus known to me with such a distribution. Possibly the plant is not even verbenaceous. 32 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 VERBENA PAULENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 297--298. 1964; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 80 & xix, map 1395. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 916. 1971. VERBENA PAULSENI R. A. Phil. Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 691 & 918. 1971. Zollner collected this species at 800--1000 m. altitude. The corollas on Zollner 398 are said to have been "violet" in color when fresh. Additional citations: CHILE: Aconcagua: Zollner 398 (Ac, Rf). VERBENA PERAKII (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: (71), 72, 7h, & 75, pl..1C & 2 B. 19453 J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 191. 1945; Covas & Schnack, Revist. Argent. Agron. 1h: 229 & 231, fig. 32. 1947; Darlington & Wylie, Chrom. Atl., pr. 1, 323. 1956; Rattenbury, Madrofio 15: 50. 1959; Molden- ke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 22. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715 & 717. 1969; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 206. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 202 & 371 (1971) and 2: 522, 666, 667, 688, 689, 69), 700, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 19 @ 4265 19725. : i Se Additional illustrations: Covas & Schnack, Revist. Argent. Ag- Pons Ls. 231, Lies, 325, 19 he Schnack & Rubens (1970) record this species from Catamarca and Cérdoba, Argentina. Semper collected it at 700 m. altitude. The corollas on Semper 58 are said to have been "purple". Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Mendoza: Semper 58 (N). VERBENA PERENNIS Wooton Additional synonymy: Verbena perenais Wooton ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 689, in syn. 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Howell & McClintock in Kear- ney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 726 & 728. 1960; Lewis & Oliv., Am. Journ. Bot. 48: [639]—6l1, fig. 19. 1961; Rattenbury, Madrofio 16: 267. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 91. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 365 (1969) and ) (3): 540 & 799. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1314 & 1321. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 59, 62, 63, 76, & 00 (1971) and 2: 689 & 918. 1971; Mahler, Key Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 22 & 37h. 1972. 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 33 Emended illustrations: Lewi iV. e : a ae Ss & Oliv., Am. Journ. Bot. 48: 6)0, Recent collectors refer to this plant as globose, 25 cm. tall from a thick, woody, perennial taproot, with showy very odorifer— ous flowers, the lower lip of the corolla being undulate-margined. The corollas are described as "bright blue-violet" on Solbrig 3186, "purple" on Latorre s.n., "blue-lavender" on Whitehouse 17019, "lavender" on D. S. Correll 3066, and "blue to purple" on C. H. Muller 821). In addition to the months previously reported this plant has been collected in fruit in September. It has been. found growing among rocky ledges of pinyon pine-juniper associa- tions, while Correll encountered it "on hills formed by tilted shales" and describes it as a "sprawling shrub to 1 foot tall", Mahler (1971) records the common names " "pinleaf vervain", s "perennial verbena" and The haploid chromosome number for the species is confirmed as 7 by Rattenbury (1962), based on Solbrig 3186 from Pecos County, Texas. Howell & McClintock (1960) cite only M. E. Jones 2,99). Additional citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: D. S. Correll 31,066 (Ld); Warnock 21827 (Se--159659). Culberson Co.: Mahler 838 (Au— 24,8888); Matthews & Matthews 310 (Au--259930); Whitehouse 17019 (N). Hudspeth Co.: C. H. Muller 821) (Mi). Pecos Co.: C. M. Row- ell 11147 (Lk); Solbrig 3186 (W--2607)69). NEW MEXICO: Lincoln Co.: E. L. Reed 3655 (Lk, Lk, Lk). MEXICO: Coahuila: Latorre s.n. [12 May 1968] (Au--265091); E. G. Marsh 859 (Au--212686). VERBENA PERENNIS var. JOHNSTONI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 76 (1971) and 2: 695 & 918. 1971. The variety has been collected in flower and fruit in May (in addition to the months previously reported by me). Additional citations: MEXICO: Nuevo Leén: He HernAndez s.n. [18/V/1965] (Z). XVERBENA PERPLEXA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 306--307. 1964; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1: 142. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 63 (1971) and 2: 654, 671, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 22: 71. 1972. XVERBENA PERRIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 192. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 2 (1968) and 17: [1]. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 15, 27, 32, 35-~-38, 1, bh, 45, 47, 52, 53, & 6h (1971) and 2: 525, 656, 657, 672, 678, 686, 698, 70h, 705, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 222, 223, & 265. 1972. Material of this hybrid has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. urticifolia L. Additional citations: ILLINOIS: Cass Co.: Geyer s.n. [Beards- 3h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 town, July 182] (Ws--cotype). Henderson Co.: H. N. Patterson s. n. (Oquawka, July] (Pa). Peoria Co.: J. 1. Stewart 13861 (Ws). _ Winnebago Co.: M. S. Bebb s.n. [Fountaindale, 1871] (Pa). WIS- CONSIN: Sauk Co.: T. J. Hale sen. [Baraboo, 1861] (Pa, W— 2606306). MISSOURI: Saint Louis: Eggert s.n. [Prairies, 11 Aug- ust 1891] (Pa); Engelmann sen. [St. Louis, July 182] (Ws— cotype). NEBRASKA: Kearney Co.: Hapeman s.n. (Minden, Aug. 23, 1939] (Se--170256). XVERBENA PERTURBATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 193. 1968; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 14: 142. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 522, 683, 688, & 918. 1971. VERBENA PERUVIANA (L.) Britton Additional synonymy: Glandularia peruviana Small apud J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 11. 1933. Erims peruvianus L. apud Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, \: 6)0, in syn. 1970. Verbena peruviana Moldenke ex Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 840, sphalm. 1970. Glandularia peruviana (L.) Britton ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 522, in syn. 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 36—-3h7. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 873. 1821; Voigt, Hort. Sub- urb. Calc. 72. 1845; E. Twining, Ill. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 10h, fig. 2. 1855; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 1, 538. 1861; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, levi (1862) and ed. i, pr. 1, lxvi. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 2, 538. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. i, pr. 2, lxvi. 1864; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 3, 538 (1865), [ed. 42], pr. h, 538 (1867), and [ed. 42], pr. 5, 538. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 2h2 (1868) and ed. 1, pr. 2, 242. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 6, 538 (1869) and [ed. 2], pr. 7, 538. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ede 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), and ed. 1, pr. 3, 236. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 8, 538. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 4, 236 (1873), ed. 1, pr. 5, 236 (187k), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. {,2] pr. 9, 538. 1876; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, ako. 1880; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 10, 538. 1881; Vesque, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris., sér. 7, 1: 339. 1885; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am, Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 2, 409. 1897; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesel. 1h: 465. 190); Baez, Anal. Asoc. Estud. Mus. Pop. Paran4 1920: 37. 1920; Lazaro e Ibiza, Comp. Fl. Espafi., ed. 3, 3: 297. 1921; Mac- self in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 1, 457. 19313 J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 111. 1933; Macself in San- ders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 2, 457. 1934; Navarro de Haydon, Flor. Comun. Puerto Rico [16]. 1936; Baez, Mus. Entre Rios Cart. Herb, Paran. 3. 1938; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 35 pr. 3, 457 (1938), ed. 21, pr. h, 457 (1942), and ed. 21, pr. 5, 457. 1945; Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: [71]--75, pl. 3 B, C, & F & h A. 1945; Schnack & Covas, Revist. Argent. Agron. 12: 22),— 228, fig. LA, 2A--C, 3A-—C, & pl. 11 &12B,C, & F. 195; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 6, 457. 196; E. L. Palmer, Fieldbook Nat. Hist., ed. 1, pr. 3, 297 & 663. 199; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 1, 57 (19503 and ed. 22, pr. 2, 507. 1952; Cabrera, Man. Fl. Alred. Buenos Aires 397. 1953; Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agr. La Plata 29: [255]--266, fig. 1 C--Z, 3A &B, & 4 C& H. 1953; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 3, 507. 1956; Schnack, Fehl- eisen, & Cocucci, Revist. Argent. Agron. 2: 129 & 132--135, pl. 1C, D, &G. 1957; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 614. 1960; Balakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 87. 196); Mar- tinez—Crovetto, Bonplandia 1: 287, 299, 301, & 314. 196; Melch- ior in Engl.,. Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 36, fig. 18) F & L. 1964; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 572. 1965; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.9: 365 & 366. 1965; Martinez-Crovetto, Bonplandia 2: 6 & 19. 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 133. 1965; Yotaro, Gard. Pl. World 1: 131, pl. 66, fig. 2. 1965; Bur- kill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 2: 2266. 1966; Greensill, Trop. Gardening 79. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 276. 1966; G. Abraham, Green Thumb Book 188. 1967; D'Arcy, Rhodora 69: 439. 1967; Zukowski in Pawlowskiego, Fl. Polsk. 11: 65. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 193--19) & 212. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 7, 13, 22, & 28 (1968) and 17: 7. 1968; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1235— 1239. 1968; Stucchi, Fiori 11: 136. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715--717. 1969; R. F. V. Coop- er in Pastore, Bol. Soc. Argent. Hort. 157: 125. 1969; Hay & Synge, Dict. Gard. Pl. 177 & 369, pl. 111. 1969; Raman, Curr. Sci. 38: [579]. 1969; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Biol. Abstr. 50: 4151. 1969; Swink, Pl. Chicago Reg. 28. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 840 & xix. 1970; Graf, Exot. Pl. Man., ed. 1, 410. 1970; Moldenke in Menninger, Flow. Vines 338--339. 1970; Montgomery & Cheo, Lasca Leaves 20 (3): 58. 1970; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 205 & 208. 1970; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 75, 76, 148, 150, 157, & 158, fig. 5-1 & 9-5. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 71 (1972) and 23: 193, 191, 226, 227, 273, 278, 279, 26, 27, 30, 431, & 436. 1972; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318, 372, & 373. 1972. Additional & emended illustrations: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: pl. 3 B,C, &F& hk A. 195; Schnack & Covas, Revist. Argent. Agron. 12: 225, fig. 1 A, 226, fig. 2 A--C, 227, fig. A—C, & pl. 11 &12 B,C, & F. 195; Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agr. La Plata 29: 257, 261, & 263, fig. 1C--E, 3A&B, & 4 C& H. 1953; Schnack, Fehleisen, & Cocucci, Revist. Argent. Agron. 2h: 133, pl. 1C, D, & G. 1957; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 436, fig. 18) F & L. 1964; Yotaro, Gard. Pl. World 1: pl. 66, fig. 2 [in color]. 1965; Hay & Synge, Dict. Gard. Pl. 177, pl. 1411 [in color]. 1969; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Biosystem. 76, fig. 5-1. 1970. a 36 P Bev) IMos@-F A Vol. 2h, novi Recent collectors have found this plant growing on campos. The corollas are described as having been "red" on Abbiatti 027, Cabrera & Fabris 1473, Job 29h9, Rufz Huidobro 1225 & 1538, and Varela 61h, eagariett c on We R. Sykes 1044/6), and "bright scarlet" by Hay & Synge (1969). The last-mentioned authors describe the leaves as oblong, gray-green and the flowers borne in dense clus- ters, 4--6 inches long. They recommend V. peruviana for "well- drained soil and a sheltered sunny corner. Not reliably hardy and best raised from cuttings each year in 8--9 [=August-Septem- ber] of the current growth and inserted in sandy soil. Over- winter in a frost-free greenhouse and plant out in 5--6 [=May- June]." Greensill (1966) points out that it has "daintier foli- age than the annual plant" [by which he presumably means xV. hy- brida Voss]. ~~ Vernacular names in addition to those reported previously by me include "jurujiba", "melindres colorado", "pampas", "Peruvian vervain", "rojo-punzé", and "verbena melindres". Abraham (1967)asserts that V. peruviana is good for use in hanging baskets, but its leaves will turn brown if the soil be- comes dry. Martinez—Crovetto (196), 1965) records the Chaco Am- erind names "bashé umpatpdét (=pegado a la tierra)", "adagn(a)rat 1(0)k6", "aragn(a)raét 1(0)ko (comido de vibora)", nko (brasa, carbon encendido)", and "tok lauré" (flor roja)'"' —— "p6ké" being also applied to Urtica urens by them and "tok lauré" to Dolichan- dra cynanchoides and Portulaca grandiflora. He tells us that they use the plant "para el 'dolor de vista' y contra los dolores de barriga". Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969) point out that the hap- loid number of chromosomes for V. peruviana was given by Junell (1934), Beale (190), Schnack & Covas (1945), and Schnack & Sol- brig as 10, but as 16 by Schnack, Fehleisen, & Cocucci (1957). Possibly some misidentifications " of the material examined are in- volved here, since the name, V. peruviana, has often been applied haphazardly to any red-flowered species. Solbrig and his associates (1968) report a hybrid between V. peruviana and V. elegans H.B.K., but fail to describe or name it or to cite any substantiating specimens from which its morpholog- ical characters could be obtained. Likewise, Solbrig (1970) re- fers to a hybrid with V. moricolor Moldenke and another with what he calls V. pulchella Sweet, but which probably is not V. pulchel- la in the sense that this Banal is interpreted by me. “ Swink (1969) makes the claim that "According to Moldenke (Phy- tologia 10: 06, 1964), the legitimate name of this plant may well be Verbena chamaedryfolia". This is hardly true because Feuillée's original specimen, on which Erinus peruvianus L. is based, is also the basis of Jussieu's Verbena chamaedryfolia. Feu- il1lée's plant may very possibly be some other species than the one now passing as V. peruviana. However, Macbride (1960) main- tains that Feuillée's type came from Paraguay and this seems to be 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena MT correct: "Type from Paraguay!; based on a plant of Abbé Feuillé, Per. 3: 36, pl. 25..1725, as noted by Briquet, Ann. Cons. Jard. Bot. Genéve 1% 290. 190; as he pointed out, Britton's transfer (now acceptable) was prompted on the basis of a misdetermination and the plant of Jussieu, as that of Linnaeus, is unknown in Peru unless in cultivation. Flowers brilliant scarlet." Lazaro e Ibiza (1921) describes the plant as "Tallo erizado; hojas ovales, con pecfolo corto, festonado-dentadas o hendidas, Asperas; espigas solitarias; brécteas lanceolado-alesnadas, mitad que el c4liz; corola grande y roja. Fl. verano". Peckolt (190) says of the distribution of the species in Brazil: "In den Sud- staaten heimisch; wird zufolge ihrer scharlachroten Bluten in al- len Garten kultiviert". Balakrishnan (196) records it as culti- vated in India. Stucchi (1968) avers that it was introduced into Italy between 1829 and 1839. Montgomery & Cheo (1970) report drought tolerance very good for V. peruviana, that it is hardy to cold below 20° F., shows good erosion control at 9--30° grade, and has medium-low maintenance requirements, It shoulc be noted here that the figure given by Melchior (196) is erroneously referred to as "E" in the legend instead of "FN"; the illustration given by Graf (1970) as "Verbena peruviana 'Chiquita'" is actually V. tenera var. maonetti Regeli The Agui- lar 55, Fabris 4958, Rocha 3683, and Woolston 731 & 1353, distrib- uted as V. per peruviana, are “are all a actually V. incisa sa Hook., while Ven- turi 378b- is Phyla nodiflora var. reptans (Spreng.) Moldenke. ~ Troncoso (1965) cites Abbiatti 057, B Rentzell s.n., and Valen- cia s.n. from Buenos Aires, Argentina. ~~ Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Palacios & Cuezzo 1763 (N), 2080 (N). PARAGUAY: Lourteig 2030 (S). URUGUAY: Rosengurtt & & Gallinal 569), (Se--126901) . ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Abbiatti 1,027 (N); Cabrera & Fabris 1473 (N); Fabris & Cullen 2506 (Ip); Ru Ruiz Huidobro 1225 (N), 1307 (N), 1358 (N), 1538 (N). Catamarca: O'Donell & & Me Meyer 52)7 (N); P Pierotti 11526 (Herb. Inst. Miguel Lillo 28352] (N). ¢ Cérdoba: Ledingham Uhé9 (Si (Sk); Nicora 873 (W--2567985). Corrientes: G. J. Sct Schwarz 182- (N). Entre Rios: Job s.n. [Yuquerf chico, 3/XI/19h9] (N). Jujuy: Garolera & Romero $.n. - [11-I-19)7] (N). p Pampa: Fortuna 12 (N). “La Rioja: Job 2949 (N). Misiones: Ibarrola 1120 (N); Gn J. Schwarz 735 (N). San Luis: Varela 61) (N). Santiago del Estero: 3: P. Ga Garcia cia 892 (N). Tucumd4n: M. R. . R. Malvarez 69 (N). CULTIVATED: New ‘Zealand: W. R. Sykes 10/6) [Herb. Bot. Div. D. S. I. R. 153296] (Rf). VERBENA PERUVIANA (L.) Britton x V. ELEGANS H.B.K. Bibliography: Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1236--1238. 1968; Solbrig, Passani, & nae: Biol. Abstr. 50: 4151. 1969; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Biosystem. 18. 1970; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 370, 91h, & 970. 1971; Molcenke, Phytologia 23: 38 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 1 227, ha6,) & Us 1972. Solbrig and his associates (1968, 1969, 1970) speak of the crosses which they have made between these two species, producing a tetraploid hybrid which showed less than 5 percent fertility and a segmental allooctoploid hybrid which showed over 70 percent fertility. A binomial designation has not yet been proposed for these hybrids because the accuracy of identification of the purported parents has not been verified. VERBENA PERUVIANA (L.) Britton x V. MORICOLOR Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 2: 918 & 970. 1971. Bibliography: Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 76. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 918 & 970. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 27. 1972. See under V, moricolor x peruviana in this series of notes for Solbrig's discussion of this hybrid. VERBENA PERUVIANA (L.) Britton x V. PULCHELLA Sweet ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 918 & 970. 1971. Synonymy: Glandularia pulchella x peruviana Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 18. 1970. Bibliography: Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1238. 1968; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 75 & 18. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 918 & 970. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto-— logia 23: 427 & 431. 1972. Solbrig (1970) asserts that this is a natural hybrid, but rarely seen in the field. He has produced it artificially and describes its chromosomal picture: "When they were obtained ar- tificially in the experimental garden they were approximately 0--50 Jo pollen fertile, and only about 1% of the flowers set seed". The hybrid plant itself is not described nor are any collections cited. I am not sure that his interpretation of one or even both of the supposed parental species is the same as mine, and so I am not assigning a hybrid name as yet. Examination of herbarium vouchers, if any, of the parental species and of the hybrid is much to be desired, VERBENA PERUVIANA f. ALBA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 293. 1967; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ, 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. VERBENA PERUVIANA var. GLABRIUSCULA Kuntze Additional bibliography: Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 13). 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 293. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 190, 202, & 371 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971. Troncoso (1965) reduces this variety to synonymy under typical V. peruviana (L.) Britton, but its almost smooth leaves distin- guish it quite well, at least in my estimation, 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 39 VERBENA PERUVIANA f. ROSEA Moldenke Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 628. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 491-92. 196; Mol- denke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178, 190, & 372 (1971) and 2: 662, 689, & 918. 1971. Macbride (1960) implies that this form is to be expected in Peru, but presumably only in cultivation, since he states that the typical form of the species occurs there only in that state. No supporting specimens are cited for either taxon. VERBENA PHLOGIFLORA Cham. Additional & emended synonymy: Glandularia phlogiflora (Cham.) Schnack & Covas apud J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 183. 19). Verbena phlogiflora Cham. emend. Mold. apud Troncoso, Darwiniana 1: 616, in syn. 1971. Verbena megapotamica var. phlogiflora Cham, apud Troncoso, Darwiniana 1: 616, in syn. 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, Ixvi (1862), ed. h, pr. 1, lxvi (1863), and ed. h, pr. 2, levi. 186); A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 22 (1868) and ed. 1, pr. 2, 242. 1869; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), ed. 1, pr. 3, 236 (1872), ed. 1, pr. h, 236 (1873), ed. 1, pr. 5, 236 (187), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 2h2. 1880; O. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 3y1. 1895; Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 2, 09. 1897; Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: [71]--75, pl. 3 E& D. 195; Darlington & Wylie, Chrom., Atl., pr. 1, 323. 1956; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Yotaro, Gard. Pl. World 1: 131. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 2: 2266. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 194-196. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 13 & 28. 1968; Stuc- chi, Fiori 11: 131. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715 & 717. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 840 & xiv, map 1395. 1970; Molden- ke in Menninger, Flow. Vines 339. 1970; Troncoso, Darwiniana 16: [613], 614, 616—618, & 621, fig. 2. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 98, 178, 188, 190, 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 521, 522, 657, 665, 683, 685, 689, 690, 700, 703, 709, 783, & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 193, 19h, 239, 300, 27, & 436. 1972. Additional & emended illustrations: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: pl. kh D. 1945; Troncoso, Darwiniana 16: 617, fig. 2. 1971. The corollas of this species are described as having been "li- lac" on Hatschbach 1),967 and Rodriguez V. 566, "violet" on Hatsch- bach 15522, and "clear violet" on Hatschbach 15008. The chromo- some mumber is given as 2n = 10 by Junell (193) and by Schnack & Covas (195). Stucchi (1968) tells us that it was introduced in- to Italy between 1827 and 1837. Sasaki (1928) lists it as culti- vated on Formosa and cites the vernacular names "bizo-zakura", "hana-gasa", and "siki-zakura", but it seems most probable that the plant to which he refers is xVe hybrida Voss. Troncoso (1971) gives the overall distribution of V. phlogiflora as "Sur del Bra- 0 P BS 0 2:0" Gob Vol. 2), «nigel sil y NE argentino, en Misiones. Ruderal, en matorrales y capu- eras", She comments that "Chamisso al describir su var. % seflala que las espigas son algo alargadas después de la antesis. Este carA4cter no se ha podido confirmar, por el contrario en todos los ejemplares fructificados revisados, las inflorescencias son glo- bosas y no se alargan......£l 4rea m4s austral de G. phlogiflora es la provincia de Misiones y muy probable la de Corrientes, en la Argentina. Las citas de Moldenke......para la provincia de Buenos Aires, deben referirse a G. megapotamica." The Foust. sen. [10/25/1937], distributed as V. phlogiflora, is actually V. y V. canadensis (L.) Britton, while He Evans Sn. [Santa Monica] and Kansiro 5828 are V. rigida Spreng. An unnamed hybrid bet between Ve phlogiflora and V. santiaguensis (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke is “referred to by Schnack & Covas in Darwiniana 7: 73 & 75 (195). Troncoso (1971) cites the following: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatsch- bach 1501, 15522, & 22637. Santa Catarina: Klein 06 & 881; Reitz "30h Smith & an 13223. State pode eros Sellow s.n. eee ee ee gn oa ee a eee a San Theo 26,07]. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 1967 (W-- 256399), 15008 (W--256698), 15522 (W--256)731) ; Hatschbach, Lindeman, & Haas 1377 (Ac); Reitz & Klein 17786 (N, W—-25)8335). Santa Catarina: Smith | & Klein 13223 (N). ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Rodriguez V. 566 -(N). Corrientes: tes: Ruiz Huidobro 408 (Se-—-130306) . Misiones: Pierotti 6599 (N)5 Ge Je Schwarz 610 (N), b L772 (N). VERBENA PHLOGIFLORA f, ALBA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 216. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 178 (1971) and 2s 916.1971 VERBENA PINETORUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peeb- les, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 726 & 728. 1960; Rickett, Wilc Fls. U. S. hh: (3): SHO & 799. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 63 & 76 (1971) and 2: 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 499 (1972) and 23: 18h, 302, & 37h. 1972. Pennington reports that in Sonora a medicinal tea is made by boiling the entire plant of this species and that it is taken against fevers. Howell & McClintock (1960) cite Berry s.n. [Santa Rita Mtns., 190]. Pennington 215 is a mixture with V. - carolina L., while Pennington 3, 66, & 98, distributed as V. pinetorum, are apparently V. menthaefolia Benth. Additional citations: MEXICO: México: Paxson & Barkley 16M839 (Au—-121975). Sonora: Pennington 7) (Au——26],095) , 215, 4m Y part (Au——26)202) . VERBENA PINNATILOBA (Kuntze) Moldenke 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena Tal Additional synonymy: Glandularia pinnatiloba Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 205. 1970. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 77. 1965; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 205, 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 188, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 683 & 918. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 431. 1972. Burkart refers to this species as abundant in abandoned campos bordering quebrachal. Krapovickas and his associates found it growing along roadsides. It has been collected in anthesis and fruit in October and November (in addition to the months previous- ly reported by me). The corollas on Burkart 19550 and on Krapo- vickas, Cristébal, Arbo, Marufiak, Marufiak, & Irigoyen 16725 are said to have been "violet", on R. NM. Aguilar 1070 they were "red", and on Krapovickas & Cristébal 16373 they were "lilac". Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Chaco: R. M. Aguilar 1070 (N). Corrientes: Burkart 19550 (W--2567975); Krapovickas & Cristébal goyen 16725 (Rf). Misiones: G. J. Schwarz )8)7 (N). VERBENA PLATENSIS Spreng. Additional & emended bibliography: A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, lxvi (1862), ed. h, pr. 1, lxvi (1863), and ed. h, pr. 2, lxvi. 1864; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 2h2 (1868) and ed. 1, pr. 2, 22. 1869; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), ed. 1, pr. 3, 236 (1872), ed. 1, pr. h, 236 (1873), ed. 1, pr. 5, 236 (187), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 242. 1880; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 2, 409. 1897; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 295. 1910; Baez, Anal. Asoc. Estud. Mus. Pop. Parand 1920: 37. 1920; Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 19, 47. 1930; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 1, 56 (1931) and ed. 21, pr. 2, 456. 193); Cheymol, Bull. Soc. Chim, Biol. 19: 1647--1653. 1937; Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: [383], 38h, & 387, fig. 16. 1937; Anon., Chem. Abstr. 32: 2977. 1938; Baez, Mus. Entre Rios Cart. Herb. Paran. 3. 1938; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 3, 456. 1938; L. V. Barton, Contrib. Boyce Thomp, Inst. 10: 399, hOl, 10, il, 425, & 525. 1939; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. h, 56. 1942; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 183. i9hh; Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: [71] & 72. 195; Macself in San- ders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 5, 456 (1945) and ed. 21, pr. 6, 456. 1946; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 1, 56 (1950) and ed. 22, pr. 2, 506 & 507. 1952; L. V. Barton, Contrib. Boyce Thomp. Inst. 17: 87. 1953; Cabrera, Man. Fl. Alred. Buenos Aires 397 & 398. 1953; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 3, 506 & 507. 1956; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 133, 135, & 136, fig. 46 E—G. 1965; Altman & Dittmer, Environ. Biol. 55, 62h, & 641. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., 2: 2266. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. 2 PHY T:0 LOtG-RA Vol. 2h: meg Powd. Mild. 277. 1966; Thornberry, U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 165: 479. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 195. 1968; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 16: 13 20. °1968; Stucchi, Fiori 11: 131. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. née & 717. 1969; Coats, Pl. Hunters 359. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 267. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 83 & 485. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 230. 1970; Moldenke in Menninger, Flow. ’ Vines 339. 1970; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 207. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 188, 190, 193, 202, 203, & 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 659, 662, 685, 688—691, 693, 695, 699, 700, 702, 783, 789, & $18. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: W7L (1972) and 23: 278 & 27. 1972. Additional illustrations: Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 387, fig. 16. 1937; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 136, fig. 46 E--G. 1965. Recent collectors have found this species in fruit from Novem- ber to January. The corollas are described as having been "white" on Cabrera, Arambarri, Cabrera, & Malcalza 17276 and on Ruiz Huiddro 1175, 1281, 1E7E, & 1699. “The leaves are rather narrow on Golbach 120. The chromosome number for the species is given as 2n = 10 by Dermen (1936), Noack (1937), and Schnack & Covas (195). Verbenaloside is reported as present in this spe- cies by Cheymol (1937). Troncoso (1965) gives the overall geographic distribution of V. platensis as "Sur del Brasil, Paraguay, Uruguay y Argentina. Habita en la estepa virgen y en las lomas pedregosas de las sier-— ras del sur do la Provincia [Buenos Aires], poco cumin en las barrancas del Parand y del Plata". She cites from Buenos Aires only Burkart 797, Cabrera 6570, and Hicken s.n. [San Isidro herb, no. 3440]. Schnack & Rubens (1970) r record it from La Pampa. Gibson (1970) says that it is cultivated in Guatemala, but this report may be based on a misidentification of a white. race of xV. hybrida Voss. Ke Coats (1969) notes that "Tweedie in 1837 at Sierra de Tandil, about 300 miles inland from Buenos Aires, collected seeds of Ver- bena platensis (=teucrioides)" in a very barren area. This prob- ably represented the original source of its introduction into cultivation and subsequent use in the hybridization leading to xV. hybrida Voss. Stucchi (1968) bears this out by his asser- tion that V. platensis was introduced into Italy between 1829 and 1839. Hirata (1966) records the fungus, Oidium verbenae, as at- tacking this species in Russian gardens. The Molina R. 14708, distributed as V. platensis, is actually V. hybrida V Voss. caaaetLonal: citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Burkart 2561 (W—256799); Fabris & Schwabe },717 (N); Guitman s.n. [Pan de Azicar, -X-1956] (N) 5 Ruiz Huidobro 1175 (N), 1281 (N), 1575 (N), 1699 (N, N). Catamarca: Cristébal 62 (Ca--1181621). Jujuy: Cabrera, ra, Arambarri, Cabrera, & -Malacalza 17276 (Ip). La Pampa: 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 43 Troncoso s.n. [Herb. Inst. Bot. Farw. 20587] (W—-2567988). San Luis: Varela 651 (N). Tucum4n: Golbach 120 (N). VERBENA PLATENSIS var. STENODES Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 195. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 188 & 202 (1971) and 2: 662 & 918. 1971. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Salta: Garolera & Romero sone [16-I-19)7] (Se--129883). ed a se VERBENA PLATENSIS f. VIOLACEA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 77. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 190 (1971) and 2: 918, 1971. VERBENA PLICATA Greene Additional synonymy: Verbena plecata Greene ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 690, in syn. 1971. Verbena plicata stricta Rowell ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 690, in syn. 1971. Verbena plicata var. plicata Devor ex Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 36, in syn. 1972. Additional & emended ee ee Howell & McClintock in Kear- ney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 726 & 728. 1960; Lewis & Oliv., Am, Journ. Bot. )8: "Tessicen.” fig, 20. 1961; Rattenbury, Madro- fio 16: 267. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 91 (1963) and A.9: 365 & 366. 1965; *Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 195--196. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., chrom, Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 19695 Rick- ett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 365 (1969) and (3): 540 & 799. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Con- trib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1315, 1316, & 1320--1321. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Mahler, Key Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 53, 59, 62, 63, & 76 (1971) and 2: 663, 690, & 918. 1971; Moldenke Phytologia 22: 99 (1972) and 23: 192, 217, 2h2, 376, hih, & 436. 1972. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect perennial herb from a woody root, branched at the base, or an anmual with fibrous roots, about 20 cm. tall, the stems erect or spreading, branching outward in age, the branches upright, stiff, and hairy or spreading, the bark green, the leaves spatulate, canescent, lobed and incised, the flowers not very showy, the corolla fair- ly small, and the fruit "a small capsule [it is actually a schizo- carp]. Weaver notes that "the small flowers fall off easily on being collected". The corollas are described as eee been n. [9 May 1966], and R. M. Seen’ 1180, "pale es ies purple" on Cs M. Rowell 5679, "pale=purple" on C. ue Rowell 8039, "pale blue- purple” on C. M. M, Rowell 5420, "purple or blue" on +38 D. Wood 692, "pale-blue" on | Ov Me M. Rowell ell 8303, "bluish" on D. Hawkins 17 | 17 & say "light-blue" on Be ~ Hutchins 351 | & 361, "blue" on Boke & Massey _ 139, L. Galloway 35, Gipson h6, McCampbel1 30, Pilcher ah & 205, i Runyon 2560 He! Thompson 62 62, Whitley 18 Whitley 15, and J. M. Williams TT, I Mesctd | Mb rao a eel "lavender-blue" on Meek 109, "ivi dleb-biue® on Forman n 6 and MeCrack- hh P BYehO LO GD Vol. 2h, ‘noe en 101, "bright violet-blue" on R. V. Moran 11476, "bluish-violet" on Wisi tahouss 15341, and "pale blue-violet" on Rowell, Crum, & Cornett 8236 & 822. Hutchins 351 & 361 are acconpenioal te by photo- graphs. The chromosome number for V. plicata is given as 2n = 1) by Lewis & Oliver (1961), Rattenbury (1962), and Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969); the haploid number is reported as 7 by Solbrig, based on Solbrig Li? from Reeves County, Texas. In addition to the months previously reported by me in this series of notes, the species has been collected in flower in January. Howell & MeClin- tock (1960) state that in Arizona it blossoms from March to Septem- ber. Rickett (1969) avers that in Texas it flowers from "February to September" and gives its distribution as "in open ground through much of Texas and westward to Arizona; and in Mexico". He adds that "'Plicate' refers to the lengthwise folding or grooving of the leaves" in this species and notes that "The flowers vary from blue to lavender and purple, about 1/) inch across, the co- rolla not much longer than the calyx. V. cloveri has hairy stems, and corollas which greatly exceed the calyx." Recent collectors have found V. plicata growing in sandy loam of mesquite grasslands and roadsides, alluvium along creek-beds, sandy soil or fine sandy silt, sandy loam limestone "derived a- long roadsides" in mesquite grasslands, in calcareous clay of barditch highways, limestone and gypsum gravels, the sandy soil of open fields and roadsides, the sandy or red sandy loam of can- yon breaks, caliche soil, canyons, loose soil of sand mixed with clay, in the deep sandy loam of mesquite and oak shinneries, in deep sand at the edge of woods along rivers, in hard sandy silt- marl, the sandy silt of open chaparral pastures, the loose or even deep sand of moving dunes, in red sandy loam of open grass- lands, in shallow soils with rock and gravel, in open areas, and in limestone soil of Prosopis—Rhus—Quercus communities, on cal- careous hillsides, sandy breaks, and sandstone ledges, at water's edge, among limestone and gypsum rocks, and along roadsides with Festuca, Lesquerella, and Plantago. In Texas it is described by Weaver as "frequent in flat low areas among sand hills" and by Rowell as "occasional in tight sandy loam of mesquite pastures", "occasional among limestone rocks on the caprock and in adjacent rocky breaks with indicator species of the Chihuahuan Desert frequent", "locally frequent in red sandy loam", and "occasional in tight sandy loam of mesquite- juniper associations", while Rowell, Crum, & Cornett refer to it as "occasional herb along roadsides and in adjacent pastures" and "occasional among limestone rocks and in sandy loam", In Ward County it was found by Cory to be "frequent on roadsides", in Childress County by Meek as "occasional along roadsides", and in Garza County by McCracken as "infrequent in tight sandy rocky soil", by Rowell as "occasional in tight sandy loam along road- sides", and by McCampbell as "frequent in pastures", while Fore- man says of it "found occasionally with otker species of Ver- 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena TS) bena". Runyon found it to be "scarce" or "occasional on reseca banks" in Cameron County. In Mexico it is said by Moran to be "occasional in arroyos" in Baja California and in Coahuila Stewart found it "fairly common on gravelly flats", while Boke & Massey say it is "infrequent a- long roadsides and in arroyos"., The type of V. plicata stricta appears to be Canales 11 from Andrews County, ‘Texas. Common names recorded for the species are "fanleaf vervain" and "whitevein verbena", Material of V. plicata has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. gooddingii Briq. or V. neomexicana var, xylopoda Perry. R. Runyon 869 is a mixture @ with V. cloverae Moldenke. On the other ha hand, t the B. E. Holland 21, , Reséndez 55, and Rollins & Tryon 581, disvesbuted as V. plicata, are actually V. canescens var. roemeriana (Scheele) Perry, while Ramos & Muril- lo 52 is V. cloverae Moldenke. Additional citations: TEXAS: Andrews Co.: Canales 11 (Lk); T. Collins 227 (Lk). Armstrong Co.: L. C. Higgins lJ18 (N). Baylor Gout Co.: De We W. Patterson sen. [9 May 1966] (Lk). Brown Co.: Fryar 28 (Au--2.7719). Callahan Co.: N. C. Henderson 63-198 (Au--22317h) . Cameron Co.: Fleetwood 8112 (Au--2),3038) ; R. Runyon 263 (Au-= 265971), 487) (Au—266 (Au——266160) , 4,888 (Au—-2661,8). Childress Co.: Meek 109 (Lk). Cottle Co.: Cc. M M. Rowell 520 (Lk), 8605 (Lk). Crosby Cos: L. Galloway 35 (Lk); | Le Mitchell - 130 (Lk); S Studhal- ter & Kendrick 1179 (Lk), | 332k (Lk). Culberson Co.: Matthews | & Matthews 309 (ku--259932) . Dawson Co.: Hargrove & Tilton HT. 500690 (Lk). Dickens Co.: C. M. Rowell 10289 (Lk) ; N. Le Weaver 10 10 (Lk). Duval Co.: Silva & & Gonzales ales 13 > (Au—-21)51)3) « “Ector Coe: r3 Collins 69 (Lk); Reed & Studhalter 1922 (Lk). Gaines Co.: Tae grove & Tilton HT HT .500678 (Lk) ; Rowell, | Crum, & Cornett 8236 (Lk), 822 (Lk). Garza Co.: Foreman 6 an 6 (Lk); Funsron 28 ( (Lk); B. Hutchins ns 351 (Lk), 361 (Lk), 1051 1051 (Lk), 1107 (Lk); M McCampbell 25 (Lk), 30 (Lk); McCracken 101 (Lk); Nickell 62 (Lk); C. Me Rowell 5679 (Lk, Lk), 8039 (Lk), “10180 (Lk, Lk), . 11590 (Lk); | He , Thompson 62 62 (Lk); Viaming 73 73 (Lk). Hidalgo Co.: R. "Runyon 2560 (1 (Au-- 268712), 1,869, i in part (Au--269729). Howard Co.: Whitley 18 (Lk). Jim Hogg Co.: Botello & Ayala 12 (Ip); Ramos & Murillo illo 57 (Au-- 245125). Loving Co.: D. - Hawkins 17 (Lk). Lubbock Co.: ~ Demaree 23) (Lk); Everett & Graham am HG .500321 (Lk); D. Hawkins 62 2 (Lk); B. Le Reed 3375 (Lk), 3391 (Lg); C. M. Rowell 8549 (Lk); J. M. gatas 7 7? (Lk). Mason Co.: Gipson . 46 (Lk). Mitchell Co.: " Pil- cher cher 1 (Lk). Motley Co.: Hargrove & Tilton HT.500630 (Lk). Starr Co.: Luz Campos 78 (Lk); Pilcher 205 (Lk); A. D. Wood 692 (Au--2),7063, A: Au--262608). ‘Taylor Co.: N. | C. Henderson 61-94 _ (Go), 63-153 (Au—225839); Mahler 351) (Au--2))8881). Ward Co.: Cory 51970 (Mi, N). Webb Co.: O.: Dickey 118 (Lk); Gonzalez-Arroyo h6 PEYT-0 LOG DA Vol. 2h, no. 1 68 (Lk). Winkler Co.: C. M. Rowell 8303 (Lk, Lk). Young Co.: Whitehouse 1531 (N). Zapata Co.: - ia. a R. Cuesta 61 (Au--2)),898, Ip); Guerra, Garcia, Garcia, & Salazar 607 (Au--2h972, Ip); J. O. Perez rez Ui (Ka--21),835) . MEXICO: Baja California: R. V. Moran 11476 (Si (Sd--59702). Coahuila: Boke & Massey 139 (Mi); 1 Ria M. Stew- art art 1180 (Au--301986). Tamaulipas: Dominguez M. & McCart 8183 (Au-~222205), 8225 (Au--2222h1); Escalante 37 (Au--222239). VERBENA PLICATA var. DEGENERI Moldenke Synonymy: Verbena plicata degeneri Moldenke ex Correll & John- ston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 77. 1965; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1316 & 1321. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 59 (1971) and 2: 690 & 918. 1971. VERBENA POGOSTOMA Klotzsch Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (15): 614 & 628--629. 1960; Hocking, Pharmaceut. Abstr. 9 (3): item 1068. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: Ts 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 202 & 372° (1971) and 2: 690 & 918. 1971. Pierotti collected this plant in anthesis and fruit in March. Macbride (1960) says "Type from garden material of Berlin-Dahlem, origin uncertain; seems, with V. Matthewsii, to be a part of V. laciniata". He cites te 2723 from Kawau Peru, and Weber- bauer 5333 from Lima, the latter said to have been so jqsaaeea at at Dahlen, but the come said to have been identified as V. trif- ida by Hayek. Macbride suggests that the species may also occur. in in Paraguay. It would seem, therefore, that his interpretation of V. pogostoma differs considerably from "mine. He also adopts the Schauerian modified spelling of the specific name, rather than the original. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Cérdoba: Villafafle 59 (N). Santiago del Estero: Pierotti 53 (N). — VERBENA PORRIGENS R. A. Phil. Additional bibliography: Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 289 & 291. 1910; Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 13: 25h. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 691 & 918. 1971. XVERBENA PROSTIBULA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 21. 1964; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 1: 372 (1971) and 2: 67h, 695, & 919. 1971. VERBENA PULCHELLA Sweet Additional synonymy: Glandularia pulchella Sweet ex Solbrig, Pas- 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 7 sani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1235. 1968, Additional & emended bibliography: A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 22 (1868), ed. 1, pr. 2, 22 (1869), and ed. 1, pr. 3, 242. 1880; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 1279 (1944), ed. h, 1279 (1946), and ed. 5, 1279. 1951; Kuck & Tongg, Mod. Trop. Gard. 213. 1955; E. L. D. Seymour, New [Wise] Gard. Encycl., ed. 6, 1279 (1963) and ed. 7, 1279. 196; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 28. 196; Solbrig, Castanea 30: 173--17). 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 134, 136, 137, & 139, fig. h6 C & D. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.l1l: 123--12). 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196--197. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 22. 1968; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1235--1239. 1968; R. F. V. Cooper in Pastore, Bol. Soc. Argent. Hort. 157: 125. 1969; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Biol. Abstr. 50: 151. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 840 & xix. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1323. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Ar- gent. Bot. 13: 206 & 207. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, New [Wise] Gard. Encycl., ed. 8, 1279. 1970; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1): 63. 1970; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 75, 76, 18, 150, 157, & 158, fig. 5-1. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 190, 193, 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 619, 621, 678, 691, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 226, 227, 27, & isi. 1972. Additional illustrations: Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosys- tem. 76, fig. 5-1. 1970. Schnack & Rubens (1970) record this species from Buenos Aires, Cérdoba, Santa Fé, and La Pampa, Argentina, but I am not at all certain that the interpretation of V. pulchella held by these authors and certain other Argentinian botanists and cytologists coincides with mine. Troncoso (1965) gives the distribution of what she regards as the typical form of this species as "Sur del Brasil, Uruguay, centro y litoral argentino. Comin en las barran- cas del Paran4 y en las sierras del sur de la Provincia [Buenos Aires]", and cites only Cabrera 7195 and Burkart 890. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on T. Meyer 6990. The Troncoso 353, distributed as V. pulchella, is actually what I regard as V. santiaguensis (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke. Additional citations: URUGUAY: Herter 1805 (W—25630)2). AR- GENTINA: Buenos Aires: T. Meyer 6990 (N). o VERBENA PULCHELLA Sweet x V. ELEGANS H.B.K. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 919 & 970. 1971. Bibliography: Soibrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1236--1238. 1968; Soibrig, Passani, & Glass, Biol. Abstr. 50: 4151. 1969; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth, Pl. Biosystem. 18. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 370 (1971) and 2: 91h, 919, & 970. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 227 & 31. 1972. 48 PRO TO" ers. Vol. 2h, no. 1 Solbrig (1970) refers to a "Glandularia elegans x pulchella" hybrid having a fertility rate of less than 10 percent, whereas in what he regards as the true V. pulchella Sweet the fertility rate is 99 percent, as it is also in the true V. elegans H.B.K. Since one of the putative parental species is South American and the other is Mexican, this hybrid cannot be expected in the wild. However, if it proves to have acceptable horticultural merit it is possible that it may at some time be propagated horticulturally. as yet it has not been assigned a hybric binomial name since I am in doubt as to the true identity of one of the parents. Examina- tion of the material originally used in making the cross is urgent- ly required and points up again the prime importance of herbarium vouchers being kept by all geneticists and cytologists engaged in plant breeding. VERBENA PULCHELLA Sweet x V. PERUVIANA (L.) Britton ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 919 & 970. 1971. Synonymy: Glandularia pulchella x peruviana Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1238. 1968. Bibliography: Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1238. 1968; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 148 & 158. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 918, 919, & 970. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 27 & 431. 1972. Solbrig (1970) describes a segmental allotetraploid hybrid be- tween these two species as having over 70 percent fertility, while the diploid hybrid between the same two species has only less than 30 percent fertility. He states that natural hybrids between these two species are "occasionally seen in the field, but they are rare", He further states that "The cross between G. peruviana and G. pulchella......was 2 percent pollen fertile, but in spite of this showed almost normal meiotic pairing. The differences are almost entirely due to small cryptic aberrations, as shown by the fact that the artificial allopolyploid had a pollen fertility of over 70 percent." This hybrid has not yet been given an official hybrid binomial designation because of the doubt in my mind as to the true identi- ty of the parent referred to as V. pulchella. Examination of the herbarium vouchers, if any were made, would be required to settle this point. VERBENA PULCHELLA Sweet x V. SANTIAGUENSIS (Covas & Schnack) Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 2: 919 & 970. 1971. Bibliography: Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 518. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 2: 919 & 970. 1971. Solbrig (1970) refers to a hybrid between these two species: "Hybrids between G. santiaguensis and G. peruviana are 50 % pollen sterile (Solbrig, 1968). The reduced sterility is due to at least one translocation and probably also to small cryptic aberrations, because the chiasma frequency of the hybrid is lower than that of the parent, leading to the formation of approximately 4% of uni- valents (although the reduced chiasma frequency could, of course, 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena ho also be due just to the effect of the translocation or to some specific mutation). Very similar cytological behavior was found by Schnack and Covas (1945) in a hybrid between G. santiaguensis and G. pulchella......0n morphological grounds, G. santiaguensis and G. pulchella are more related to each other than to G. peruv- jana; chromosomally, however, G. pulchella and G. peruviana appear to be closer, although the genetic isolating barrier between all three species is about the same. It is evident that in this case morphological differentiation (and the genetic system underlying it) has developed at different rates in the three species than have the genetic and cytological factors producing reduced fertil- ity in the hybrid." VERBENA PULCHELLA var. CLAVELLATA (Troncoso) Shinners Additional bibliography: J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 248 (196) and 251. 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 139. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.1l: 12h. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 2: 522, 919, & 968. 1971. VERBENA PULCHELLA f. LATILOBATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 256. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 190 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA PULCHRA Moldenke Synonymy: Glandularia pulchra Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 31, in 5yn. 1972. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 840 & xix, map 1395. 1970; Mol- denke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: fa9 & 431. 1972. Krapovickas and his associates found this plant growing "en pedregal al borde de un isleta, en selva, mata de ca. 80 cm. alt., flores rosadas". Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Krapovickas, Cristébal, Arbo, Marufiak, Marufiak, & Irigoyen 17226 (Rf). VERBENA PULCHRA var. PALUDICOLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 27--28. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 190 (1971) and 2: 683 & 919. 1971. VERBENA PUMILA Rydb. Additional & emended bibliography: Lewis & Oliv., Am. Journ. Bot. 48: [639]—6l1, fig. 2. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 91 (1963) and A.7: 455. 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 2. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 36. 1969; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1318 & 1326. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 50 P Eta DO es Vol. 24, no. 1 Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, "1: 7, 53, 59, 60, 62, & 76 (1971) and 2: 657, 677, 689--691, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, ” Phytologia 22: 485 (1972) and 33: 188, 190, & 265. 1972. Recent collectors describe this species as a low, spreading, herbaceous annual clinging to the ground or as a perennial spread- ing from a taproot, the stems partly decumbent and becoming widely branched. The corollas are described as "purple" on D. Hawkins 6h, B. Hutchins 159 & 1020, L. McCracken 19, and D. W. Patterson s.n. (9 May 1960], " *Aghtopurple™ on Perino & Pierson . 209 and Young blood 2, "purple-rose" on Shinners 26092, "pale blue-purple"™ o: on Rowell, Giddens, & Griggs 8085, "pale-purple" on C. M. Rowell 8038, npeNeapirale™ oO = Meek 56, "reddish-violet" on L. Mitchell 20, "rosy-lavender" on Foreman 5, "lavender" on Gipson 5, "ight-red™ on Pilcher 79, "rosy-pink" on D. Griffith 163, "pi "ink" on Whitten Lh, "pale-pink" on C, M. Rowell 1 5645, and "very pale-blue" on C. M. Rowell 5258. Lewis & Oliver (1961) and Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969) report the chromosome number as 2n= 20, The plant has been found growing in light or red sandy loam or black rocky soil, shallow alkaline soil, loose sand, shallow soils with rock and gravel, disturbed rocky soils, rocky limestone soil or very rocky calcareous soil, in calcareous clay loam of eroded pastures and barditch highways, in cultivated areas by roadsides and disturbed areas in general, in cultivated grassland pastures, moist grassy depressions on open rocky slopes, in sandy loam grasslands with Artemisia filifolia and mesquite thickets, in juniper openings on rocky limestone slopes, among sandstone rubble and lava boulders, and on dry slopes and sand dunes. Perino & Pierson refer to the species as "common" in Rogers County, Oklahoma. In Texas Nixon found it "in soils derived from granite, open areas in hilly terrain" (Gillespie County), Mc Cracken reports it as "infrequent in ungrazed pastures and road- sides" (Ector County), Whitten calls it only "occasional on road- sides" (Childress County), Rowell, Giddens, & Griggs found it only "occasional on red sand and gravel hillsides" (Cottle County), Foreman reports it "locally very abundant in picnic areas" (Mitley County), Hawkins says "found frequently off caprock in sandy loam" (Lubbock County), and Pilcher & Williams found it "in red sandy loam of flat open mesquite grasslands" (Burnet County). In San Patricio County it is said by Rowell to be "an occasional herb in deep sands" and "locally frequent but not in large numbers in deep loose sand", Meek reports it very common along roadsides in red loamy soil. In Garza County Youngblood reports it "frequent along roadsides in red sandy loam", while Rowell says "locally frequent in red sandy loam" and "occasional in red sandy loam below caprock". In New Mexico it is said by Griffin to be "locally frequent on gravel-sandy roadsides". The label accompanying Parks 51 is inscribed "very common in disturbed soil; bracts two to four times as long as the calyx", but the latter statement is not true of the two specimens mounted on 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 51 the sheet. Perhaps this is another case of mixed labels. T. Col- lins 91 is a mixture with V. wrightii A. Gray. A photograph ac-_ companies B. Hutchins )59. In the Hocking (1965) reference cited in the bibliography a typographic error has caused the binomial name of this species in abbreviated form to appear as "C. pumila", Verbena pumila, in addition to the months previously reported by me, me, has also been found in fruit in October. Material has also been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names V, bipinnatifida Fngl. & Gray, V. bracteata Lag. & Rodr., V. bracteata Log. & Rode, V. ciliata var. , pubera (Greene) Perry, and V. hastata L. On the other r hand, the Bolen 81 and C. Drake 22, distributed as V. pumila, are sctaeriag Ve -V, bipinnatifida Nutt., Whitehouse 9513 i is V. ciliata var. longidentata Perry, R. Runyon 2499 is the typ type collection of V. pumila f. albida Moldenke, K. Peterson 6h, is V. quadrangulata Heller, and W. P.' P, Taylor s.n. i= 31-44) is Ve racemosa Eggert. Additional citations: OKLAHOMA: Comanche Co.: Hopkins, Nelson, & Nelson 199 (Se--10729), 970 (Se--136589). Johnston Co.: G. aya F Robbins 3256 (N). Murray Co.: Hopkins, Nelson, & Nelson 159 ( (Se— 103965, Ws), 905 (Se--119710, Ws); G. T. ee reet -2hh9 (N, Se-- 153535) . Rogers Co.: Perino & Pierson | 209 (Au--302833). TEXAS: Armstrong Co.: C. M. Rowell owell 10766 66 (Lk). Atascosa Co.: E. J. Pal- mer 11231 (Au--122567). Ba Bailey © Co.: Rosson 505 (Lk). Baylor Co Co.: De D. W. Pat Patterson s.n. [9 May 1966] (Lk). Bexar Co.: Parks & Pla- deck | sen. [April 7, 7, 1940] (Ws). Brazos Co.: H. B. Parks 253 (A (Au— 12293), sen. [December 28, 196] (Au—122h9h). “Brewster Co.: Cory 28681 (Se--171757). Brown Co.: Faubion 6 (Au--247719) 5 Geeslin 93 (Lk). Burnet Co.: Pilcher & Williams s.n. [Pilcher 117] (Ik). Callahan Co.: N, C, Henderson 63-28 (Au--222980) . Cameron Co.: H. C, Hanson s.n. , [Brownsville, Ja January 30, 1919] (Ws); H. Parks Jr. 93/2816 (Ws). Childress Co.: Iltis, Moore, & Barkley | 733 (Ws); 1 Meek 55 (Lk); Whitten hy (Lk). Clay Co.: Shin- ners ners 26092 (Ws). Coke Co.: Swift s.n. % sen. [Ft. Chadbourne, 1856] (W--2606303). Coleman Co.: Pruitt , 210 (Au--122)72). Cottle Gost Rowell, Giddens, & Griggs 8085 85 (Lk). Ector Co.: T. Collins 91, in ah (Lk); L L. McCracken 19 19 19 (Lk); L. Mitchell 28 (Lk). = Edwards Co.: Cory 53678 (hi). Foard Co.: Ce ‘Turner 1 (Au--2),7714). Gar- za aos: B. Hutchins 59 (Lk), 1020 ) (LK); C. M. Rowell 5672 (Lk), 8038 (Lk); Youngblood 2 2 (Lk). “Gillespie Co.: Nixon Hixon G43 (1 (Au-- 253192). Gonzales Co.: Johnston & MeCart 5226 (Ws). ~~ Hill Co.: Pilcher 79 (Lk). Jim Hogg Co.: ie Moran 10 O (Lk). Kerr Co.: Gould 8455 (Lk). Llano Co.: Ohlenbush ush )0 . (Au--219536). Lubbock Co.: Bolen 59 (Lk); D. Hawkins 6) (Lk); F F. Parks 51 (Lk); E. L. Reed 1637 (Lk); Studhalter 1118 ( (Lk, Lk). Mason Co.: Gipson 15 52 P HET. 0-L.0'G TA Vol. 24, no. 1 (Lk). McCullough Co.: Studhalter & Camp 1109 (Lk). Motley Co.: Foreman 5 (Lk). San Patricio Co.: “CO. M. Rowell 5258 (Lk), 565, (Lk). San Saba Co.: Calhoun 9 (Au--2))8067). Scurry Co.: M. . Win- ter 61 (Lk). Tarrant Co.: A. Ruth 110 (Ws). Taylor Co.: i. fae Henderson 62-50 (W--260)067), 63-21 (Au--222982). Throcknorton Co.: Gould 9083 (Lk). Travis Co.: E, Hall )31 (Pa); B. C. Tharp 49-1118 (Au--122)69). Uvalde Co.: ce Je J. Palmer 13562 (iis). Wich- ita Co.: Whitehouse 966) (N). County undetermined: Cory 27905 [Phantom Lake] (Se--113331). NEW MEXICO: Lea Co.: De . Griffin 163 (Lk). MEXICO: Nuevo Leén: Canedo, Garza, Gonzales, & McCart 9053 (Lk). Sonora: H. D. Ripley 1281 (N). VERBENA PUMILA f£. ALBIDA Moldenke Synonymy: Verbena pumila albida Moldenke ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 14: 29). 1967; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 36h. 1969; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1318 & 1326. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Con- trib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 60 (1971) and 2: 691 & 919. 1971. Runyon reports that this form is "frequent throughout Cameron County" [Texas] and "it is frequent but not common", flowering from January to April. He describes it as "prostrate or ascending herb, in sand, alt. 10 m.; flowers white, in terminal panicles, no odor; leaves deltoid to ovate, short petioles; fruit a small nut- let; bark green; roots fibrous" and notes that "in the sandy region this plant roots freely at the nodes, in open ground, fields, etc." It has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as typical V. pumila Rydb. Additional citations: TEXAS: Cameron Co.: R. Runyon 2366 (Au—— 268733). Kenedy Co.: R. Runyon 2359 (Au--268732), 219: 2h99 (Au 268821-~isotype) . VERBENA QUADRANGULATA Heller Additional synonymy: Verbina quadrangulata Heller ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 708, in syn. 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Parks, Tex. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 155: 112--113. 1937; Lewis & Oliv., Am. Journ. Bot. 8: [639]--61, fig. 3. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 91. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 196—197. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 364. 1969; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, ene Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1316 & 1322. 1970; Cor- rell & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6¢]\1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 60 & 76 (1971) and 2: 527, 672, 691, 692, 708, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 367. 1972. Runyon describes this plant as an "annual, low prostrate or as- 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 53 cending herb, bark green or pale-green, roots fibrous, leaves oval in outline, dissected and lobed or deeply lobed, bright—green, flowers small, in rather compact spikes; fruit a conical- cylindrical capsule....widespread in dry soil....the plant is fre- quent or very abundant throughout this region [Cameron County, Texas]; sometimes it covers small areas of ground....frequent on clay slopes and hilltops in Hidalgo and Starr Counties". The specific epithet is sometimes written with an uppercase initial letter for no good reason. The corollas are described as "blue" on Rollins & Tryon 5895 and as "white" on R. Runyon 1780, 31,96, 2561, & 1,876. ~ Lewis & Oliver (1961) and Bolkhovskikh and his as- sociates ~ (1969) report the chromosome number as 2n = 20, The plant has been collected at altitudes of 30 to 3000 feet, growing in sandy loam, black clay, brick-red loose sand, sandy silt, gravel, black or red soil, sandy well-drained soil, on grav- el outwashes, in sandy or fine sandy soil, in open chaparral pas- turage, and at water's edge. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. plicata Greene. Parks (1937) calls V. quadrangulata "A small-flowered pink verbena native to the Gulf Coast where it takes the place of V. bipinnatifida. Because of the differences in shade of color, this plant should be introduced into yard and park work to eet a variation in color. It is easily grown from seed but can be purchased or collected anywhere along the Gulf Coast." The Canedo, Garza, Gonzales, & McCart 9053, I.Moran 10, and C. M. Rowell 5258, distributed as V. quadrangulata, are actually V. pumila Rydb., R. Runyon 2359 & 2366 are V. pumila f. albida Moldenke, and E. Rodriguez 57 i is not ot verbenaceous. Additional citations: TEXAS: Cameron Co.: R. Runyon 1780 (Au— 269675), 296 (Au--268739), 4876 (Au--269676). Hidalgo Co.: Re Runyon 2561 oe6l (Au--268735). Kleberg Co.: Ramirez & Cardenas 78 _ (Au—2),5203) ; R. Runyon 28), (Au--269672). LaSalle Co.: Cory 2859 (Se—11338). Starr Co.: Luz Campos 79 (Lk). Webb Co.: Barrera & Laurel 61 (Lk); D. Cardenas bie (Lk); B. Gutierrez 50 (Lk). Zapata Co.: M. Gonzalez 2 (Ip). "MEXICO: Nuevo Leén: Rol- lins & Tryon 5895 (Au--300175). Tamaulipas: Dominguez & McCart 8182 (Au--2222h7) Escalante 36 (Au--222215); M. Garza 36 (Au-- (Au-- 222271) ; Ibarra 107 (Au--235237) ; K. Peterson 6h (Au--230288) . VERBENA RACEMOSA Eggert Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.1l: 30 (1959) and A.6: 91. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 197. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar. , Chrom. Numb. Flow, Pl. 717. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fis. U. S. 3°(2): 36h. 1969; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1317 & 1325, 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Paat, Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Mahler, Keys Vasc. Pl. Black Gap, ed. 3, 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. h: 60, 62, & 76 (1971) and 2: "658, 691, 692, 700, *y 919. 1971; Mol- 5h PRY? O Toe Ta Vol. 2h, no. 1 denke, Phytologia 22: 99 (1972) and 23: 37h. 1972. Rickett (1969) describes this species as having "several more or less erect, downy stems, sometimes blooming when only an inch tall. The leaves are small, variously cleft several times into narrow lobes. The bracts are shorter than the calyx and fringed with hairs. The corolla is white, less than 1/2 inch long, and not more than 1/ inch across." He avers that it blooms in Texas from January to June, "in deserts and on hills in central and western Texas", The plant has been found by recent collectors in rocky limestone loam, on the Chihuahuan desert, and in sotol-lechuguilla associa- tions, fruiting from March to May, at 2000 feet altitude. Cory describes it as having "stems branched at base, the branches pro- cumbent, to 2 dm. long or more.....frequent on highway or road shoulders" in Brewster County, Texas. The corolla is described as "white" on Cory 53209, Devor 261, Leverich 1, Meebold 26296, and C. M. Rowell 11228. Material “iia been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria under the names V. canescens H.B.K., V. neomexicana (A. Gray) Small, Ve plicata - var. plicata Devor, “and Verbina ciliata Benth. On the e other hand, the Cory 28550, dis- tributed as V. racemosa, is actually V. ambrosifolia "Rydb. Additional citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: Cory 53209 (Mi, N); Devor 261 (Lk); Leverich 1 (Lk); C. M. Rowell 11228 8 (Ik); W. P. Taylor s. sen. [3-31-hh] (Au--122h71). Pecos Co.: Cory 53500 (Mi), 53501 (Mi), 53502 (Mi); Tharp & Havard 9359 (N). Reeves Co.: Moore & Moore e (Se--1195h3) 3 Nelson & & Nelson 985 (Se--118707). NEW MEXICO: Dona Ana Co.: Meebold old 26696 (N). VERBENA RADICATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Reiche & Phil., F1l.Chit; S: 295. 1910; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 183. 19h; Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana TEM); 725 Thy & 75, pki hea Troncoso in Bocher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22: (lhe 109421963; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 295, 1967; Bolkh., Grif, Mat- vej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715 & 717. 1969; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 206. 1970; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1): 142. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 1935 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 692, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: -)66 (1972) and 23: 19 & 27. 1972. Beale (1940), Schnack & Covas (1945), and Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969) all record the chromosome number of this species as 2n= 10. VERBENA RADICATA var. GLABRA (Hicken) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Troncoso in Bocher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22 (1): 109. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 208. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 692 & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolocia 232: ht9.. 20726 [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "HAWAII" by Hans W. Hannau, 62 pp., illus., Panorama Books, Doubleday & Company, Garden City, New York 11530. 1968. $3.25. This is one of over one hundred attractive, casual, little books, each with thirty lavish color plates and other illustra- tions and with short, interesting, pertinent text. They make de- lightful souvenirs of where you or friends have been or hope to go. Naturally some plant life is depicted along with the typical "touristy" photographs. "KEYS TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE BLACK GAP WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AREA, BREWSTER COUNTY, TEXAS" by William F. Mahler, 3rd edi- tion, iv & 109 pp., privately published by the author and available from him, Southern Methodist Book Store, Dallas, Texas 75222 or the Dallas Museum of Natural History, Dallas, Texas. 1971. Paper-bound. Over 00 species are simply and accurately keyed to families, then to genera, and finally to species for this area of over 100,000 acres just east of the Big Bend National Park. The author's main objective (which it meets fully) has been to provide university students with an efficient guide to plant identifica- tion. The introduction briefly describes the area geographically and vegetatively in terms of major plant associations. Appended are literature citations without mention of the "Flora of Texas", a glossary with line-drawn illustrations, and indexes of generic, family, and common names. "THE BIOLOGY OF THE CELL CYCLE" by J. M. Mitchison, v & 313 pp., illus., Cambridge University Press, American Branch, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971 on the title-page, actually 1972. $1.50 cloth-bound, $).95 paper—bound,. This valuable book is the outgrowth of a graduate course on this topic by the author when he was a visiting professor at the Univer- sity of California at Berkeley in 1969. Much valuable material is organized about this topic for the first time. It is richly docu- mented with a bibliography of over a thousand items, also so organ- ized for the first time. "The cell cycle of a growing cell is the period between the formation of the cell by the division of its mother cell and the time when the cell itself divides to form two daughters. It is a fundamental unit of time at the cellular level since it defines the life cycle of a cell." This study excludes mitosis and cleav- 55 56 Pear T'O LO Gis Vol. 24, no. 1 age so thoroughly covered by Mazia (to whom this book is dedicated), but includes single cell measurement methods, synchronous cul- tures, DNA synthesis in eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, RNA syn- thesis, protein synthesis during cell growth, enzyme synthesis, organelles, respiration, and experimental control of division by heat shock, radiation, etc. There is a postscript arranged by chapter headings revealing most recent addenda. There is a subject index. There is little reference to plant cells; mainly it is to ciliate and mammalian cells. The print is easily legible and neat, but why uppercase font was used on p. 202 for Ciliate Protozoan is not clear. "CHEMISTRY OF FUNGICIDAL ACTION" by Raymond J. Lukens, xiii & 138 pp., illus., Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and Bio- physics 10. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, Berlin & New York, W. 2. 10080. 19T1.” S260; "Fungicides play an essential role in the production of agri- cultural crops, in industrial production, and in prolonging the utility of manufactured products. It has been estimated that fungicides are employed in the growing of one-half of the world's crops. "Of the 1,000,000 or so known fungi, fewer than 200 are consid- ered plant pathogens and fewer than a dozen of these cause serious loss.....When systemically acting fungicides become available, these losses could be reduced by half. "The health hazards of pesticide usage were dramatized by the publication of 'Silent Spring' by Rachel Carson. The prerequis— ites of high fungitoxicity and low mammalian toxicity, especially of materials applied to edible crops, have been paramount in the development of fungicides. "In the present monograph, data are based upon literature of plant pathology, pharmacology, and industrial preservatives. Fungitoxic chemistry is presented from a mechanistic viewpoint. Activity is described in terms of the physical and chemical properties of the compounds in relation to recent concepts of cellular biology. The principles developed may be applicable to an understanding of the actions of fungicides in the control of diseases of plants, animals, and man, as well as the action of fungicides in preventing deterioration of material." Succinctly and clearly the chapters develop the following topics: (1) chemical control of deterioration of fungi, (2) measurement of fungitoxicity, (3) fungitoxic barriers, (4) migra- tion of fungicide to sites of action, (5) sites of action, (6) reactions to fungicides with cellular constituents, (7) effects of fungicides on enzymes, (8) structure-activity relationships, and (9) action of fungus on fungicides. A helpful appendix de- scribes and diagrams the structure of some fungicides. Literature references from a wide range of sources are given. The whole work is carefully indexed. 1973 NEW YORK FEB 8 BOTANICAL GARDEN PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication September, 1972 No. 2 CONTENTS KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LX XVI. | ‘Additions Me Se OTIS FORT SECT AMIE oP oe eon) yn yeh Gia whe week oe cy 57 _ KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX VII. "Additions PP SIG EIEE DALY IO ISS nk pie ies oe ee A hk Oe 60 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX VIII. ee Ae RE NMNAS toe REC LEMERIIYSIIES Sy 9 ox wre SR Mia oS 2a: oc aed is wear a een ae 63 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H.., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXXIX. ‘A new genus, Asanthus Bere omar aa BURA Re ee eat OA RS aa a ohn bata Che aes ah 65 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXXX. ‘A new genus, Flyriella Fria Aa anes ete sa es Scotia wee hee bathe eae edare aoe 67 _KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX XI. eee Smee TMOINETIINE YAIR So oie Oy NS oh ce Bide bin ey eh eon ECS ne a 70 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX XII. UNA DENIES AUNIFODULOKEMIA. (23 2 ooo 55 oo ooo isn Siem os Slo ie aoe ee rk 72 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX XIII. a POST SPU OT IOROLEG 86) 8 i. bing be en a a eS De we ee ke 74 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H.., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXXXIV. PEC REMUS CP OSUIMRIIIUS 88S og hp Bani a Bo Wah ae wie en ee at KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXXXV. Additions to the genus Ageratina with a key to the Costa Rican species ... 79 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXXXVI. Additions to the genus, Neocuatrecasia .........-.0e cece ee eeeeees 105 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H.., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXX XVII. | The genus, Alomia Sata sland calor were Mae ei atl tng Meg dentita Ma alate . 108 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXXX Vill. ’ Additions PIANOS SROs, ABOUTS oop SN ceo oe tk altel a eae wee tLe KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXX XIX. Ra re Bey ye Re ape pi ere e205 Y Mehmet Bug Aap Oe 118 RUDD, V. E., Two species of Ateleia (Leguminosae) new to North America ........ 120 _RUDD, V. E., New taxa and combinations in Machaerium (Leguminosae). II. ....... 121 ~MOLKENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Verbena. XVI .............+4.. 126 _DEGENER, O., & DEGENER, I., Wikstroemia pulcherrima var. petersonti Deg. & ae SPEIER A ee ies Le bee 151 BARANOV, A. I., & BARKLEY, F. A., Some nomenclatural changes in the sections NEN Bie ie a aes, tate 5 Als pak ta antes ne iginaip He ane Wk 155 eRe LO. San yee TOM PONG S866 wos aa as ee eo wk e's win ve Ewa Bye 158 WILLIAMS, L. O., Randias from Central America 12.0.0 cece cece cece eee 159 MOLDENKE, A. r.: DORI PU IINS Si ne al cae ie Mee wiped oe ak ie ee At ABE Ee He Nace BO 164 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. aq Price of this number ¢€9- ner vohime €&8 in advance. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXVI. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS KYRSTENIOPSIS R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. When the genus Kyrsteniopsis was originally des- cribed (King & Robinson, TO7T) some variation was noted in the material but we had too few specimens to allow proper evaluation. The arrival of a new collec- tion from Mexico and the Loans kindly provided by the University of Michigan, the University of Texas, and the Gray Herbarium, show certain features to be con- sistent. On this basis we expand the genus to include four species, two species described as new in this Paper, and one species previously placed in the genus Brickellia. Key to species of Kyrsteniopsis la. Achenes with few or no glands, with ca. 25-30 pappus setae 2 lb. Achenes with numerous prominent glands, with ca. 35-45 pappus setae. 3 2a. Inflorescence very dense with short Lateral branches; carpopodium sclerotized throughout K. congesta 2b. Inflorescence rather Lax with elongate Lateral branches,-carpopodium sclerotized only in lower part K, nelsonii 3a. Herbaceous 3-4 dm tall; branches of the inflores- cence with 3-5 Long-pedicellate heads; anther collars sclerotized throughout kK. cymulifera 3b. Shrub ca. 1 m tall; branches of the inflorescence with many densely clustered heads; anther collars with median unsclerotized portion K, dibollii pyrstentopsis congesta R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae subarborescentes usque ad 3 m altae. Caules 57 58 PUY TOLOG Ls Vol. 24, no. 2 teretes atrorubescentes albo-puberuli. Folia opposita Longe petiolata, petiolis 2-6 cm longis; Lamina ovato- lanceolata usque ad 12 cm Longa et 6.5 cm Lata, anguste acuminata basi Late cordata valde trinervata margine denticulata in dimidio superiore integra, subtus glandulifera in nervis et nervulis breviter tomentosa. Inflorescentiae thyrsiformes anguste ovoideae, pedicellis brevibus dense tomentosis. Capitula congesta subglomerata, ca. 6 mm alta; flores 9-12 in capitulo; involucri squamae ca. 25 subimbrica- tae valde inaequilongae tri-quadri-seriatae anguste oblongae obtusae extus glabrae; receptacula convexa glabra; corollae anguste tubulares ca. 3.5 mm lLongae extus in lLobis et in dimidio inferiore glanduliferae; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ubique indurata; achaenia in costis dense setifera non glandulifera; Carpopodia cylindrica ubique indurata, cellulis parvis multiseriatis rotundatis collenchymatosis; pappi setae ca.23-27. Grana pollinis 18-20, diam. MEXICO: Guerrero: 2 km al S de Taxco, sobre la Carretera a Iguala. Arbusto de 3 m. de alto; ramas del estilo amarillentas. February 14, 1970. 1800 m J, Rzedowski 27070 (Holotype US! Isotype MICH!). The species is most distinct in the compact form of the inflorescence. The carpopodium and outer wall of the achene are also unique in the genus by being sclerotized throughout. Kyrsteniopsis cymulifera (B-:L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Brickellia cymulifera B.L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 51: eK: 1916. MEXICO: San Luis Potosi: C.A.Purpus 4802 (Isotype US!) Kyrsteniopsis dibollii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae frutescentes ca. 1m altae. Caules teretes fusci breviter puberuli. Folia opposita tenuiter ‘petiolata, petiolis usque ad 2 cm longis vel longioribus; lamina Late ovata breviter acuminata usque ad 5.5 cm longa et 4 cm lata basi truncata vel cordata trinervata margine subintegra, subtus glandulifera in nervis et nervulis breviter tomentosa. Inflorescentiae panicu- latae, ramulis brevibus corymbosis, pedicellis 1-4 mm longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 6 mm alta; flores ca. 13 incapitulo; involucri squamae ca. 25 imbricatae valde inaequilongae tri-quadriseriatae oblongae obtusae extus glabrae; receptacula convexa glabra; corollae anguste tubulares 4.0-4.5 mm longae extus in lobis et in dimidio inferiore glanduliferae; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore interrupta; achaenia 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Kyrsteniopsis 59 setifera et glandulifera; carpopodia solum in parte inferiore rotundata indurata, cellulis parvis multi- seriatis rotundatis valde collenchymatosis; pappi setae ca. 35. Grana pollinis 18-20, diam. MEXICO: Veracruz: Along route 150, ca. 20 miles north of Tehuacan. Occasional; a shrub about 1 meter tall; open sun; flowers yellow? January 26, 1960. Robert Merrill King 2329 (Holotype MICH! Isotype US!). The new species is like K. cymulifera (B.L.Robin- son) R.M.King & H.Robinson in the numerous glands on the achene and in the greater number of pappus setae. Differences from K. cymulifera include the much more robust habit and the partially unsclerotized anther collars. The new species is named for Dr. Alfred George Diboll whose aid and enthusiasm during the 1960 collecting season was greatly appreciated by the senior author. Kyrsteniopsis nelsonii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, Phytologia 22:146. 1971. MEXICO: Guerrero: E.W.Nelson 2144 (Lectotype US! Isolecto- type GH!); Michoacan: McVaugh 22,651 (MICH! ); Anderson & Anderson 5889 (MICH!); Oaxaca: Seler L447 CGH! ). Reference King, R.M. & H.Robinson 1971. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Asteraceae). LXIII. A new genus, Krysten- iopsis. Phytologia 22: 145-146. Acknowledgement . This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXXVII. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS STEVIOPSIS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institition, Washington, D.C. 20560. Almost simultaneously with the description of Steviopsis, the publication by McVaugh (1972) trans- ferred the type species, Stevia rapunculoides DC, from Eupatorium to Brickellia. e placement by McVaugh was based on a number of characters including the number of ribs on the achenes which is usually more than 5, the style branches which are broad and smooth, and the tubular corolla. Moreover, McVaugh called attentionto a related species, Bricgellte amblyolepis B.L.Robinson. Now, after a review of these species and others in the genus Brickellia we can agree with the species relationship cited by McVaugh, but we would retain the genus Steviopsis including the species cited by McVaugh and a third species, Brickellia pulcherrima B.L.Robinson. A forth species is described here as new. The four species of Steviopsis can be distinguish- ed from Brickellia most easily by the lack of an expanded setiferous node at the base of the style. Additional distinguishing characters are the indistinct carpopodium and the Lack of distinct fringes on the lateral surfaces of the pappus setae. Also distinctive are the elongate corolla Lobes without glands. The ternate leaves originally noted in Steviopsis are characteristic of the type species only. The addition- al species show alternate leaves in most of the upper portions and the older parts of B. amblyolepis commonly show whorls of 4 or 5 leaves. In spite of the differences cited, the genus Steviopsis does seem closely related to Brickellia. e genera Dyscritogyne and Kyrsteniopsis are prob- ably in this general relationship also. Key to the species of Steviopsis. lL. Phyllaries narrowly acute, achenes usually with 5-7 ribs. l. Phyllaries short-acute to obtuse, achenes usually with 9-10 ribs. 60 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Steviopsis 61 2. Leaves mostly in whorls of three, narrowly LanceoLlate,notor scarcely trinerved at base S. rapunculoides 2. Most leaves alternate, elliptical-ovate, strongly trinervate S. arsenei 3. Leaves ovate, without glands; most Lower leaves in whorls of 4 or more; outer phyllaries obtuse S. amblyolepis 3. Leaves lLinear-lanceolate, with glands, mostly alternate; outer phyllaries short acute S. pulcherrima Our studies indicate that the genus contains the following four species. Steviopsis amblyolepis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Brickellia amblyolepis B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 485. 1 a Mexico. Steviopsis arsenei R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae erectae; caules breviter puberuli irregulariter maculati, maculis elongatis pubescentibus., Folia superiora alterna, petiolis ca. 0.5-1.0 cm longis, lLaminis 4-13 cm longis 1.5 - 4.0 em Latis elliptico-ovatis vix acuminatis distincte serratis base trinervatis supra glabra subtus in nervis breviter hirsutis. Inflorescentiae dense Paniculatae pauce ramosae, pedicellis 2-7 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula ca. 1.0 alta, floribus ca. 30-35; involucri squamae 25-35 eximbricatae 2-3-seri- atae plerumque anguste lanceolatae anguste acutae; corollae anguste infundibulares ca. 6 mm longae, lobis longe triangularibus extus glabris; achaenia dense longe setifera, glandulifera; pappi setae ca. 30 argute scabrae. Grana pollinis 27-30, diam. MEXICO: Michoacan: Cerro San Miguel, Vicinity of Morelia, alt. 2100 meters. 15 September 1910. Bro. G. Arsene 10215 (Holotype US !)._ Steviopsis pulcherrima (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. obinson, comb. nov. Brickellia pulcherrima B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 31: 268. 1904. Mexico. 62 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 2 Steviopsis rapunculoides (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 22: 157. 1971. Mexico. Reference McVaugh, Rogers. 1972. Compositarum Mexicanarum Pugillus. Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9:(4): 359- 484, Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB- 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXVIII. A NEW GENUS, BRICKELLIASTRUM R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Among the species previously included in Brickellia is B. fendleri A. Gray of the Western United States. The species has been retained in the genus in spite of the reduced number of ribs on the achene. The Lack of any node or hairs at the base of the style and the presence of a more funnelform corolla are further significant distinctions on which we here base a separate new genus, Brickelliastrum. Brickelliastrum is closest in characteristics and possibly closest in relationship to Kyrsteniopsis of Mexico. Brickelliastrum is Like Kyrsteniopsis in some of its generally Brickellioid characters such as the enlarged style branches and the short corolla lobes. A more important shared character is the lack of a Brickellia-type hirsute enlargement at the base of the Style. The differences from Kyrsteniopsis include 25-30 flowers per head rather than TOE: the less tubular corolla, the more fragile pappus setae more distinctly flattened on the outer surface for the whole length, the anther collars having less distinct short cells below and having distinct transverse annular thickenings. The greatest concentration of differences is in the achene where Brickelliastrum has only short setae or is scabrous instead of having long setae, it has a strong tendency for 6 ribs rather than the regular 5, the base of the achene is very short with a very Low ovule instead of attenuate, and the carpopodium is shorter and flatter instead of cylindrical with slightly more rectangular rather than oval cells. Kyrsteniopsis is distributed from Jalisco east- ward macaudh Guerrero to Oaxaca and northward to Veracruz and San Luis Potosi. Brickelliastrum is known from New Mexico and western Texas south to the Big Bend of the Rio Grande northward to the border and possibly into southeastern Colorado, west into the south eastern corner of Arizona, and it is perhaps found in a few border areas of Mexico. Brickelliastrum R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutes- 63.- 6, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2; nese centes erectae vel decumbentes e basi multo ramosae. Folia inferne opposita superne saepe alterna distincte et interdum Longe petiolata, lLaminis ovatis acutis basi truncatis vel subcordatis margine serratis. Inflorescentiae paniculatae saepe pauce ramosae,. Involucri squamae ca. 25 subimbricatae valde inaequi- longae ca. 4-seriatae oblongae; receptacula leniter convexa glabra. Flores 25-30 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae, Lobis triangularibus vix Longioribus quam latioribus Laevibus extus pauce glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore non incrassata, cellulis plerumque oblongis vel long- ioribus, parietibus transverse annulate ornatis, appendicibus vix longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus longe clavatis Laevibus; achaenia 5-6-costata scabra vel setifera inferne vix angustiora; carpopodia distincta breve operculiformia, cellulis oblongis, parietibus distincte incrassatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 25 extus Laevibus lLateraliter scabris superne non dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Species typica: Brickellia fendleri A. Gray The genus is monotypic. Brickelliastrum fendleri (A.Gray) R.M.King & H. Robins. comb. nov. Brickellia fendleri A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. 4: 63. 1849, Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXIX. A NEW GENUS, ASANTHUS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C, 20560. The genus Asanthus described here represents three species of two rather distinctive types. A critical comparison with members of related genera is particularly instructive. The new genus Asanthus seems closest to Steviopsis but can be distinguished by the sessile leaves, the presence of glands on the outer surface of the corolla lobes, the four or more series of phyllaries, the less distinct anther collars, the Lack of glands on the achenes, the very narrow raised ribs on the achenes and the distinct carpopodia of small rather thick- walled cells. The genus also lacks the mottled reddish coloration of the stem that occurs in Stevi- opsis. The many series of phyllaries are reminiscent of 2 IAT Adee but the Latter is distinct in its much shorter corolla lobes and the fusiform 5-ribbed achenes bearing many long-stalked glands. The genus Asanthus does have a resemblance to the related genus Brickellia, especially comparing A. squamulosus (Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson to Brickellia Spinulosa Gray. In superficial characteristics the Tast two seem closely related, both having the strobilus-like clusters of reduced leaves in the leaf axils and below the involucres. In reality A. squam- ulosus is distinct by the lack of the hirsute stylar node, the more reduced carpopodium, the narrower raised costae on the sparsely setiferous achene and the great number (75-100) of much finer less scabrous Pappus setae. In all these features except the pappus structure, A. squamulosus is like the other species of Asanthus and different from most Brickellia. The occurence of the squamulous condition in a rather unrelated species of Brickellia lessens the inclination to value the characteristic very highly but A. squam- ulosus is still very distinctive in the form of its Pappus which is distinctly in 2-3 rows, and the species could easily be subgenerically distinct from A. thry- iflora and A. solidaginifolia. ; j The two species A. thrysiflora and A. solidagin- ifolia have never been compared previous Ly though 65 66 Pers y,. TO LO-Gid- & Vol. 2h, no. 2 they are obviously related. The former species known from San Luis Potosi seems to differ only by a somewhat Longer involucre from the Latter species of Chihuahua, Coahuila and Durango. Asanthus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutescentes erectae multo ramosae. Folia inferne opposita sessilia anguste lanceolata vel linearia integra, utrinque glandulifera, superne opposita vel alterna, interdum squamulosa, in glomerulis dense imbricata. Inflorescentiae paniculataeé, ramis ad apicem dense corymbosae. Involucri squamae ca. 20-25 interdum in foliis squamulosis imbricatis numerosis continuae imbricatae vel subimbricatae valde inaequilongae, 4- seriatae vel plus, oblongae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores 8-14 in capitulo; corollae tubulares vel anguste infundibulares, lobis distincte Longioribus quam Latioribus extus pauce glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore non incrassata, cellulis indistinctis, parietibus transverse annulate ornatis; appendicibus 1 1/8-1 1/2 lLongioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi, glabri, appendicibus longe clavatis laevibus; achaenia Longe prismatica ca. 10-costata, costis angustis parce breviter setiferis; carpopodia breviter operculiformia, cellulis parvis subquadratis vel breviter oblongis, parietibus aliquantum incrassatis; pappus setiformis 1-3-seriatus, setis 20-100, varie scabris superne non dilatatis, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Species typica: Brickellia squamulosa A. Gray _ Our studies of the genus indicate that it con- tains the following three species. Asanthus solidaginifolius (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Brickellia solidaginifolia A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 22: 306. 1887. Mexico. Asanthus squamulosus (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Brickellia squamulosa A.Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. L5: 30. r880, Mexico, Southwest United States. Asanthus thrysiflorus (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Brickellia thrysiflora A.Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 15: 30. 1880. Mexico. This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A# 1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXX. A NEW GENUS, FLYRIELLA. - R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A new genus is established for a group of species of northern Mexico and the adjacent United States that were among the many originally placed in Eupatorium. The study of one of the species of the group by the late David Flyr pointed out the closer relationship to the genus Brickellia. We have examined the possibility of a broader genus concept of Brickellia as suggested by Flyr and find it untenable, but very natural generic groupings have been noted that preserve very nearly the original concept of Brickellia. In this treatment the species studied by Flyr falls into a new genus and it seems appropiate to name the group after him. The genus Flyriella is similar to Brickellia and different from Eupatorium in the features mentioned by Flyr, the narrow corolla with short rather erect lobes and the narrow greenish phyllaries in many rows. A similarity to Brickellia not noted previously is the hirsute node at the base of the style which, however, differs in details of structure from that of Brickellia. Flyriella is one of the segregates of Brickellia that differs by having only 5 ribs on the achene. unique feature of the new genus is the contorted Ccarpopodium with distorted cells and only partially thickened walls. Additional distinctions of Flyriella are the Lack of the characteristic fringed pappus setae found in all species of Brickellia, and the More spreading more sparse setae on the achenes. In reviewing the species in the group we have noted that Eupatorium chrysostyloides B.L.Robinson is apparently the same as the earlier described Eupatorium leonense B.L.Robinson. We describe as new a species found named as E. stanfordii among the collections in the Gray Herbarium. Unfortunately, we do not know who to credit with this notation. Flyriella R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes erectae vel decumbentes e basi multo ramosae, dense hirsutae. Folia plerumque opposita distincte petiolata, petiolis interdum alatis, lLaminis Oovatis vel deltoideis acutis basi truncatis vel 67 68 YoY OD oe 2s Vol. 2h, nowe subcordatis margine serratis. Inflorescentiae lLaxe ramosae, ramis cymosis. Involucri squamae ca. 30 Subimbricatae valde inaequilongae ca. 3-seriatae plerumque Lanceolatae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores LO-30 in capitulo; corollae tubulares vel anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae, lLobis brevibus vix Longioribus quam latioribus vel angustioribus, Laevibus, extus pauce glanduliferis interdum breviter setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore anguste, cellulis plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus infirme transverse annulate ornatis, appendicibus parum Long- ioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne lLeniter nodulosi dense hirsuti; appendicibus Longe clavatis lLaevibus; achaenia 5-costata setifera inferne interdum glabra; carpopodia distincta asymmetrica brevia vel longe cylindrica, cellulis varie contortis, parietibus distincte aequaliter incrassatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis 20-40 scabris superne sensim angust- ioribus, cellulis apicalibus subacutis. Species typica: Eupatorium parryi A. Gray The five species of Flyriella can be distinguished by the following key. l. Stems with short crisped pubescence; achenes with setae only in upper part F, leonensis 1. Stems long hirsute; achenes with setae not restricted to upper part 2 2. Heads with ca. 11 flowers, pappus with ca. 20 setae F. sphenopoda 2. Heads with 15-25 flowers, pappus with 25-30 setae 3 3. Corollas narrowly funnelform; carpopodia short- turbinate F, stanfordii 3. Corollas tubular and constricted above; carpopodia elongate and contorted 4 4, Heads in lax cymes, with 15-20 flowers per head; stems short-hirsute FF, paces 4. Heads in dense cymes, with ca 30 flowers per head; stems very densely lLong-hirsute F. chrysostyla 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Flyriella 69 Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following five species. Flyriella chrysostyla (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium chrysostylum B.L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 41: 274. 1o0s, Northern Mexico. Flyriella leonensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium leonense B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 479. 1901. Northern Mexico. Flyriella parryi (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium parryi A.Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 75. 1859. Southern Texas, Northern Mexico. Flyriella sphenopoda (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Rob- inson, comb. nov. Eupatorium sphenopodum B.L. Rob- inson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 43 : 35. 1507, N. Mexico. Flyriella stanfordii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae? Caules dense Longe hirsuti. Folia superiora alterna, petiolis 1.5 - 4.0 cm Longis anguste alatis fere ad basim, laminis late ovatis 4.0 - 12.0 longis 3.0 - 9.5 cm latis breviter acuminatis serratis utrinque parce pilosis subtus in nervis hirsutis. Infloresentiae dense cymosae, pedicellis 2 - 7 mm longis hirsutis glanduliferis. Capitula ca.8 mm alta, floribus ca. 20 - 23; involucri squamae ca. 25 ca. 3-seriatae exteriores ovatae interiores Lance- olatae; corollae albae anguste infundibulares ca. 5 mm longae, lobis vix longioribus quam lLatioribus extus Pauce glanduliferis; achaenia sparse setifera, inferne vix angustiora carpopodia brevia turbinata; pappi setae ca. 40. Grana pollinis 25, in diam. MEXICO: Tamaulipas: 4 kms. west of Miquihauana in canyon with luxuriant vegetation. Flowers white. August 4, 1941. L.R.Stanford, K.L.Retherford, R.D. Northeraft 675 (Holotype GH!) Reference Flyr, David. 1968. New names and records in Brickellia (Compositae). Sida 3(4): 252-256. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. F STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXXI. THE GENUS, PHANEROSTYLIS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The name Phanerostylis is raised here to generic rank from the subgeneric level. Gray in his original description emphasized the unusually broad style branches which are one of the distinctive features. Harcombe and Beaman (1967) made an exhaustive compari- son of the superficial characteristics of two species of the group and found relationship to a strikingly distinctive monocephalic member of the genus Brickellia. Our own review of Brickellia and its relatives has shown a third species of the Phanerostylis group that is not monocephalic and which indicates other relation- ships than those suggested by Harcombe and Beaman. In addition there are many important features evident at the microscopic level all suggesting a status related to but outside of the genus Brickellia. Distinctive features of Phanerostylis include the 5 angled achenes, the flaring corollas, the more erect spreading hairs on the stylar node and the broader style branches. The corolla Lobes and the style branches both show a papillosity not seen in any other members of the Brickellia complex. It seems worth noting that the broadened condition and papillosity of the corolla lobes and style branches might be influenced by a single gene, and we have seen evidence of similar parallel development of these structures in other Eupatorieae. The similarities to Brickellia are comparatively subtile and include the habit, the structure of the carpopodia and the pappus setae and, of course, the chromosome number N = 9. The removal of Phanerostylis glutinosus from the genus Barrotea has the additional effect of purifying the latter genus which can now be consistently recognized by the prickles on the tips of the Lobes of its leaves and the 5 angled achenes. Phanerostylis (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robinson, new status. Eupatorium (Phanerostylis) A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 9: 205.1882. 70 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Phanerostylis 71 Erect to decumbent many branched subshrubs. Leaves opposite, long petioled, blades ovate to ovate- lanceolate. Imflorescence scarcely branched, or mono- cephalous. Involucre of ca. 30-50 oblong to lLanceo- late phyllaries in 3-7 series. Receptacle flat or slightly convex, glabrous, 25-50 flowers per head, corollas funnelform, glabrous, 5-lobed, Lobes scarcely longer than wide, papillose on both surfaces, stomates absent; anther collar short to rather elongate, Lower cells subquadrate, with distinct annular thickenings. Anther appendage slightly shorter to distinctly Longer than wide, composed of Large thin-walled cells; stylar node distinctly enlarged, covered with rather long sinuous hairs, stylar appendage long, enlarged, densely covered with long papillae. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, setiferous, carpopodia distinct, asymmetrical, short, composed of thick-walled cells, pappus of ca. 25 externally nearly smooth Laterally densely fringed setae. Chromosome number determined as X = 9 (Turner & King, 1964). Type species: Bulbostylis pedunculosa A. P. Decan- dolle. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following three species. Phanerostylis coahuilensis (A.Gray) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium coahuilensis A.Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. L7: 205. 1882. Mexico. Phanerostylis glutinosa (T.S.Brandegee) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Barroetea glutinosa T.S. Brandegee, Zoe 5: 262. 1908. Mexico. Phanerostylis pedunculosa (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & Robinson, comb. nov. Bulbostylis pedunculosa A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 138. 1836. Mexico. Reference Turner, B.L. & R.M.King. 1964. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae VIII. Mexican and Central American species. Southwest Nat. 9: 27-39. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXXII. A NEW GENUS, AUSTROBRICKELLIA,. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A new genus, Austrobrickellia, is established for a group of the southern-most relatives of Brick- ellia including three species long misplaced in the genus, Eupatorium. Though ignored in all previous discussions of the Brickellia complex, the three species show the three primary features of that group, very slender corollas with short rather erect lobes, large clavate style branches, and an enlarged hairy Node at the base of the style. The five ribbed achenes have been of primary significance in placement of the group, and this feature along with the smaller cylind- rical carpopodium, the scarcely fringed pappus setae and the rigidly divergent branching continue to dis- tinguish the group from Brickellia and other related genera. The present concept of the species of Austro- brickellia is based partly on the study by Cabrera and Vittet (1954). In this treatment a few familiar names are relegated to synonymy, Mikania tenuiflora Griseb. was placed under Eupatorium arnottil Baker, E. patagonicum Klatt and E. vattuonei Hicken were placed under E.patens Don ex Hook. & Arn. Austrobrickellia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae frutes- centes erectae vel decumbentes multo ramosae, raris recte patentibus. Folia plerumque opposita breviter petiolata, Lamina anguste ovatis vel deltoideis integra vel dentatis. Inflorescentiae laxe, ramis ultimis dense corymbosis, pedicellis breviter gracilis. Involucri squamae 6-22 subimbricatae valde inaequi- longae 3-4-seriatae oblongae vel lanceolatae acutae vel subobtusae extus tomentosa vel subglabra; recepta- cula plana glabra. Flores 3-12 in capitulo; corollae anguste tubulares superne constrictae; Lobis brevibus leniter patentibus oblongis duplo longioribus quam latioribus extus glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore parum incrassata, cellulis elong- atis, parietibus transverse annulate ornatis, append- icibus oblongis 1; longioribus quam lLatioribus; styli inferne nodulosi dense hirsuti, appendicibus Longe incrassate clavatis lLaevibus; achaenia 5-costata 72 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Austrobrickellia 73 breviter setifera plerumque glandulifera; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis parvis subquadratis parietibus vix incrassatis; pappus setiformis' l-seri- atus, setis ca. 30 inferne Lateraliter aliquantum fimbriatis superne sensim aliquantum remote scabris, cellulis apicalibus subobtusis. Species typica: Eupatorium patens Don ex Hook. & Arn. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following three species. Austrobrickellia arnottii (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium arnottii Baker, Mart. PL. Bras. .6(2 ):..323. 1876.; Argentina. Austrobrickellia bakerianum (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium bakerianum B. L. Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 75: 5. 1925. Eupatorium cinereum Baker, London Journ. Bot. 20: x36, 1882. Brazil. Austrobrickellia patens (Don ex Hook. & Arn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium patens Don ex Hook. & Arn., Comp. Bot. Mag. L: 242, 1835 (1836). Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay. Reference Cabrera, A.L. & N. Vittet. 1954. Catalogo de las Eupatorieas Argentinas (Compositae). Revista del Museo de la Universidad Eva Peron n.s. 8: 179-263. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXXIII. A NEW GENUS, PSEUDOBRICKELLIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Three brazilian species are the basis for the new genus, Pseudobrickellia described here. All three Species show a habit of closely spirally inserted Narrow leaves. The habit is common in the planalto of Brazil among plants of many rather unrelated genera including some other Eupatorieae, but is unique among the relatives of Brickellia. Further important distinct- ions are the few flowered heads (2-4) and the corolla lobes with hairs or glands. The genus includes species previously placed in both _Eupatorium and Brickellia. Of these, Eupatorium angustissimum does show only 5 ribs on the achene while BrickeLlia brasiliensis has about 10, but the species were sufficientLy similar to be intermixed in the fold- ers of each species in the U.S. National Herbarium, Though similar, the two species have a number of other differences. The most significant distinction of Eupatorium angustissimum is the scarcely enlarged style base with the node marked only by the dense cluster of hairs. The descriptions by DeCandolle (1838) and B. L. Robinson (1911) indicate Brickellia coridifolia of Brazil is a plant of similar habit. Still, descriptions indicate the Latter species has 8 flowers per head and phyllaries that are glandular pubescent externally. The proper relationship remains to be determined. Pseudobrickellia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae suffrutes- centes vel frutescentes erectae pauce vel multo ramosae. Caules puberuli. Folia arcte spiraliter inserta indistincte breviter petiolata vel sessilia anguste Linearia integra. Inflorescentiae corymbosae, ramis ascendentibus. Involucri squamae plerumque 12- 14 subimbricatae vel imbricatae valde inaequilongae 3-4-seriatae ovatae vel Lanceolatae; extus glabrae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores 2-4 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares 5-lobatae, lobis long- ioribus quam Latioribus oblongis glabris; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore vix incrassata, cellulis oblongis vel Longioribus, parietibus aliquantum trans- verse annulate ornatis, appendicibus Late ovatis vix 7h 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Pseudobrickellia 75 Latioribus quam longioribus; styli inferne varie nod- ulosi dense hirsuti, appendicibus Longe incrassato- clavatis laevibus; achaenia 5-10-costata distincte setifera; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis parvis, parietibus incrassatis; pappus setiformis 1-2- seriatus, setis ca. 35 argute scabris superne sensim parum angustioribus, cellulis apicalibus obtusis vel acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium brasiliense Spreng. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following three species. Pseudobrickellia angustissima (Spreng. ex Baker) R.M. King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium angust- issimum Spreng. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. ACE 325. 1876. Brazil. Pseudobrickellia brasiliensis (Spreng. ) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium brasiliense spreng., Syst... 3: 417. 1426. Brazil, Pseudobrickellia irwinii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae ca. 60 cm altae solum ad basim ramosae. Caules sparse puberuli. Folia usque ad 1.3 cm Longa 1.5 mm lata glabra. Inflorescentiae pyramidaliter corymbosae. Capitula ca. 9 mm alta, floribus 2-3; involucri squamae 12-14 usque ad 7 mm lLongae castaneae vel rubescentes; corollae ca. 5 mm Longae, lLobis duplo longioribus quam lLatioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae, appendicibus non Latioribus quam Longioribus late obtusis; styli inferne distincte nodulosi dense hirsuti, pilis valde contortis, cellulis ca. 12-15p diam.; achaenia ca. 10-costata dense setifera, setis longis, cellulis saepe uniseriatis; carpopodia parva, cellulis vix biseriatis; pappi setae leniter patentes, cellulis apicalibus obtusis ca. 18-20platis. Grana Ppollinis ca. 25y diam. Brazil: Distrito Federal. Universidade de Brasilia, border of lake. Cerrado. Elevation 750 m. Subshrub ca. 60 cm. tall. Heads cream. H.S.Irwin, R. Souza, R. Reis dos Santos 7854, 24 August 1965. (Holotype US!). Paratype Brazil: Minas Gerais. Serra de Catiara, 950 m. Apparicio Pereira Duarte 2815 (US!) References Decandolle, A.P. 1838. Mantissa Compositarum., Prodr. 76 PHY, 10,40 Qed A Vol. 24, no. 2 Robinson, B.L. 1911. On the classification of certain Eupatorieae. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 39: 191-202. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXXIV. A NEW GENUS, CROSSOTHAMNUS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A distinctive species from Peru has been placed in the genus Eupatorium but has the narrow corollas, short corolla lobes and very Large style branches of the Brickellia complex. The small leaves and somewhat noding heads in paniculate terminal clusters give the plant a particularly unique appearance. We recognize the plant here as an isolated member of the Brickellia complex showing transitional features between the Brickellia and Helogyne extremes. rossothamnus weberbaueri is most Like Brickellia in the structure of the corolla and the style branches and also shows a similarly shaped stylar node. The differences include the stylar node being essentially glabrous, the corollas and achenes being covered with glands, the carpopodia being small with small sub- quadrate cells, and the pappus setae Lacking any distinct Lateral fringe. Crossothamnus is very rem- iniscent of Helogyne in general aspect and in the numerous glands on the corollas and achenes. The Species differs from Helogyne by the very prominent stylar node and the blunter tips on the pappus setae. The genus fetogyne has the style base unenlarged except for a slight thickening in the northern-most ranging species, H. calocephala Mattf., of costal Peru. Helogyne also differs by the narrower leaves not notably pubescent below and by the narrow pointed rather than broad tipped phyllaries. Crossothamnus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae frutescentes erectae tandem multo ramosae. Folia opposita vel alterna breviter petiolata, lLaminis parvis ovatis breviter acutis pauce crenulatis basi truncatis, supra glabris, subtus albo-tomentosis. Inflorescentiae paniculatae ramoso-corymbosae, pedicellis gracilibus, dense breviter puberulis. Capitula cernua; involucri Squamae ca. 20, imbricatae, valde inaequilongae, 3-4- seriatae oblongae obtusae extus puberulae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores ca. 10 incapitulo; corollae tubulares superne vix infundibulares breviter S-lobatae, Lobis oblongis parum Longioribus quam latioribus, lobis et tubis extus glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte inferiore brevia, in 77 78 PAY TOLG@ I: Vol. 2h, *nes.2 parte superiore vix incrassata, cellulis oblongis vel longioribus, parietibus obscure transverse annulate ornatis, appendicibus oblongis 1% longioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne grosse nodulosi lLaeves vel mamillosi, appendicibus Longe incrassato-clavatis, Llaevibus vel mamillosis; achaenia 5-7-costata dense glandulifera, setis raris; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis parvis multiserlatis, parietibus incrassatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 35 interrupte scabris, cellulis apicalibus subobtusis. Chromosome number X = 10 (Turner, Powell, & Cuatrecasas, 1967 ) Species typica: Eupatorium weberbaueri Hieron. ‘The genus is monotypic. Crossothamnus weberbaueri (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Rob- inson, comb. nov. Eupatorium weberbaueri Hieron., Engl. Jahrb. 40: 369. 1906. Peru. Reference Turner, B.L., A.M.Powell and J.Cuatrecasas. 1967. Chromosome numbers in Compositae. XI. Peruvian species. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 54(2): 172-177. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author, STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXXXV. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS AGERATINA WITH A KEY TO THE COSTA RICAN SPECIES. R. M. King and H.Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Ageratina, as circumscribed in our earlier work (King & Robinson, 1970) is one of the Largest genera in the Eupatorieae and contains many of the most difficult species complexes in the tribe. The genus needs much work at the species level and some such efforts are recorded here. Papers dealing with Members of the genus have been produced by Adams, 1971, Grashoff and Beaman, 1969, McVaugh, 1972, using the old generic concept of Eupatorium and new combinations are provided here. Some errors and oversights have been noted in our previous work and these are also treated here. Perhaps most important here, however, are the descriptions of a large number of new species discovered in our studies. Many of these result from a special study of the genus in Costa Rica for which we have seen almost all the revelent type material, For this group of species all previous identifications including our own have proven almost totally unreliable. A detailed key is providedfor the Costa Rican species. The diversity in the genus Ageratina is only partially shown in the initial subdivision into sub- genera attempted by us. A few species are difficult to assign to the proper subgenus but the situation is not as difficult as would seem from the editorial error in the original paper, where a series of species belonging to subgenus Ageratina were Listed under Neogreenella, A. isolepis(B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, A. istocladontbeann ex Oerst.) R.M.King & H. Robinson, A. kupperi(Suesseng. ) R.M.King & H.Robinson, A. Gaaiath Tt! Wabineon> R.M.King & H.Robinson, and A. Temmonii(B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson. One of the original four subgenera has been raised to generic rank in a subsequent paper (King & Robinson, 1972). We make no attempt at this time at further refinements of the subgenera. The new species and new combinations are members of the subgenus Ageratina unless indicated otherwise. The chromosome number X = 10 is most common in the Eupatorieae but the basic chromosome number X = 17 19 80 Pe? . to als Vol. 2h, no. 2 is characteristic of the genus Ageratina and X = 16 is known for the related genus Oxylobus. The closely related genera Jaliscoa, MacVaughiella and Piptothrix have not been counted yet but may be expected to show X = 17. One species in this complex, Ageratina aschenborniana(Schauer )R.M.King & H.Robinson, has been reported from Guatemala (King 3182) as N = 20 with one to several fragments (Turner, Powell, & King, 1962). Another specimen from Costa Rica (King 5377) has an uncertain count of N = 20 + 2II. A third specimen, also from Costa Rica (King 5396) has the more likely count of N = ca. 17 II. For the present, the count of N = 20 in A. aschenborniana seems questionable. Some information has accumulated regarding the medicinal and other chemical aspects of a few species of Ageratina. Apparently overlooked by recent workers are the comments of Weberbauer cited by B.L.Robinson (1919) regarding A. sternbergiana(A.P.Decandolle) R.M. King & H.Robinson "The species according to Dr. Weberbauer is locally called hualmi-hualmi. He also States that the fresh roots, softened in Lukewarm water, are employed as an abortive, and that a tea prepared from the leaves is used for kidney and bladder troubles.""' Similar abortive properties have been noted more recently in another Eupatorian species, Stevia rebaudiana (Bertoni)Hemsl. of Paraguay. An additional Medicinal aspect of the genus is the "milk sickness" caused by tremetol found in A. altissima(L.) R.M.King & H.Robinson as discussed by Hass (1970). In view of the known chemical peculiarities of the genus there is reason to question the nature of the oil droplets we have observed in the leaves of A. barbensis described be Low. ie The following new combinations and new species are added to the genus Ageratina. Notes and specimen citations are given also for some species previously transferred to the genus. Ageratina abronia(Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium abronium Klatt, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien 9: : 4. Mexico. Ageratina allenii (Standl.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium allenii Standl., Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 18: 1457. 1938. Costa Rica: Alajuela. Summit of Volcan Poas. Alt. 2500- 2575 meters. Dec 1, 1937-Jan. 1, 1938. Paul Allen 597 (Holotype F!). Ageratina anchista (Grashoff & Beaman) R.M.King & H. obinson comb. nov. Eupatorium anchistum Grashoff 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 81 & Beaman, Rhodora 71: 567. 1969. Mexico. Ageratina anisochroma (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 19: 218. 1970. Costa Rica: Alajuela: Region of Zarcero. Alt. 4500 ft. Jan. 20, 1938. Austin Smith H 190(F); Sommet du Volcan de Poas. Alt. 2644 meters. Oct. 1896, Tonduz 10820 (US); Upper slopes of Volcan de Poas, Alt. 2500-2640 meters. Feb. 17,1924, Standley 34905 (US); South slopes of Volcan Poas, Elev. ca. 8300ft. 29 Jan. 1972, R.M.King 6428 (US); Viento Fresco, Alt. 1600-1900 meters, Feb. 13, 1926, Standley & Torres 47723 (US); Cartago: Cut-over cloud forest area, near La Sierra, about 25 km south of Cartago. Cordillera de Talamanca. Alt. 2000 meters. Jan. 23, 1965, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28126 (F,US); Mountains along the Interamerican Highway, 16 kms south of Cartago, 24 August 1962, R.M.King 5397 (US); Volcan de Turrialba, alt. 2900 meters, Jan. 1899, Pittier 7500 (US); Southern slope of Volcan de Turrialba, near the Finca del Volcan de Turrialba. alt. 2000-2400 meters, Feb. 22, 1924, Standley 35076 (US); Vicinity of La Congreja about to km south of El Tejar, Cordillera de Talamanca, alt. 1750-1850 meters, Feb.1, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24104 (F); alt. 1800 meters, May 11, 1956, Williams 19837 (F); Volcan Irazu, March 1888, Biolley (BR); Region of La Esperanza, southern slope o Volcan de Irazu, Feb. 23, 1924, Standley 35370 (US); Cerro Doan, 3 km east of Cachi, Thsd meters, Apr. 23, 1969, Lent 1610 (F,US); Heredia: Cerro de las Lajas, north of San Isidro, alt. 2000-2400 meters, March 7, 1926, Standley 51418 (US); Vara Blanca de Sarapiqui, north slope of Central Cordillera, between Poas and Barba volcanoes, alt. 1860 meters, Jan. 1938, Skutch 3470 (US); alt. 1500-1750 meters, July-Sept. 1937, Skutch 3221 (US); San Jose: La Palma, alt. 1600 meters, Feb 3, 1924, Standley 33197 (US); La Hondura, alt. 1200-1500 meters, March 9, 1926, Standley & Valerio 51881 (US); alt. 1300-1700 meters, March 16, 1924, Standley 37587, 36554 (US); Arriba de El Empalme, alt. 2000 meters, Enero 18, 1965, Jimenez 2771 (F); Above EL Empalme. Cloud forest area, Cord- illera Talamanca, mountain of Cerro de La Muerte, 2000 meters, Feb. 26, 1966, Molina, Burger, and Wallenta 17915 (F); ca. 19 kms generally NW of Empalme, elev. 6200 ft. 22 Jan. 1972, King 6411 (US); In mountain forest north of San Isidro del General, Cordillera de Talamanca, alt. 1800 meters, 82 Bie 20 GoOG. Wa Vol. 2h, no. 2 May 12, 1956, Williams 19937 (F); alt. 1750- 2000 meters, Feb. 5, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24338 (US); Cerro de las Vueltas, alt. 2700-3000 meters, Dec. 29, 1925-Jan.1, 1926, Standley & Valerio 43977 (US); Las Nubes, alt. 1500-1900 meters, March 20-22, 1924, Standley 38603, 38598 38430 (US); Cerro Chirripo, along the Rio Talari at the intersection of the parramo and forest, elevation 3250 meters, 5 April 1969, Davidse & Pohl 1580 (US); Cuesta de Tarrazu, IV 1893, 1900 meters, Tonduz 7797 (Type of Eupatorium polanthum Klatt, BR!). Panama: Chiriqui: West slope o El Baru between 7000-8000ft. elevation, 27 March 1970, Tyson & Loftin 5996 (US). Ageratina aschenborniana (Schauer) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, Phytologia 19: 212. 1970. Costa Rica: Alajuela: Viento Fresco, alt. 1600-1900 meters, Feb, 13, 1926, Standley & Torres 47914 (US); Region of Zarcero, alt. 6300 ft. Feb. 23, 1938, Smith H 354 (F); Cartago: Cartago, alt. 2300 meters, April 7, 1963, Jimenez 610 (US); Vicinity of Cartago, alt. 1425 meters, Feb. 1924, Standley 33357 (US); El Muneco, alt. 1400-1500 meters, March 6-7, 1926, Standley & Valerio 51153 (US); Mountain slopes south of Orosi, elevation ca. 1800 meters, Aug. 22, 1962, King 5377 (US); Orosi, March 30, 1924, Standley 39604 Ger Cerro de La Muerte, elevation ca. 5500 meters, Aug. 24, 1962, King 5396 (US); Cerro de La Carpintera, alt. 1500- 850 meters, Feb. 1924, Standley 35735 (US); Heredia: Yerba Buena northeast of San Isidro, alt. about 2000 meters, Feb. 22-28, 1926, Standley & Valerio 50078 (US); Vera Blanca de Sarapiqui, north slope of Central Cordillera, between Poas and Barba volcanoes, alt. 1710 meters, Feb. 1935, Skutch 3503 (US); San Jose: Along Rio Blanco, northeast of El Copey, alt. 1800-1900 meters, Dec. 16, 1925, Standley 41896 (US); Plantations de mais de Santa Rosa du Copey, alt. 1800 meters, Feb. 1898, Tonduz 11765 (US); Near Finca La Cima, above Los Lotes, north of El Copey, alt. 2100-2400 meters, Dec 21-22, 1925, Standley 42557 (US); San Marcos, alt. 1200 meters, March 3, 1890, Tonduz 2255 (US); Between Aserri and Tarbaca, alt. 1600-1900 meters, Feb. 12, 1924, Standley 34039 (US); about 25 km north of San Isidro de EL General, alt. 3200 meters, Jan. 29, 1965, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28558 (US). Panama: Chiriqui: Pastures around EL Boquete, alt. 1000-1300 meters, March 2, 1911, Pittier 2900 (US); Boquete, 6000 ft. Jan. 18, 1938, Davidson [54 (US); Cerro Punta, elev. 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 83 ca. 2150 meters, Feb.-March 1965, Tyson 1024 (US). Ageratina badia (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 19: 212. 1970. Costa Rica: Clairieres le long du chemin de la Muerte a la Division, 2900-2160 meters, Jan. 1891, Pittier 3407 (Type of Eupatorium badium Klatt GH! }; Clairieres entre La Division, 2100 meters et LtAlto del Palmital. Vallee du Rio General (1100 meters) 21 Jan. 1891, Tonduz 3429 (Type of Eupatorium chlorophyllum Klatt BR!). Ageratina barbensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. uffrutices erecti us que ad 1m alti. Caules teretes parce pilosi. Folia opposita Longe petiolata, petiolis 1.0-3.5 cm lLongis; lamina late ovata usque ad 12 cm longa, 7 cm lata, sensim acuminata serrulata vel crenata, basi late cuneata, supra in nervis hirtella, subtus pallescens in nervis et nervulis majoribus breviter pilosa, nervis secundariis ascendentibus in quadrate basilare saepe binatim fasciculatis, corporis oleosis interne praesentis. Inflorescentiae Late corymbosae, pedicellis pilosis 1-6 mm longis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta, floribus ca. 20; involucri squamae ca. af eximbricatae bi- triseriatae subaequilongae, anguste lanceolatae, vix attenuatae, fimbriatae 35-40 mm longae; corolla alba inferne anguste tubularis superne late infundibularis, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis, extus plerumque setiferis, Limbis 2.0-2.5 mm longis, lobis longe tri- angularibus extus setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore aliquantum incrassata, thecae anther- arum 1,0-1.2 mm longae basi distincte breviter hastatae, appendicibus 14 Longioribus quam Llatioribus; styli inferne parum nodulosi, appendicibus dense subargute papillosis; achaenia in costis setifera, setis brevibus numerosis; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis oblongis, parietibus firmis; pappi setae ca. 25 basi subfragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria subnulla. Grana pollinis ca. 22-24, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: Heredia: Cut over forest, southern slopes of Volcan Barba, along Camino Guarano, ca. 22 kms N of Barba, EL.. ca. 9OOOft., Jan. 21, 1972. Abundant small shrubs up to one meter tall, partial shade, flowers white. Robert Merrill King 6409 (Holotype US!); (Paratype R.M.King 6409A UST). The new species is in the group with A. badia and A. allenii having cuneate leaf bases and short cylindrical carpopodia. The stem of A. barbensis is hirsute Like A. badia but the achenes have only very short projecting setae on the costae and the phyllaries 8), Piel 20 Tn0hG eek Vol. 2h, noise are shorter tipped with marginal hairs forming a rather dense fringe. The new species is most distinctive in the innumerable minute oil droplets in the Leaves which are reminiscent of the Lacticifers of Critonia but smaller. These small bodies occur in the distinct intercellular cavities in the leaf and the contents disappear over a period of hours from sections mounted in water. Ageratina (Neogreenella) boyacensis R.M.King & H.Robin- son, sp. nov. Fruticeées erécti usque ad 2 m alti. Caules teretes appresso-puberuli. Folia opposita breviter petiolata, petiolis 8-11 mm longis, lLaminis late ovatis 6.0-8.5 cm lLatis breviter acutis vel anguste rotundatis margine crenato-serratis basi Late per- breviter cuneatis, supra et subtus minute parce pilosis, nervis secundariis pinnatis. Inflorescentiae late dense corymbosae, pedicellis 1-4 mm Longis minute puberulis. Capitula 8-9 mm alta, floribus 5; involucri Squamae ca. 1L5 subimbricatae bi-triseriatae aliquantum inaequilongae anguste oblongae vel Lineares 1.5-3.0 mm longae minute apiculatae margine dense hirsutae extus parce minute puberulae; corollae 4.5-5.5 mm longae anguste infundibulares extus glanduliferae, tubis non distinctis, lobis Longe triangularibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 450uy longa, thecae ca. 1.3 mm longae base argute hastatae, appendicibus vix longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi, appendicibus dense valde papill- osis; achaenia parce glandulifera non setifera; Carpopodia brevia rotundata, cellulis quadratis, parietibus minute noduliferis; pappi setae ca. 30 non fragiles inferne vix scabrae superne valde scabrae interdum vix dilatatae, series secundaria indistincta parca, setis usque ad 500u longis. Grana pollinis ca, 27 diam: Type: COLOMBIA: Boyaca. Alto carretera sobre Puente de Boyaca, matorral de paramo. Alt. 2800 meters. Feb. 24, 1940. Arbusto 2 metros; flor rosado claro. Arbelaez & Cuatrecasas 8085 (Holotype US!). : The species is related to A. mutiscuense(B.L.Rob- inson) R.M.King & H.Robinson by its broad ovate scarcely pubescent leaves and by its heads with 5 flowers. Differences of the new species include the appressed pubescent rather than hirsute stems, the sharply short apiculate tips of the phyllaries and the non setiferous achenes. 1972 King & Robinson, Germs Ageratina 85 Ageratina burgeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices erecti usque ad 0.5 m alti. Caules teretes puberuli vel glabrescentes. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolis 1.0-1.5 cm longis, Laminis ellipticis usque ad 15 cm longis 5 cm Llatis sensim anguste acuminatis margine serratis vel serrulatis basi anguste longe cuneatis, subtus pallescentibus, supra et subtus subglabris in nervulis parce hirtellis, nervis secundariis valde ascendentibus utrinque ca. 5-6, nervis tertiariis mediis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae late corymbosae, pedicellis puberulis 2-6 mm longis. Capitula ca. 5-6 mm alta, floribus ca. 23; involucri squamae ca. 15 eximbricatae bi-tri- seriatae subaequilongae anguste lanceolatae acutae ca. 4,0 mm longae; corollae albae ca. 5 mm longae inferne anguste tubulares superne late infundibulares, tubis ca. 2.0 mm longis extus plerumque glabris, Limbis 2.5 mm longis, lobis longe triangularibus extus setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, thecae antherarum ca. 1.0 longae basi breviter hastatae, appendicibus 1 2/3 longioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne parum nodulosi, appendicibus dense breviter papillosis; achaenia in costis plerumque glabra; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis oblongis, Parietibus firmis; pappi setae ca. 20 basi subfragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria brevis. Grana pollinis ca. 22-25u diam. Type: COSTA RICA: Alajuela. Wet cloud forest, cut over mountains forest, Cordillera Central, near Palmira about 5 kms east of Zarcero. Alt. 2300 meters. Feb. 23, 1966. Molina, Williams, Burger, Wallenta 17782 (Holotype FI). The new species is related to A. allenii but has distinctive leaf form and venation, near glabrous achenes with few short spicules near the tip and the base, and anther collars narrower. Ageratina cartagoensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. uffrutices erecti usque ad 1m alti. Caules teretes hirsuti. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, petiolis 1.0-4.5 cm Longis; Lamina Late elliptica plerumque 5.5-14.0 cm longa 3.0-6.5 cm lata acuta vel breviter acuminata margine subserrulata vel grosse serrata base breviter cuneata supra et subtus pilosa, nervis e basi ternatis vel quinatis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae late corymbosae, pedicellis dense puberulis 5-9 cm longis. Capitula ca. 6 mm alta, floribus ca. 29; involucri squamae ca. 16, eximbricatae biseriatae subaequilongae anguste ellipticae vix 86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 24, no. 2 acuminatae vel anguste attenuatae 3.5-5.5 mm lLongae; corollae albae inferne anguste tubulares superne late infundibulares, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glabris vel setiferis, lLimbis 1.5-2.0 mm longis, lLobis longe triangularibus extus setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore non incrassata, thecae antherarum ca. 0.8 mm lLongae basi breviter hastatae, appendicibus L 1/3 longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne leviter nodulosi, appendicibus dense longe patenter papillosis; achaenia fusiformia valde setifera, setis aliquantum longis plerumque in costis; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis quadratis vel breviter oblongis, parietibus firmis; pappi setae ca. 20 basi fragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria brevia. Grana pollinis 18-26, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: Cartago. Cut over forest area near El Canon, 40 km south of Cartago. Cordillera de Talamanca. Alt. 2500 meters. Jan. 26,1965. Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28191 (Holotype US!, Isotype Fr). Additional specimens: Costa Rica: Cartago: Along the Rio Reventado, north of Cartago. Alt. 1460-1650 meters. Feb. 26, 1926, Standley & Valerio 49493 (US); San Jose: Beside stream in open, vicinity of El General. Alt. 1460 meters, Feb. 1939, Skutch 4196 (US). In nervation of the leaves the new species is nearer Ageratina pazcuanensis (H.B.K.) R.M.King & H. Robinson of Mexico and Guatemala than to any other species of Costa Rica. The more northern species differs by the cuneate rather than rounded or truncate leaf bases, by the cells of the carpopodium being More Oblong rather than quadrate, and by the phyllaries being more obtusely acute. Ageratina (Neogreenella) cerifera (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium ceriferum McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 390. 1972. Mexico. Ageratina chirquensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, Phytologia 19: 213. 1970. Panama: Chiriqui: Chiriqui Volcano, alt. 3600 meters, Feb. 27, 1918, Killip 3599 (US); Volcan de Chiriqui, April , Sapper sn (US); Volcan Chiriqui, 3000-3374 meters, March 1O-13, 1911, Pittier 3089 (US); ca. 2500-3380 meters, July 4- ; » Woodson, Allen, Seibert 1077 (US); EL Baru, El. LLO00 ft. March 27, 1970, Tyson & Loftin 6157 US). 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 87 Ageratina (Neogreenella) contorta(C.D.Adams) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium contortum C.D.Adams, Phytologia 21: 408. 1971. Jamaica. Ageratina costaricensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Frutices erecti pauce ramosi usque ad 7.5 dm alti. Caules teretes dense purpureo-tincti puberuli. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolis gracilibus plerumque 1.0- 1.5 em longis; Lamina ovata usque ad 4 cm longa, 2.5 mm lata, vix acuminata, serrata vel biserrata, basi truncata, trinervata, chartacea, parce in nervis hirtella. Inflorescentiae laxe corymbosae, pedicellis gracilibus puberulis plerumque 3-12 mm longis. Capitula ca. 6 mm alta, floribus ca. 20; involucri squamae 16-18, eximbricatae bi-triseriatae subaequi- longae, anguste lLanceolatae, breviter attenuatae 4.0- 5.0 mm longe, corolla alba vel rosea, inferne anguste tubularis superne campanulata, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis glabris vel hirsutis, Limbis ca. 1.5-2.0 mm longis, lobis longe triangularibus extus setiferis; thecae antherarum 0.8-1.0 mm longae, basi distincte hastatae, appendicibus 14 longioribus quam lLatioribus; styli inferne distincte nodulosi, appendicibus longe dense papillosis; achaenia distincte setifera, setis lLongis numerosis; carpopodia cylindrica, cellulis oblongis; pappi setae ca. 20 basi fragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria brevis aliquantum simplex. Type: COSTA RICA: Cartago: Km 73 along Carretera Interamericana S of San Jose, Cordillera de Talamanca. El. 2775 meters. 22July 1966. Gerrit Davidse 697 (Holotype US!). Additional specimens: Costa Rica: Cartago: Region of La Esperanza, southern slope of Volcan de Irazu. Feb. 23, 1924. Standley 35367 (US); Southern slopes of Volcan de Turrialba, near the Finca del Volcan de Turrialba; alt. 2000-2400 meters. Feb. 22, 1924. Standley 35300 (US); Alajuela: Wet cloud forest, cut over mountains forest. Cordillera Central near Palmira about 5 kms east of Zarcero. Alt. 2300 meters. Feb. 23, 1966. Molina, Williams, Burger, Wallenta 17754 (F). Material of the new species has been identified. in the past as Ageratina subcordata, but the latter 1s a very different species with clusters of hairs inside of the corolla. Ageratina costaricensis is also | rather distinct by its Lax inflorescence. The various specimens show a variation in corolla pubescence that is common in the genus but the variation seems to correlate with geography. The specimens from the 88 PRETO Lee TA Vol. 2h, no. 2 more northern volcanos show glabrous basal tubes while material from the Talamanca region has basal tubes with many long hairs. Ageratina (Neogreenella) cuatecasasii R.M.King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Frutices erecti multo ramosi. Caules teretes parce puberuli vel glabrescentes. Folia opposita breviter petiolata, petiolis 2-8 mm longis, laminis oblongo-ellipticis 3-11 cm lLongis 1.5-5.0 cm latis obtusis margine crenato-serratis base rotundatis vel vix cuneatis, supra et subtus glabris vel minute glandulo-punctatis, nervis secundariis pinnatis vel in partibus basilaribus Laminarum infirme trinervatis. Inflorescentiae corymbosae, pedicellis minute puberulis vel subglabris plerumque 1-2 cm Longis interdum distincte unibractiferis. Capitula 8-12 mm alta, floribus ca. 30-45; involucri squamae ''violaceae" induratae ca. 20 subimbricatae biseriatae subaequilongae anguste Lanceolatae vel Lineares acutae extus dense minute glanduliferae leviter striatae 6-9 longae; corollae "lilacinae" 5,5-6.5 mm longae anguste infundibulares, tubis non distinctis, lobis Longe triangularibus extus parce glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 400yu longa, thecae ca. 2 mm longae basi cordatae, appendicibus 13 long- ioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne vix vel lLeniter nodulosi, appendicibus dense papillosis; achaenia dense glandulifera; carpopodia brevia prominula rotundata, cellulis quadratis, parietibus firmis; Pappi setae ca. 30 vix fragiles ad apicem interdum leniter dilatatae, series secundaria distincta Ble medias 300-500n Longa. Grana pollinis 27-30p iam, Type: COLOMBIA: Magdalena: Sierra de Perija, east of Manaure: Quebrada de Floridablanca, Andean forest and bushes, 2700-2800 meters alt. Nov. 9, 1959. Cuatrecasas & Romero Castaneda 25154 (Holotype US!). itional specimen: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra de Perija, east of Manaure: Sabana Rubia, paramo 3000- 3100 meters alt. Nov. 6, 1959, Cuatrecasas & Romero Castaneda 25042 (US!). The species has some of the aspect of the group represented by Ageratina tinifolia (H.B.K.) R.M.King & H.Robinson and A. ocanensis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson in Colombia. The new species is distinct by the longer pedicels and by the more flowers per head. There is some resemblance to A. viscosa (H.B.K.) R.M.King & H.Robinson but that species has reduced upper leaves, a Laxer inflorescence and setiferous achenes. 1972 King & Robinson, Gems Ageratina 89 Ageratina (Neogreenella) cupressora (Standl. & Steyerm. ) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium cupressorum Standl. & Steyerm., Publ, Field Mus, Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 23: 183. 1944. Guatemala. Ageratina (Neogreenella) cylindrica (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium cylindricum McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 555. 1972. Mexico. Ageratina diversipila R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Frutices erecti usque ad 2 m alti. Caules teretes dense breviter hirsuti. Folia opposita Longe petiolata, petiolis ca. 1.0 cm longis dense hirtellis; lamina late ovata usque ad 7.0 cm longa 3.5 cm lata breviter acuminata subcrenata, basi breviter cuneata, hirtella, pilis in nervis et subtus pluribus, nervis secundariis paucis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae late paniculatae, pedicellis hispido-pilosis 2-6 mm longis. Capitula 5-6 mm alta, floribus ca. 20; involucri squamae ca. 15, eximbricatae bi-triseriatae plerumque subaequilongae ca. 5 mm longae anguste lanceolatae lLongo-attenuatae in apicem parce pilosae corolla alba inferne anguste tubularis superne infundibularis, ttubis ca. 1.5 longis extus glabris, Llimbis ca. 2.5 mm longis, lobis Longe triangularibus extus setiferis, setis biformibus aliquot ad apicem clavatis multiseptatis, cellulis uniseriatis; thecae antherarum 0.9 mm longae basi breviter hastatae, appendicibus 1 2/3 longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne leviter nodulosi, appendicibus longe dense papillosis; achaenia setifera, setis aliquantum longis plerumque in costis; carpopodia plerumque breviter subcylindrica, cellulis elongatis; pappi setae ca. 25, basi subfragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria subnulla. Grana pollinis ca. 22-24, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: San Jose. Vicinity of El General. Alt. 1890 meters. Dec. 1936. Skutch 3045 (Holotype US!). The new species is unquestionably close to A. badia, showing even the same form of phyllaries and the same type of slightly sclerotized capitate glands on the style branches. The new species is most clearly distinct from A. badia by the presence of the two types of hairs on the corolla lobes, the one type with a series of short broad cells at the tip. Subtle differ- ences in the leaf shape allow macroscopic distinction of the species. The occurence of club-tipped hairs is also a character of A. subs ae but the Latter is less closely related, having differences in stem pubescence and leaf form, 90 PHY 20 LOG be Vol. 2h, no. 2 Ageratina dolichobasis (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium dolichobasis McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 395. 1972. Mexico. Ageratina esmeraldae (Cuatrecasas) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium esmeraldae Cuatrecasas, An. Univ. Madrid TOY: 221. . Ecuador. Ageratina pom naee Mev ay h) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb nov. Eupatorium 54 ake hee McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 38C- 1972. Mexico. Ageratina (Neogreenella) halbertiana (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium halbertianum McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: ° . Mexico. Ageratina helenae R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices erecti 0.5-2.0 m alti plerumque multo ramosi. Caules teretes breviter puberuli. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolis gracilibus 1.0-3.0 cm longis; Laminis Late ovatis usque ad 4.0 cm longis 3.5 ecm latis papyraceis breviter acutis obtuse serrulatis basi subtruncatis trinervatis utrinque parce breviter puberulis in nervis hirtellis. Inflorescentiae dense corymbosae, pedicellis gracilibus puberulis 2-6 mm longis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta, floribus ca. 15-23; involucri squamae ca. 14 eximbricatae biseriatae sub- aequilongae anguste Lanceolatae attenuatae ca. 4.0 mm longae; corollae albae inferne anguste tubulares superne infundibulares, tubis 1.0-1.5 mm longis, lLimbis ca. 1.2 mm longis, lLobis triangularibus vix longioribus quam latioribus extus setiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 0.4 mm longae basi vix hastatae appendibus 1 1/3 longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne indistincte nodulosi, appendicibus Longe dense papillosis; achaenia temere setifera; carpopodia cylindrica, cellulis elongatis; pappi setae ca. 20-25 ad apicem subaequal- iter tenues, base subfragiles, series secundaria nulla. Grana pollinis 18-22, diam. Type: GUATEMALA: San Marcos. Ravines in mixed forest on slopes of Cerro Tunbador, Sierra Madre Mountains, about 15 km west of San Marcos. Alt. 2600 meters. Dec. 15, 1962. Flowers white, shrub 0.5 meters tall. Williams, Molina, Williams 23101 (Holotype US!). Additional specimens: Guatemala: San Marcos. Ravines in mixed forest on slopes of Cerro Tumbador, Sierra Madre Mountains, about 15 km west of San Marcos. Alt. 2600 meters. Dec. 15, 1962, Williams, Molina, Williams 23102 (US!); Montane cloud forest area on out slopes 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 91 of Tajumulco Volcano, Sierra Madre Mountains about 8- 10 kms west of San Marcos. Alt. + 2300 meters. Dec. 31, 1964-Jan. 1, 1965. Williams, Molina, Williams Laskowski 26883 (US!). The species is very close to A. molinae but differs by the shorter tubes on the corollas and by the more attenuate phyllaries. Both species might be related to A. anchista(Grashoff) R.M.King & H.Robin- son of Guatemala and Honduras but the latter has a laxer inflorescence and more blunt phyllaries and more cordate leaf bases. f We take great pleasure in naming this new species in honor of Mrs. Helen Dawson of Baltimore, Maryland, who has greatly helped us in our work. Ageratina infiernillensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices erecti vel decumbentes .20-.30 m alti, multiramosi. Caules teretes glabri. Folia oppositia breviter petiolata sensim anguste elliptica, petiolis ca. 1.0 mm Longis; Lamina usque ad 0.8 mm longa 0.2 mm lata, integra vel pauce crenulata, glabra. Inflorescentiae non vel pauce ramosae, pedicellis 1-3 cm longis, parce puberulis. Capitula 0.8-0.9 mm alta, floribus ca. 40; involucri squamae ca, 25 bi-triseriatae inaequilongae, plerumque 5.0-6.0 mm longae oblongo-—lanceolatae, late acutae; corolla albe anguste infundibularis ca. 5 mm longa, tubis 1.5- 2.0 mm longis, lobis longe triangularibus extus glabris; thecae antherarum ca. 1.8 mm longae, basi distincte breviter hastatae, appendicibus vix longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne distincte nodulosi, appendicibus longe dense papillosis; achaenia superne in costis parce setifera; carpopodia cylindrica, cellulis oblongis; pappi setae ca. 25 ad apicem parum dilatatae, basi fragiles, series secundaria nulla. Grana pollinis ca. 25, diam. Type: PERU: Huarochiri: Lima: Infiernillo, km 106 de la carretera Lima-Oroya. Alt. 3200-3300 meters. June 19, 1950. Sufruticosa 0,20-0.30 meters, flores blancas. Ferreyra 7718 (Holotype US!). The new species is very near the common peruvian species A. scopulora (Weddell) R.M.King & H.Robinson with the same form of the head and phyllaries. The very small narrow leaves with short petioles, and the glabrous stems and corollas are extremes not seen among variations of A. scopulora. 92 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 2 Ageratina ixiocladon (Bentham ex Oerst.) R.M.King & H. Robinson, Phytologia 19: 223. 1970. Costa Rica: Cartago: Paa den sydlige Skraaning af Vulkanen Irasu (9000), 1845-1848. Orsted 51, (Type of Eupatorium ixiocladon Bentham ex Oerst C!); Wolcen Trazu, Jan. L900, Pittier 14077 (US); Vicinity of La Congreja about 10 km south of EL Tejar, Cordillera de Talamanca. Alt. 1750-1850 meters, Feb. 1, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams, 24179a (F!); Volcan de Turrialba. Alt. 2800 meters Jan. 1899, Pittier 7501 (US!); Southern slope of Volcan de Turrialba, near Finca del Volcan de Turrialba. Alt. 2000-2400 meters. Feb. 22, 1924, Standley 35167, 34994, 35043 (US!); San Jose: Cerro de las Vueltas. AlLt. 2700-3000 meters. Dec. 29, 1925-Jan. 1, 1926, Standley & Valerio 43884, 43947, 43587, 43497, 43947a (US!); Above EL Empalme cloud forest area Cordillera Talamanca, mountain of Cerro de la Muerte, alt. 2000 meters, Feb. 26, 1966, Molina, Burger, Wallenta 17919, 17921 (F!) Along the trail from Canaan to Chirripo via Los Angeles above the Rio Talari at 3200-3400 meters. 19-22 Jan, 1970, Burger, Liesner 7407, 7393 (F!) Panama: Chiriqui: West slopes EL Baru between 8 8000-9000 ft el. March 27, 1970, Tyson & Loftin 6116b (US!); Boquete District. Volcan de Chiriqui,... El. 8000. £t,..July 13, 1938,,.. Davidson 940 (Fi, US!). Ageratina kupperi (Suesseng.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, PhytoLlogia 19: 223. 1970. Costa Rica: San Jose: Chirripo Grande, 3830 meters, Kupper 1149, (Type Eupatorium kupperi Suesseng. M!); Additional specimens: Costa Rica: ei RAEI rere Grands 3800 meters, Kupper 1155 (M!); meters, Kupper 1300 (M!); Elevation 3500 meters, April 3, 1365" Davidse & Pohl 1551 (US!); Cartago: Cordillera alamanca, mountain of Cerro de La Muerte. Alt. 3335 meters, March 4, 1966, Molina, Burger, Wallenta 18327 (US!); 3200 meters, May 1/7, 1956, Williams 20070 (US!). Ageratina (Neogreenella) lasioneura (Hook. & Arn.) R. M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium Lasioneuron Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 297. . Mexico. Ageratina longipetiolata(Schultz-Bip ex Rusby) R.M,King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium longipetiolatum 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 93 Schultz-Bip ex Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 3, No Ss: 1524rh893 Boliwnta,. Ageratina modesta (Kunth) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium modestum Kunth, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. p. 13, L847. Mexico. Ageratina molinae R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Frutices erecti vel decumbentes ca. 1 m alti. Caules teretes purpureo-tincti puberuli. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolis gracilibus 0.5-3.0 cm longis, laminis ovatis usque ad 4.5 cm longis, 3.5 cm latis, papyraceis breviter acuminatis serratis vel subintegris, basi subtruncatis trinervatis, parce breviter puberulis in nervis hirtellis. Inflores- centiae aliquantum laxe corymbosae, pedicellis gracil- ibus puberulis plerumque 2-9 mm longis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta, floribus ca. 19-28; involucri squamae 16-18 eximbricatae biseriatae subaequilongae, anguste lanceolatae, plerumque longe acutae, vix attenuatae 3.5-4.0 mm Longae; corollae albae inferne anguste tubulares, superne breviter campanulatae, tubis 1.5- 2.0 mm longis, glabris, lLimbis ca. 1.0 mm longis, lobis triangularibus vix longioribus quam Latioribus extus setiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 0.5 mm longae, basi truncatae vel breviter hastatae, appendicibus 1> Longioribus quam latis; styli inferne distincte nodulosi, appendicibus Longe dense papillosis; achaenia parce temere setifera; carpopodia cylindrica, cellulis elongatis; pappi setae ca. 25 ad apicem subaequaliter tenues, basi subfragiles, series seconderia nulla. Grana pollinis 18-24, diam. Type: HONDURAS: Morazan: Cloud forest area above San Juancito. Alt. 2000 meters. March 25, 1948, Fils. white, sprawling shrub one meter, Williams, Molina 13767 (Holotype US!). Additional specimens: COSTA : San Jose: Cut over montane cloud forest area, Cordillera de Talamanca, about 25 km N of San Isidro de EL General along Pan-American Highway. Alt 3200 meters. Jan. 29, 1965, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28564 (US!); Alajuela: Region of Zarcero. Alt. t. Jan.6, 1938, Austin Smith H 8 (F!); EL SALVADOR: Santa Ana: Moist cloud forest on Cordillera Miramundo, mountain of Montecristo. Alt. 2000-2200 meters. Jan. 27-31, 1966, Molina, Burger, Wallenta 16880 (CUS! ). 94 PHY T:0'L:06G P& Vol. 2), nas The new species is notable for the thin texture of the leaves, for the long tubes of the corollas and for the short anther sacs. The most closely related species is A. helenae described above. Material of A. molinae was the basis for our concept of Eupatorium bimatrum Standley & L.O.Williams which we transferred to Ageratina in a previous paper. True E. bimatrum is a Fleischmannia near to or the same as F. microstemon (Cassini) R.M.King & H.Robinson. Ageratina multiserrata (Schultz-Bip.) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium multiserratum Schultz-Bip. in Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 301. 1856. Mexico. Ageratina (Neogreenella) mutiscuensis (B.L,Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium mutiscuense B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. : . 8. Colombia. Ageratina nelsonii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices erecti pauce ramosi. Caules teretes vel parum sexangulari appresso-puberuli. Folia opposita breviter petiolata, petiolis plerumque 10-14 mm Longis, laminis lanceolatis 5-7 cm longis 2.0-2.5 cm latis leniter acuminatis margine serrulatis base cuneatis, supra sparsim minute puberulis, subtus in nervis et nervulis appresso-puberulis, nervis secund- ariis in quadrante basilari aliquantum congestis. Inflorescentiae late corymbosae, pedicellis dense puberulis 3-7 mm longis. Capitula 5-7 mm alta, floribus ca. 20; involucri squamae 12-15 subimbricatae biseria- tae subaequilongae late Lanceolatae vel oblongae breviter acuminatae parce pilosae 3.0-4.0 mm longae; corollae albae inferne anguste tubulares superne late infundibulares, tubis 1.0-1.5 mm longis, lLimbis 1.5- 2.0 mm longis, lobis longe triangularibus extus seti- feris; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 300u longa, thecae ca. 0.9 mm Llongae basi breviter hastatae, appendicibus 14 longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne leniter nodulosi, appendicibus Longe dense papillosis; achaenia in costis dense setifera, setis longis; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis oblongis, parietibus firmis; pappi setae 20- 25 fragiles ad apicem distincte dilatatae, series secundaria distincta brevis. Grana pollinis ca. 20p diam, Type: MEXICO: Guerrero: Top of Sierra Madre near Chilpancingo. Alt. 9000-10200 ft. Dec. 24, 1894, E.W.Nelson 2251 (Holotype US!). 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 95 Nelson's specimen is the basis for reports of A badia in Mexico. The stems, however, have numerous Short appressed hairs. The most distinctive feature of the species is the rather broad short-acuminate phyllaries. The phyllaries resemble those of Ageratina geminate (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson but the Latter iffers most prominently by the leaves being sessile. Ageratina (Neogreenella) plethadenia (Standl, & Steyerm. ) .M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium plethadenium Standl. & Steyerm., PUBL. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 23: 186. 1944, Guatemala. Ageratina reticulifera (Standl. & L.O.Williams) R.M. King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 19: 226. 1970. Costa Rica: Cartago: Cerro de Las Vueltas. Cord- illera de Talamanca. Alt. 2700 meters, Williams 16103 (Isotype of Eupatorium reticuliferum Standl. & L.O.Williams F! US!); near Km 56 on Interamerican Hwy south of Cartago. March 23, 1967. P.H.Raven 20934 (F!). Ageratina standleyi R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffruteces erecti usque ad 1.5 m alti. Caules teretes dense hirtelli. Folia opposita longe petiolata, petiolis usque ad 3 cm longis dense hirtellis; Lamina late ovata usque ad 8 cm longa, 6 cm lata, breviter acuta, plerumque obscure serrulata, basi truncata vel subcordata 3-5-nervata, supra et subtus hirtella in nervis densius. Inflorescentiae dense corymbosae, pedicellis dense hirtellis 1-6 mm longis. Capitula 5 mm alta, floribus 21-23; involucri squamae ca. 15 eximbricatae biseriatae subaequilongae, ca. 4 mm longae, anguste lLanceolatae, lLongo-attenuatae; corolla inferne anguste tubularis superne abrupte Late Campanulata, tubis 1.0-1.2 mm longis, extus glabris, Limbis ca. 1.5 mm longis, lobis subequilateraliter triangularibus extus setiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 0.8 mm longae, basi breviter rotundatae, appendicibus 14 longioribus quam Latioribus; styli inferne leviter nodulosi, appendicibus breviter dense papillosis; achaenia pauce breviter setifera; carpopodia cylindrica, cellulis oblongis; pappi setae ca. 25, basi subfragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria subnulla. Grana pollinis ca. 20, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: San Jose: Las Nubes, alt. ca. 1500-1900 meters. March 20-22, 1924. Wet bank; herb 4 ft. Flowers dry. Standley 38395 (Holotype US$). 96 PHY T.0 LOG Fa Vol. 2h, nox The new species is near A. vulcanica (Benth.) R. M.King & H.Robinson, but the phyllaries have longer Narrower non-acuminate tips with only slightly scarious margins, and the throat of the corolla is more broad- ly campanulate with more broadly triangular Lobes. Ageratina subcordata (Benth. ex Oerst.) R.M.King & H. Robinson, Phytologia 19: 217. 1970. The species has been badly misinterpreted in the past but the elongate throat of the corolla and clusters of hairs inside the corolla lobes are distinguishing characters. The phyllaries are also different from those of related Costa Rican species by having both prominent hairs and glands. Eupatorium splendens Klotsch ex Polak nom. nud. is often sTdeed in the synonymy of A. subcordata but specimens from the Schultz-Bipontinus herbarium at Paris prove to be a species of Fleischmannia. Costa Rica: Cartago: Paa den sydlige Skraaning af Vulkanen Irasu, en Hoide af c. 8000 fod. 1845- 1848, Oersted 50 (type of Eupatorium subcordatum Benth. ex Oersted C!); Irazu, 2800 meters, LOOL, Pittier 14076, 14077 (US!); Volcan Irazu, alt. meters, Jan. 29, 1963, Williams & Williams 24079 (F!), 24098 (F!); near summit of Volcan Trazu. Alt. 3200 meters, March 20, 1945, Williams 16027 (F!, US!); Alt. 3500 meters, March 14, 1948, Williams & Molina 13935 (F!); Alt. 3400 meters, April 30, 1956, Williams 19404 (F!); Alt. 3100 meters, March 14, 1948, Williams & Molina 13876 (Ff): Abty: L000=31330'£t. Dec. 1b,’ 1937=i dane & 1938, Allen 684 (F!): Alt. 9700 ft. Feb.24, "1957; Carlson 3552 (F!); Cerro de La Muerte. Alt. 3200 meters. April 10, 1949, Williams 16256 (F!); Alt. 2800 meters, May 17, 1956, Williams 20102, 20107 (F!); Alt. ca. 3200 meters, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28325 (F!); Ojo de Agua. Elev. ca. 8200 ft. Feb. 1, 1972, R.M.King 6435 (US!); Alt. 10000 ft. Feb. 1, 1965, Williams, Molina Williams, Gibson 28853 (US!); Vicinity of La Congreja about LO kms south of El Tejar. Cord- illera de Talamanca. Alt. 1750-1850 meters, Feb. 1, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24187 (F!); Near Km 68 on Interamerican highway south of Cartago. March 23, 1967, P.H.Raven 20959 (F!); ca. 18 kms SW of Empalme. Elev. 9200 ft. Jan. 22, 1972, R.M.King 6412 (US); San Jose: Cerro de La Muerte. Cordillera de Talamanca. Alt. 2600 meters Feb. 1, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24174 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 97 (F!, US!); 20 kms north of San Isidro de General, Alt. 2800 meters. Jan. 29, 1965, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28509 (FI); Near La Division, north of San Isidro de El General. Alt. 2400- 2900 meters. Feb. 6, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24415 (F!), 24420 (Ff); Cartago and San Jose Provinces: cut over cloud forest area, Cordillera de Talamanca near Ojo de Agua. Alt. Feb. 1, 1965, Williams, Molina, Williams, Gibson 28853 (F!). Ageratina subglabra R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Frutices erecti usque ad 2 m alti. Caules parum sexangulati vel teretes appresso-puberuli. Folia opposita breviter petiolata, petiolis 1-2 cm longis; lamina elliptica plerumque 5.5-15.0 cm longa et 2.5- 5.0 cm Lata, acuminata margine crenulata vel serrulata base anguste cuneata supra et subtus sparse appresso- puberula, nervis plerumque pinnatis in mediis saepe binatim fasciculatis. Inflorescentiae Late corymbosae, pedicellis puberulis 5-8 mm longis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta, floribus ca. 20-22; involucri squamae ca. L5, eximbricatae plerumque biseriatae subaequilongae anguste Lanceolatae vix attenuatae 4.0-5.0 mm longae; corollae albae inferne anguste tubulares superne Late infundibulares, tubis ca. 1.5 mm Longis extus plerumque setiferis, Limbis ca. 2.0 mm longis, lobis Longe triangularibus extus setiferis, setis biformibus aliquot ad apicem clavatis multiseptatis, cellulis uniseriatis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore vix incrassata, thecae antherarum 0.8 mm longae, basi breviter hastatae, appendicibus 1 1/3 Longioribus quam lLatioribus; styli inferne leviter nodulosi, appendicibus longe dense papillosis; achaenia setifera, setis plerumque brevibus vel partim longioribus plerumque in costis; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis oblongis, parietibus firmis; pappi setae ca. 25-30 subfragiles ad apicem vix dilatatae, series secundaria subnulla. Grana pollinis ca. 18-20, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: San Jose: Oak forest near Quebradillas, about 7 km north of Santa Maria de Dota. Alt. ca. 1800 meters. Dec. 24, 1925. é Slender ety 4 ft., flowers white. Standley 42888 (Holotype US! Additional specimens: Costa Rica: San Jose: 6 km al NE de Santa Maria de Dota. Alt. 1735 meters, Dec. 21, 1963, Jimenez 1479 (F!); Laguna de La Chonta, north- east of Santa Maria de Dota. Alt. 2000-2100 meters. Dec. 18, 1925, Standley 42233 (US!); Vicinity of Santa Maria de Dota. Alt. 1500-1800 meters. Dec. 14-26, 98 PO T.0 DOR DA Vol. 2h, no. 2 1925, Standley 41627 (US!); about 7 km north of Santa Maria de Dota, alt. ca. 1800 meters. Dec. 24, 1925, Standley 42871 (US!); Near Finca La Cima, above Los Lotes, north of El Copey. Alt. 2100-2400 meters. Dec. 21-22, 1925, Standley 42556 (US!); Cloud forest area, slopes of Cordillera de Talamanca, north of San Isidro de El General. Alt. 1750-2000 meters. Feb. 5, 1963, Williams, Jimenez, Williams 24315 (F!); Vicinity of a Se Alt. 1525 meters Feb. 1939, Skutch 4200 i bebo The new species is related to A. allenii and has similar stem pubescence, but the leaf shape and corolla pubescence are different. The leaf blades of the new species are more elliptical with the widest part and the congestion of secondary veins nearer the middle. The hairs of the corolla lobes are of two types as in. A. diversipila. A superficial check has shown at Teast some club-tipped hairs on corollas of all but one of the specimens of A. subglabra. Ageratina tonduzii (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson PhytoLogia L9: 217. 1970. Costa Rica: Cuesta de Tarrazu. 1900 meters. . April 1893, Tonduz 7799 (type of Eupatorium tonduzii Klatt GH!). The species has been misrepresented in herbaria by material of A. anisochroma and A. subglabra but the type specimen from the Gray Herbarium represents a distinct species that has apparently not been recollect- ed. The type specimen consists of a much over-aged inflorescence with no adhering flowers, two leaves mounted separately and one flower in the packet with a mature achene. The following brief description is taken from these type fragments. Leaves narrowly elliptical, LO cm long, 2.5 cm wide, Lateral veins pinnate and not congested, pubes- cence very short sparse appressed. Pedicels appressed- puberulous. Heads with ca. 28 flowers. Achenes with very short setae, a few long setae near upper end; ih rather elongate, cylindrical with elongate cells. Ageratina trapezoidea (Kunth) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium trapezoideum Kunth, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. p L3, TBET- Mexico. Ageratina(Neogreenella) triniona (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium trinionum McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9:402. 1972. Mexico. 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 99 Ageratina vulcanica (Benth. ex Oerst.) R.M.King & H. Robinson, Phytologia 19: 218, 1970. Costa Rica: Cartago: Paa den sydlige Skraaning af Vulkanen Irasu (90001), 1845-1848, Orsted 56 (type of Eupatorium vulcanicum Benth. ex Oerst. C!). Additional specimens: Costa Rica: Cartago: EL Muneco, south of Navarro. Alt. 1400 meters. Feb. 8-9, 1924, Standley 33689 (US!); Juan Vinas, Reventazon Valley. Alt. 1000 meters. April 25, 1903, Cook & Doyle 323337 (US!); San Jose: Cerro de Piedra Blanca, Jan. 31, 1924, Standley 32578 (US!); Vicinity of El General. Alt. 1490 meters, Feb. 1939, Skutch 4190 (US!); Nicaragua: San Rafael de Norte. Alt. 1200-1350 meters, March 25, 26, 1917, Miller & Griscom 14 (US!), 32 (US!), 67 (US!); Panama: Chiriqui: EL Baru. Elev. 6000- 7000 ft. March 27, 1970, Tyson & Loftin 5951 (US!); Volcan de Chiriqui, ft. Feb. 1938, Bro. Maurice 870 (US!); Vicinity of Casita Alta,, Volcan de Chiriqui. Alt. ca. 1500-200 meters, June 28-July 2, 1938, Woodson, Allen, Seibert 861 (US!); Vicinity of Finca Lerida. Alt. 1750 meters, July 7-11, 1940, Woodson & Scherry 211 (US!); Vicinity of Monte Lirio. Alt. 1300-1900 meters, June 27-July 13, 1935, Seibert 134 (US!). Key to the Costa Rican species of Ageratina 1. Corollas with short-stalked glands on the outer surface, without long slender hairs; phyllaries without distinct longitudinal striations on outer surface 2. Corollas broadly expanded above from a short Narrow tube; achenes with ca. 20 pappus setae which are very widely spreading when old; heads with 10-22 flowers; leaves very pale on Lower surface A. anisochroma 2. Corollas narrowly funnelform; achenes with ca. 30 Ppappus setae which are only slightly spreading when old; heads often with less than 10 flowers; 3. Leaves elliptical, with glandular punctations on the Lower surface, hairs short or Lacking A. Ligustrina 100 PRY T ODO Golsk Vol. 2h, noviz 3, Leaves ovate, without glandular punctations, distinct coarse hairs on Lower surface A. reticulifera 1. Corollas with distinct slender hairs on outer surface; phyllaries with distinct Longitudinal striations on outer surface 4, Corollas with many hairs in clusters on inner surface near bases of lobes, Lobes of corollas a fourth or less as long as the throat A. subcordata 4, Corollas with few or no hairs on inner surface near bases of Lobes, Lobes of corolla a fourth or more as long as the throat 5. Phyllaries with only glands on outer surface, without hairs 6. Leaves subsessile, petioles ca. 1 mm long A. chiriquensis 6. Leaves distinctly petiolate, petioles 0.5-5.0 cm long 7. Leaves narrowly ovate to Lanceolate; heads with 11-18 flowers; corollas without any hairs on inner surface A. kupperi 7. Leaves ovate; heads with 19-29 flowers; corollas with a few hairs on inner surface near bases of Lobes A. ixiocladon 5. Phyllaries with few to many hairs on outer surface, without glands 8. Laminae of leaves rounded to cordate at base 9. Heads usually with 30-50 flowers A. aschenborniana 9. Heads usually with 15-25 flowers 10. Veins of leaves densely tomentose on Lower surface, bases of leaves slightly to distinctly cordate 11. Phyllaries acute at tips with prominent scarious margins; corollas narrowly funnelform in upper part A. vulcanica 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 101 LL. Phyllaries attenuate without distinct scarious margins; corollas broadly campan- ulate in upper part A. standleyi 10. Veins of leaves short puberulous to nearly glabrous on Lower surface, bases of Laminae rounded to truncate 12. Corolla tube not as long as Limb. anther sacs 0.8-1.0 mm long A. costaricensis 12. Corolla tube as long as or Longer than the limb, anther sacs ca. 0.4-0.5 mm long 13, Corolla tube 1.5-2.0 mm long, distinctly longer than the Limb; phyllaries acute to very short attenuate A. molinae 13. Corolla tube 1.0-1.5 mm long, about as long as the Limb; phyllaries distinctly atten- uate at the tips A. helenae 8. Laminae of leaves cuneate at base 14. Leaf prominently trinervate from near base of lamina; carpopodium with many quadrate cells A. cartagoensis 14, Leaf laminae with Lateral veins mostly pinnate 15. Heads with ca. 28-30 flowers, leaf Laminae very narrowly elliptical; carpopodia narrowly cylindrical A. tonduzii 15. Heads with ca, 20-23 flowers, leaf Laminae rhomboidal to lanceolate with Lateral nerves sometimes congested near middle or base; carpopodia rather short and broadly cylindrical 16. Stems with very sparse or appressed pubescence 17. Lateral veins of leaf Laminae strongly ascending, margins sharply serrate; , achenes essentially glabrous A. burgeri 17. Lateral veins of basal part of leaf Lamina spreading, margins crenulate to bluntly serrate; achenes scabrous 102 Pie ToT OxLrOre ak Vol. 24, no. 2 18. Leaf laminae widest near basal third; stems sparsely pubescent; corolla Lobes with only one type of hair on outer surface A. allenii 18. Leaf Laminae usually widest near middle; stems densely puberulous; corolla Lobes with hairs dimorphic, occassional hairs ending in a series of short broad cells A. subglabra 16. Stems densely hirsute 19, Achenes with only prickles on the costae; phyllaries shortly acuminate with many marginal hairs near tips; leaves with hairs only on primary and secondary veins, laminae with oil droplets internally that are visible as minute pellucid spots; glands on inner surfaces of style branches scarcely visible A. barbensis 19. Achenes distinctly setiferous; phyllaries slenderly attenuate with few marginal hairs near the tips; leaves with short hairs distributed evenly over the surface, laminae without oil droplets internally; glands of style branches partially indurated and easily visible under the compound microscope 20. Internodes 3-9 em long; Leaves slightly acuminate with essentially entire tips 1-2 cm long; corolla Lobes with hairs all slender tipped, hairs not dimorphic A. badia 20. Internodes 1-3 cm Long; leaves rather abruptly acuminate with short tips 5-8 mm Long; corolla lobes with hairs dimorphic, some hairs ending in a series of short broad cells A. diversipila 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Ageratina 103 References Adams, C.D. 1971. Miscellaneous additions and revisions to the flowering plants of Jamaica. nyvat opts 21: 405-410. Grashoff, J.L. & J.H.Beaman. 1969. Studies in Eupa- torium (Compositae) I. Revision of pupstor tm beLLidifolium and allied species. Rhodora 566-57 Hass, Eric. 1970. White Snakeroot and a frontier tragedy. Garden Journal (New York Bot. Gard.) 20(€5): 138-139. © King, R.M. & H.Robinson. 1970. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Compositae) XIX. New combinations in Ageratina. Phytologia 19: 208-229, & 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) LXVI. The genus, Pachythamnus. Phytologia 23: 153-154, McVaugh, R. 1972. Compositarum Mexicanarum Pugillus. Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 359-484, Robinson, B.L. 1919. II A recension of the Eupatoriums of Peru. Proc. Amer. Acad. 55(1): 42-88. Turner, B.L., Powell, A.M. and R.M.King. 1962. Chromo- some numbers in the Compositae. VI. Additional Mexican and Guatemalan species. Rhodora 64: 251- 274% 10h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 2 Acknowledgement We wish to thank the curators of the following herbaria for the loan of their matieral: Jardin Botanique de 1L‘Etat, Bruxelles (BR), Botanical Museum and Herbarium, Copenhagen (C), Chicago Natural History Museum (F), Gray Herbarium of Harvard University (GH), Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K), University of Michigan (MICH), Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen (M), New York Botanical Garden (NY), and Museum National d'Histoire Naturell, Laboratore de Phanerogamie, Paris cP). Fieldwork in Costa Rica was supported by a grant from the Penrose fund of the American Philosophical Society to the senior author. Special thanks are due Dr. William Burger of the Field Museum who generously allowed the use of his jeep while in Costa Rica. We also wish to acknowledge the help throughout the study by the Late Conrad V. Morton who checked most of the latin descriptions. This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXXXVI. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS, NEOCUATRECASIA. R. M. King and H.Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. In an earlier paper (King & Robinson, 1970) four Eupatorian species from Peru and Bolivia were placed in a new genus, Neocuatrecasia. The genus showed much resemblance to species of Ageratina having narrow tubular bases on the corolla, similar carpopodia and papillose inner surfaces of the corolla lobes. The genus differed strikingly by the hairy style bases and the transversely annulate thickenings in the cells of the anther collars. A further indication of relation- ship is now provided by the species of Neocuatrecasia described below which resembles Trichogon2a. The Latter genus is similar in habit and also has the long slender achene bases seen in Neocuatrecasia, but it differs in the presence of plumose pappus setae and by the lack of hairs on the base of the style. Actual relationship of Neocuatrecasia does seem closer to Trichogonia and the Gyptoid series though the style ase is unlike any of the series. The purpose of the present paper is to add two species to the genus Neocuatrecasia, one species being previously undescribed. The six species now known for the genus can be distinguished by the following key. l. Leaves sessile; about 20 fragile pappus setae very slender, not contiguous at base N. sessilifolia 1. Leaves distinctly short petiolate; 25-30 persistent pappus setae nearly contiguous at the base 2 2. Leaves broadly ovate to cordate with Large teeth or Lobes; a 2. Leaves narrowly ovate to elliptical with small serrations; 4, 3. Leaves coarsely toothed; achenes scabrous on the angles; corolla Lobes with many hairs on the outer surface N. dispar 105 106 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 2 3. Leaves deeply lobed; achenes distinctly setiferous; corolla Lobes with few or no hairs on outer surface N. Lobata 4, Throat of the corolla rather indistinct, not or scarcely Longer than the basal tube; pappus setae shorter than achene N. mancoana 4. Throat of corolla distinctly longer than basal tube; pappus setae mostly Longer than achene 53 5. Heads with ca. 50 flowers; petioles 3-7 mm Long N. weddellii 5. Heads with ca. 30 flowers; petioles 1-3 mm Long N. thymifolia The species previously known for the genus include: N. dispar (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, Peru, Dpt. Cusco; N. Lobata (B.L.Robinson) R.M. King & H.Robinson, Bolivia, Dpt. La Paz; N. mancoana (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Peru, Dpt. Cusco; N. thymifolia (Britton) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Bolivia, Dpt. La Paz. The following two species are added to the genus. Neocuatrecasia sessilifolia R.M.King & H.Robinson, Sp. nov. Frutices erecti vel suberecti ca. 3 dm alti, multo ramosi. Caules teretes glandulis lLongiuscule stipitatis dense obsiti. Folia opposita sessilia anguste oblonga 2-4 cm Longa 5-10 mm lata obtusa margine serrulata basi subauriculata elongate reticulato- venosa, utrinque in nervis et nervulis glandulis longiuscule stipitatis dense obsita supra etiam breviter pilosa subtus etiam glandulo-punctata. Inflorescentiae dense corymbosae, pedicellis 5-15 mm longis, pedicellis et squamis exterioribus extus glandulis stipitatis dense obsitis. Capitula 9-10 mm alta ca. 10 mm lata, floribus ca. 40; involucri squamae ca. 20 subimbricatae inaequilongae ca. 3- seriatae oblongo-ellipticae acutae 3-7 mm longae; corollae inferne anguste tubulares superne anguste infundibulares, tubis 1.0-1.5 mm longis extus glanduliferis, Limbis 2.0-2.5 mm longis, Lobis brevibus late triangularibus extus glanduliferis ad apicem et intus papillosis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 300, longa, parietibus valde 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Neocuatrecasia 107 transverse annulate ornatis, thecae ca. 1.0 mm lLongae basi cuneatae, appendicibus non Longioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi hirsuti, appendicibus longe incrassatis dense papillosis; achaenia anguste stipitata in costis breviter multo- setifera; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis subquadratis, parietibus tenuis firmis; pappi setae ca. 20 fragiles infirne tenues subintegrae non contiguae Ssuperne valde scabrae. Grana pollinis ca. 25y diam., Spinis brevibus. Type: PERU: Junin: Huancayo; alt. 4000 meters. March 1947. J. Soukup 3146 (Holotype US !). Paratype PERU: Concepcion: Ingenio. February 1948. J. Soukup 3658 (US!) Neocuatrecasia weddellii (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium weddellii B.L. Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 77: 44. 1926. near Quiaca, Prov. Carabaya, Dpt. Puna, Peru. Reference King, R.M. & H.Robinson 1970. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae). XXXII. A new genus, Neocuatrecasia. Phytologia 20: 332-333. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXXXVII. THE GENUS, ALOMIA R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The genus Alomia has Long been recognized in the Eupatorieae primarily on the basis of one character, the Lack of a pappus. The long over-due critical study of the genus has provided the basis for consider- able subdivision and redistribution of the species. The subdivisions prove to have vastly differing relationships which we summarize here and place in other genera in following papers of the series. A remnant of Alomia does survive containing four of the previously recognized species and a fifth species newly described here. The broad concept of Alomia, which is rejected here, contains six very distinct elements. The first element Alomia itself, is strictly Mexican and contains some species which in both habit and corolla structure indicate unmistakeable relationship to Brickellia, A second element, that has affected previous concepts of relationship of the genus, is a group to be trans- ferred to Ageratum, having conical receptacles, gland- ular punctations on the leaves and strongly annulated anther collars. These species Lack the particular form of distorted carpopodium with thick-walled cells found in Alomia and also lack the peculiar gland shaped setae on the achene. Ageratum has no close relation- ship to Alomia but is instead allied to the Gyptoid series, Perhaps in the Latter relationship, is a third element from Alomia from Guatemala and Honduras which has a plane receptacle, scarcely annulated anther collars, nearly symmetrical carpopodia and different forms of glands on the leaves, which we place in a distinct genus Blakeanthus. A fourth element from Alomia, in eastern Brazil, has plane receptacles, glabrous leaves with closely reticulate veins and a few very short smooth pappus setae. This last we place in a separate genus, Acritopappus which might be a remote relative of Ageratum,. The PTF th element in Brazil belongs in Trichogonia as suspected by B.L.Robinson (1913). The sixth element from Alomia is a species of Matto Grosso in Brazil that has an enlarged style base and other features of the Ayapana 108 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Alomia 109 series, This Last species we place in Alomiella with relationships to two other Central Brazilian genera, Monogerion and Gymnocondylus. The artificial series of *Alomia" has paralleled to an amazing extent the artificial series of 'Eupatorium" in the old concept. The species LB ht er in Alomia show rather com- plete uniformity in a number of features. The recept- acles are all broadly convex with generally the same number of flowers, the leaves and stems show a strong tendency toward lLong-stalked glands and have no sessile glands, the carpopodia have a sharp double bend with sharply defined foramens directed downward, the carpo- podial cellsare oblong with thickened lateral walls, and the achenes bear few to many peculiar short gland- shaped setae. These latter structures are setae structurally though they look like glands, and they are apparently unique to the genus. Lack of uniform- ity occurs in the genus in an expected form with vari- ations of phyllaries in different species. A less expected variation is that of corolla form and style branch papillosity. It is unusual to find forms with flaring corollas and slender papillose style branches like A. ageratoides and A. hintonii so closely related to forms with very narrow coroLLas and broad smooth style branches like A. alata and A. callosa. The former seem particularly out of place considering the apparently Brickellioid relationships of the genus Alomia. Alomia Humbolt, Bonpland and Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sis Jkt whee h LSet £O bs Sparingly branched erect to decumbent annual herbs. Stems terete to six-angled, puberulous to pilose, hairs with or without gland tips. Leaves opposite, long petiolate, blades ovate with short cuneate to cordate bases, weakly trinerved at the base, lower surface without sunken glandular punctations. Inflorescence cymose, phyllaries 25-30 subimbricate in 2-4 series unequal to subequal externally with few hairs or glands; receptacle broadly convex. Heads with 40-50 flowers; corollas tubular or funnelform with short lobes,externally glabrous or with short minute glands; collars of anthers narrow with mostly elongate cells, cell walls with only weak annular thickenings, anther appendages about as long as wide; style scarcely broader near the base, glabrous, style appendages Long-clavate to scarcely thickened, smooth or with short papillae; achene prismatic, 5-angled, bearing short gland-shaped setae; carpopodium greatly twisted 110 Per OL are Vol. 24, no. 2 with distinct foramen, cells elongate with thickened lateral walls; pappus completely Lacking. Type species: Alomia ageratoides H.B.K. All the species of Alomia seem to be small herb- aceous annual plants growing by or in streams. The five species are distinguished by the following key. Ll. Corollas funnelform with spreading throat; style branches with short papillae 2 1. Corollas tubular; style branches smooth 3 2. Stems with long non glandular hairs and short gland tipped hairs; leaves rounded to cord- ate at base with rather blunt tip and blunt teeth A. hintonii 2. Stems with only gland tipped hairs; leaves with shortly cuneate bases and sharp teeth A. ageratoides 3. Petiole narrowly but distinctly winged A. alata 3. Petiole not winged 4 4, Phyllaries acute or with short apiculus A. callosa 4, Phyllaries with very Long acuminate tips A. stenolepis Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following five species. Alomia ageratoides H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 119. rsTe Ed. Folio. Mexico. ; Alomia alata Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2: 79. L88L. Mexico. Alomia callosa (Watson) B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 9: GG3. 1913. Mexico. Alomia hintonii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. erbae erectae 2-3 dm altae pauce ramosae. Caules sexangulares Longe pilosi etiam glandulis 1972 King & Robinson, Germs Alomia pa) breviter stipitatis obsiti. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolis tenuibus 1.0-4.5 cm longis, lLaminis ovatis 3.0-7.0 lLongis 1.5-4.0 cm latis ad apicem anguste obtusis margine crenato-serratis basi rotundatis vel leniter cordatis infirme trinervatis, subtus in nervis et nervulis hirsutis. Inflorescentiae profuse cymosae, pedicellis plerumque 1-2 cm Longis glandulis breviter stipitatis obsitis., Capitula 2,5-3.0 mm alta; involucri squamae 25-30 subimbricatae 3- seriatae inaequilongae 1.5-3.0 mm longae lanceolatae vel anguste oblanceolatae extus Leniter striatae parce glanduli- ferae. Flores ca. 45-50 in capitulo; corollae 1.5 mm _Llongae infundibulares inferne distincte breviter tubulares extus glabrae, lobis Late triangularibus extus raro glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 150y longa, cellulis oblongis vel long- ioribus, thecae ca. 0.6 mm Longae, appendicibus non Longioribus quam lLatioribus; appendices stylorum vix incrassatae dense breviter papillosae; achaenia ca. 1.0 mm longa temere setiferae, setis glanduliformibus. Grana pollinis 15-20u diam. Type: MEXICO: Mexico: District of Temascaltepec: Platanal. In the water. Feb. 7, 1933. G.B.Hinton 3347 (Holotype US!); additional specimen: Mexico: Mexico: District of Temascaltepec: Ocotepec. Alt. ca. 1500 m In the.water., Dec. '9,.1932. .. G.B.Hinton 2911.(US!), The species is close to Alomia ageratoides H.B.K. with the broad corolla and papillose style branches, but the stems have long hairs not found in the Latter and the leaves are more rounded to cordate at the base with blunter tips and teeth. The new species also differs slightly in its corollas having few or no glands. Alomia stenolepis Blake, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sc. 27: 375. 1937. Mexico. Reference Robinson, B.L. 1913. Revision of Alomia, Ageret and Oxylobus. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. -491. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 A #1 to the senior author, STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). LXXXVIII. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS, AGERATUM R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A recent monographic study of the genus Ageratum (Johnson, 1971) has recognized 29 species with 2 sub- species and 14 forms in America. In the study, Ageratum was characterized as having a conical recept- acle and a coroniform to squamose pappus among other characters and species placed in Alomia were not included. Our own studies show that the existing generic separation between Ageratum and Alomia is unnatural and a number of species of the Latter must be returned or transferred to Ageratum, One recently discovered undescribed species is also added. Species transferred here to Ageratum from Alomia lack any pappus structure but agree with Ageratum by having conical receptacles, strongly indurate phyllaries, prominent sunken capitate glands on the leaves and strong annulate thickenings in the cells of the anther collars. Typical Alomia differs in all these characters and also has a unique form of short setae on the achene. The somewhat broadened concept of Ageratum includes some variation of style branch and carpopodial structure. The style branches are usually strongly and densely papillose but show only slight papillosity in A. ballotaefolium of Venezuela. The carpopodia are usually enlarged and strongly asymmetrical with thin walled cells and a poorly defined foramen but the structure is nearly vestigial in one Mexican species, A. stachyofolium, and nearly symmetrical in one Brazilian species, A. glomeratum . Not included here in Ageratum are some possibly related species having flat receptacles such as Alomia cordata Blake which we place in Blakeanthus and Alomia Tongitolia (Gardner) B.L.Robinson which we place in critopappus. We would exclude one of the species included in the monograph by Johnson, Ageratum domingense Spreng. The species has been placed in the West Indian genus Phania by some authors. Phania is closely related to Ageratum, having the same type of glandular punctate eaves and the same type of conical receptacle. Phania differs by the reduced anther appendages, 2 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Ageratum 113 shorter campanulate flowers, the short anther filaments consisting almost entirely of collars, and large laciniate oblong pappus squamae with strongly sinuose- walled cells. The Sprengel species agrees with Phania in all the significant features, but the anther append- age, while short, is Large enough to see with a handlens. From descriptions it would seem that the character- istic glandular punctations on the leaves of Ageratum are often overlooked. These are usually flush wit the surface or even depressed. The cells of the glands are large but usually collapsed. The glands are some- times hidden under other pubescence or concolorous with surrounding leaf surface but they are present on every specimen we have examined. We would presently recognize the following 41 species in Ageratum based on the work of Johnson and on our own investigations. Some other species formerly placed in Alomia may prove to be Ageratum but material has not been seen. The species preceeded by an aster- isk are not included in the genus by Johnson. Ageratum albidum (A.P.Decandolle) Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 81. 1881. Mexico. * Ageratum ballotaefolium (Maguire, Steyermark & Wur- dack) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Alomia ballotaefolium Maguire, Steyermark & Wurdack, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 425. 1957. Venezeula. * Ageratum benjamin-lincolnii R.M.King & H.Robinson, nom. nov. Alomia guatemalensis B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 49: GG8. 1913. Not Ageratum guatemalensis Johnson. Guatemala. * Ageratum candidum G.M.Barroso, Sellowia 17: 83. 1965. Brazil. * Ageratum chirguense (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Rob- inson, comb. nov. Alomia chiriquensis B.L.Robin- son, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 61: 4. 1920. Panama. Ageratum chortianum Standley & Steyermark, Publ. Field Musi «Nat, Hiet.;, Bot; Ser..23+. 96.. 1944, Guatemala, Honduras. Ageratum conyzoides L. Sp. Pl. 2: 839. 1753. Mexico, Central America, West Indies, South America, Widely adventive. Ageratum corymbosum Zuccag. ex Pers., Syn. 2: 420. 1807. Mexico, Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras. 11h Rwy’ TO Lo Ges Vol. 2h, no. 2 Ageratum echioides (Less.) Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2: 81. 1881. Guatemala, Mexico, Ageratum elassocarpum Blake, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 22: 588. 1924. Mexico. Ageratum ellipticum B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s 0: 5. 1930. British Honduras. * Ageratum fastigiatum (Gardn.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Isocarpha fastigiata Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 495. Teh. Brazil. Ageratum gaumeri B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 47: : . Guatemala, Mexico. * Ageratum glomeratum Barroso & King, Brittonia 23: b. TLS/ birt Ereaeil : Ageratum guatemalense M.F.Johnson, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 58: 64. 1971. Guatemala. Ageratum houstonianum Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8. 1768. Mexico, Central America, West Indies, Colombia, Widely adventive. * Ageratum isocarphoides (A.P.Decandolle) Hems1. Biol, Cent. Ager. Bot.°2: .82; 1L8él. Mextce at Ageratum littorale Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 16: 78. 1880. Florida, West Indies, British Honduras. eratum lucidum B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 75. L9OL. Mexico. Ageratum maritimum H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 117. 1818. Ed. Fol. Greater Antilles, Mexico (Quintana Roo). * Ageratum microcarpum (Benth. ex Oersted) Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 82. 1881. Costa Rica, Honduras, Nicaragua. * eratum microcephalum Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., eee er TROL Mestos. * Ageratum micropappum Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): ie . Brazil. 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Ageratum 115 * Ageratum myriadenium (Schultz-Bip. ex Baker) R.M. King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Alomia myriadenia Schultz-Bip. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 192. 1876. Brazil. Ageratum nelsonii (B.L.Robinson) M.F.Johnson, Ann. Missourl Bot. Gard. 58: 42. 1971. Mexico. Ageratum oerstedii B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. 42: 472. 1913. Costa Rica. Ageratum paleaceum (A.P.Decandolle) Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 83. 1881. Mexico. Ageratum peckii B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 47: 192. 1911. British Honduras. Ageratum perplexans M.F.Johnson, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. oor 80. 1971. Bolivia. : Ageratum petiolatum (Hook. & Arn.) Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Bot. Amer. , : 83. 1881. Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Panama. * Ageratum pinetorum (L.O.Williams) R.M.King & H.Rob- inson, comb. nov. Alomia pinetorum L.O.Williams, Fieldiana, Bot. 31: 25. 1964. Honduras. * Ageratum platylepis (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Rob- Inson, comb. nov. Alomia platylepis B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 49: 448. 1913. Guatemala. Ageratum platypodium B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. h.6. Ha hel 1913. Mexico. Ageratum radicans B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 47: 192. 1911. British Honduras. * Ageratum reedii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. rutices erecti multo ramosi. Caules teretes parce puberuli. Folia plerumque opposita superiore alterna distincte petiolata, petiolis 0.7-2.0 cm longis, laminis ovatis 3-7 cm longis 2-5 cm latis acutis vel breviter acuminatis margine argute serratis base rotundatis vel perbreviter cuneatis tri- vel quinquenervatis supra atrovirentibus subtus pallidis dense glandulo-punctatis utrinque scabrellis. Inflorescentiae laxe cymosae, ramis longis valde ascendentibus, pedicellis ultimis congestis 1-11 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta, 116 PHYTO LO @ Bs Vol. 2h, no. 2 floribus ca. 125; involucri squamae ca. 40, eximbri- catae subaequilongae 4-5 mm longae bi-tri-seriatae induratae, anguste lanceolatae extus tristriatae parce piliferae; receptacula conica ebractifera; corollae ca. 3 mm longae inferne breviter tubulares in medio leniter constrictis superne anguste infund- ibulares extus pauce piliferae; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 300% longa angusta; thecae ca. 1 mm longae, appendicibus non longioribus quam latior- ibus; appendices stylorum filiformes dense patente papillosi; achaenia glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica nervis distincte excentricis, cellulis oblongis vel longioribus, parietibus incrassatis; pappi squamae 5 perbreves latioribus lobatis et denticulatis. Grana pollinis 15-17, diam. Type: COSTA RICA: Monteverde, elevation 4500 ft. January 31, 1972. Walter James 1L4B (Holotype US!). The new species is close to A. petiolatum (Hook. & Arn.) Hemsl. of Costa Rica and Nicaragua but the latter is more herbaceous with more compact more scapose inflorescences, upper leaves are opposite, leaf bases are more cuneate and glands on under surface are sunken into pits. We take great pleasure in naming this new species for Dr. Clyde F. Reed of Baltimore, Maryland who very generously donated the type specimen to the United States National Herbarium. Ageratum riparium B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. a: 3. 1913. Costa Rica, Panama. Ageratum rugosum Coult., Bot. Gaz. 20: 42. 1895. Mexico, Central America. Ageratum scorpioideum Baker in Mart., Fl. Bras. 6(2): 197. 1876. Guayana. Ageratum stachyofolium B.L.Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 36: 476. TS0L. Mexico. Ageratum standleyi B.L.Robinson in Standley, Jour. Arnold Arbor. 11: 44. 1930. Honduras. Ageratum tomentosum (Benth. ex Oerst.) Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 82. 1881. Mexico, Costa Rica ? 1972 King & Robinson, Additions to Ageratum anF Reference Johnson, M.F. 1971. A monograph of the genus Ageratum L. (Compositae-Eupatorieae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 58: 6-88. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE) LXXXIX. A NEW GENUS, BLAKEANTHUS R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 A new genus is described here for a single Central American species that has been placed in Alomia and which superficially resembles Ageratum. A revision of the complex has shown the species to be very distinctive in many significant details. The genus is named after Dr. Sidney Fay Blake, the author of the species. The species has resided in Alomia as part of an overly broad concept and has no evident relationship to that genus as redefined. The smaller number of flowers, the plane receptacle with some paleae, the indurated phyllaries, the achene with only a few glands and spicules and the symmetrical carpopodium are all different from Alomia. Closer relationship seems to be with Ageratum but that genus has conical receptacles, very strong annular thickenings in the cells of the anther collars, usually asymmetrical carpopodia, usually densely long papillose style branches, and very distinct glandular punctations in the sur- face of the leaves. The degree of difference between Ageratum and Blakeanthus is particularly significant in view of the great uniformity of most of these features throughout the many species of Ageratum. The similar habit and phyllaries as wel] as common centers of geographical distribution suggest that Blakeanthus is closely related to Ageratum. Still, the scarcely ornamented walls of the anther collar cells of Blakeanthus are very different from those of known genera in the Ageratum -Gyptoid-Piqueria series. On the basis of the one characteristic we would provisionally place the new genus in the separate Critonioid series where it is distinct from al] but one species of Koanophyllon by the lack of a pappus. The leaf pubescence in Blakeanthus is of particular interest for the variety of hairs and glands. Any small area of the low- er leaf surface shows completely intermixed short<-stalked glands, long-stalked glands of a slightly different color, and stil] longer non-glandular hairs. In no case are the short-stalked glands as large or as sunken into the surface as in Ageratum. Blakeanthus R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Frutices erecti usque ad 2 m alti multo ramosi, Caules teretes hirsuti. Folia opposita longe petiolata, Jaminis oyatis basi truncatis vel cordatis utrinque pilosis subtus pilis 118 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Blakeanthus 119 densioribus, glandulis minutis plerumque sessilis aliquot longe stipitatis. Inflorescentiae glomerato-corymbosae. Involucri squamae ca. 20 subimbricatae subaequilongae lanceolatae rigide chartaceae viridis parce pilosae; receptacula plana vel concava paleacea, paleis phyllariaeformis. Flores ca. 25 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares, lobis brevibus vix longioribus quam latioribus extus glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore angusta, cellulis inferne subquadratis vel oblongis superne elongatis, parietibus inornatis vel leniter annulate ornatis, appendicibus vix longioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi, appendicibus linearibus subpapillosis; achaenia prismatica 5-costata plerumque glabra ad apicem gland- ulifera; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica basi rotundata, cell- ulis parvis irregulariter subquadratis multiseriatis; parietibus tenuis; pappus nullus. Species typica: Alomia cordata S.F.Blake The genus contains the following species. Blakeanthus cordatus (Blake) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. lomia cordata Blake, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 60:41. 1947. Guatemala, Honduras. Acknow] edgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 A #1 to the senior author. TWO SPECIES OF ATELEIA (LEGUMINOSAE) NEW TO NORTH AMERICA Velva E. Rudd, Smithsonian Institution Immediately after a treatment of Ateleia went to press in North American Flora (series 2, part 7: 6-12. 1972) material of two additional species arrived. One appears to be an interesting range extension of A. herbert-smithii Pittier, the other a new species from Mexico. Ateleia herbert-smithii Pittier (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 112. 1918) has been known only from the type collection (H. Smith 817) made "5 mi. S. of Mamatoco," Magdalena, Colombia and repor- ted by the collector as "also found in fl. 3 mi. n. of Bonda.” Efforts to recollect it in Colombia have been unsuccessful. Now, however, we have material from Costa Rica, collected by S. Salas D. (no. 1831) in the Parque Nacional Santa Rosa, Liberia, Guana- caste, that seems to be referable to A. herbert-smithii. There is a slight difference in shape of the leaflets, those from Costa Rica being more sharply pointed at the apex and acute at the bass but in other characters the two collections agree very well. The new species from Mexico, named for the collector, Rogers McVaugh, appears to be most closely related to A. arsenei Standl. but has smaller fruit and calyx. Unfortunately, complete flowers are not available so we do not know if the single petal is pubes- cent as in A. arsenei or glabrous as in other species. The addition of A. mcvaughii brings to nine the total number of Mexican Ateleia. With the exception of A. gummifera which ex- tends into the Caribbean area, each is known from a limited range. If material becomes available from intermediate areas we may be able to recognize transitional trends and, perhaps, combine a few of the species. ATELETA MCVAUGHIT Rudd, sp. nov. Frutex, A. arsenei Standl. affinis, sed foliolis numerosior- ibus, fructibus calycibusque minoribus differt. Shrub, to about 50 cm. tall; leaves (23-) 27-29-foliolate, the axis puberulent, glabrescent, about 13-19 cm. long; leaflets lanceolate or lanceolate-ovate, 1-4 cm. long, 0.5-1.3 cm. wide, acute, the base rounded, almost symmetrical, the upper surface glabrous, the lower surface moderately pubescent with crispate hairs, glabrescent, the secondary veins inconspicuous, the peti- olules about 1 mm. long, crisp-pubescent; inflorescences recemose, axillary; bracts linear-deltoid, 1-2 mm. long; complete flowers not seen; calyx tomentulose, 2.5-3 mm. long; fruit glabrous (2.5-) 3-3.5 cm. long including stipe 7-10 mm. long, 1-1.5 cm. wide in- cluding convex wing along upper margin about 1-1.5 mm. wide; seeds reniform, reddish-brown, 9 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, and 3 m. thick, the hilum lateral, orbicular, about 7-8 mm. in diameter. Type: R. McVaugh 23984, Mexico, Oaxaca, rocky calcareous hills 6-9 km. NW of Huajuapan de Leon, remnant of oak forest, 1800-1900 m. elev., 27 Sept. 1967. Holotype US no. 262214; iso- type MICH. 120 NEW TAXA AND COMBINATIONS IN MACHAERIUM (LEGUMINOSAE). II. Velva E. Rudd, Smithsonian Institution MACHAERIUM QUINATA (Aubl.) Sandw. var. PARVIFLORUM (Benth.) Rudd, comb. nov. Machaerium ferrugineum (Willd.) Pers. var. parviflorum Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 15(1): 253. 1862, based on Machaerium ner- vosum Vog. Machaerium nervosum Vog. Linnaea 11: 186. 1837. Type: A. Poiteau S. n., French Guiana (holotype B "Herb. Kunth" destroyed). Although the holotype of this variety is no longer extant, the full description given by Vogel clearly shows that this name may be applied to the smaller-flowered individuals of this species. What would appear to be an older name for this variety, Mach- aerium ferrugineum var. glabrescens E. Mey., is being rejected as a nomen dubium. The original description (Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 12: 807. 1824) could conceivably be related to this taxon but no reliable type, presumably collected by Hostmann, has been located. A specimen at GOET labelled as "1. Machaerium ferrugin- eum Pers. Surinam. Prof. Meyer 1824.", with a second label "1. Nissolia ferruginea Willd. Surinam leg. Hostmann. Hb. Be. [Herb. Bartling] 1841", which might be the type, is actually a specimen of Crudia glaberrima (Steud.) Macbr. MACHAERIUM PIRESII Rudd, sp. nov. M. quinata (Aubl.) Sandw. affine, sed differt floribus minori- bus, fructibus plus minus sigmoideis, foliolorum venis secondari- is paucioribus, venulis reticulatis inconspicuis. Liana; young stems ferrugino-tomentulose, glabrescent; stip- ules deltoid, spinescent, to about 8 mm. long, 3 m. wide at the base; leaves 7-13-foliolate, the axis 15-35 cm. long, tomentulose, glabrescent; leaflets coriaceous, ovate to elliptic-oblong or ob- long-obovate, 6-17 cm. long, 3-7 cm. wide, acute or acuminate, the base rounded, the upper surface pubescent along the midvein, otherwise glabrous, the lower surface tomentulose, the secondary veins prominent, about 6-15 pair, approximately parallel, exten- ding to the margin, the tertiary veins reticulate, inconspicuous; inflorescences terminal, paniculate, the axes tomentulose; bracts deltoid, striate, pubescent, spinescent, 7-3 mm. long, 3-5 m. wide at the base; bracteoles broadly ovate, 1.5-2 mm. long and wide; flowers 5-6 mm. long; calyx tomentulose, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth less than 1 mm. long; petals red- dish, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face; stamens monadel- phous; fruit winged, drying to dark brown, ferrugino-tomentulee, glabrescent, somewhat sigmoid, 8-10 cm. long including stipe about 5 mm. long, the body 2.5-3 cm. long, 1.ce-l.5 cm. wide, the wing 5-7 cm. long, 2-2.5 cm. wide. Type: J. Murga Pires 577, Brazil, Amazonas, Rio Negro, Serra de Sdo Gabriel, virgin forest, 1 May 1947 (holotype IAN 28539; isotypes NY, US). Bey 58 122 PE? VEL’ ora Vol. 2h, mows MACHAERIUM MACROPHYLLUM Benth. var. BREVIALATUM Rudd, var. nov. A varietate typica floribus majusculis differt, legumine reni- formi cum ala terminali abbreviata. Liana; young stems puberulent, glabrescent; stipules deltoid, spinescent, to about 5 mm. long, 2 mm. broad at the base; leaves 5-9-foliolate, the axis 8-20 cm. long, puberulent, glabrescent; leaflets coriaceous, elliptic to obovate, 8-23 cm. long, 3-11 cm. wide, commonly obtuse, sometimes acuminate, the base rounded to cuneate, the upper surface glabrous, the lower surface moderately pubescent with minute, appressed hairs, sometimes glabrescent, the secondary veins moderately conspicuous to inconspicuous, 10- 20 on each side, approximately parallel, mostly extending to the margin, the tertiary veins reticulate, inconspicuous; inflores- cences terminal or axillary, paniculate, the axes ferrugino-tom- entulose; bracts sericeous, deltoid, 3-5 mm. long, sometimes spi- nescent; bracteoles ovate or elliptic, obtuse, 1-1.5 mm. long and wide; flowers about 8-12 mm. long; calyx ferrugino-sericeous, 3- 4.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. in diameter, the teeth about 1 mm. long or less; petals white or yellowish, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face; stamens monadelphous; fruit reniform with a short terminal wing, ferrugino-velutinous, somewhat glabrescent, 5-7 cm long including stipe about 2 mm. long, the body 3-4 cm. long, 2- 2.5 cm. wide, the wing 2.5-3 cm. long, 3-4 cm. wide. Type: R. Froes 20410, Brazil, Para, Rio Guama, 16 Jan. 1945 (holotype US: 2266042; ifotypes IAN, NY). Examination of ‘the holotype as well as modern collections of typical M. macrophyllum has shown that variety to have flowers about 5-8 mm. long and fruit with a terminal wing 5-6 cm. long and 1.5-2 cm. wide. I am indebted to the collection, Pires 530, from Vaupées, Rio Negro, Amazonas, Brazil, for the information that the fruit of M. macrophyllum Benth. var. macrophyllum has a long wing, quite unlike the reniform, short-winged pods of var. brevialatum. All other collections I have seen are in flower. MACHAERTIUM FLORIBUNDUM Benth. var. HYPARGYREUM (Harms) Rudd, comb. nov. Dalbergia hypargyrea Harms, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 9: 973. 1926. Type: Tessmann 4549, Peru, Loreto or Amazonas, "Oberer Maranon. Mundung des Santiago." (holotype B destroyed, repre- sented by F Mus. photo 2267 and fragment F ex B; isotype G). MACHAERIUM BUBIUM (H. B. K.) Rudd, comb. nov., non M. dubium Fr. Allem. 1856, nom. nud. Drepanocarpus dubius H. B. K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6: 390. 1824. Type: A. Humboldt [mss. no.] 797, Venezuela, Guarico, "inter S. Geronimo del Pyrital & San Fernando de Apure," 11-27 March 1800 (holotype P=HUMB). 1972 Rudd, New taxa & combinations in Machaerium 123 MACHAERIUM ELIASII Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor vel frutex interdum scandens M. aristulato (Spruce ex Benth.) Ducke et M. lunato (L. f.) Ducke affinis; ab utroque foliolis minoribus, numerosioribus differt; a M. aristulato fol- iolis sine arista terminali; a M. lunato floribus fructibusque pubescentioribus. Tree, shrub, or liana, to about 5 m. tall; young stems tomen- tulose, glabrescent; stipules spinescent, to about 10 mm. long, 5 mm. wide at the base; leaves (15-) 21-51-foliolate, the axis about 4-10 em. long, tomentulose; leaflets elliptic to oblong, 1-3.5 cm. long, 4-15 mm. wide, obtuse, sometimes shallowly retuse, the base rounded, slightly asymmetrical, the upper surface glab- rous, the lower surface glabrous or sparsely pubescent with ap- pressed or subappressed hairs; inflorescences racemose, terminal or axillary, the axes cano- or fulvo-tomentulose; bracts striate, spinescent, to about 5 mm. long and 1-2 mm. wide at the base; bracteoles ovate, striate, sparsely pubescent, 3.5-4 m. long, 3.5-4 mm. wide; flowers 10-12 mm. long; calyx 4-5 mm. long, mod- erately pubescent to subglabrous, sometimes sparsely setose, the lobes 1 mm. long or less; petals blue or purple, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face; fruit lunate, essentially sessile, cano~ or fulvo-tomentulose (submature, probably glabrescent), about 3.5 cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide. Type: Bro. Elias 1242, Colombia, Atlantico, Las Flores, vicin- ity of Barranquilla, July 1934 (holotype US 1618733; isotype F). MACHAERIUM TOLIMENSE Killip ex Rudd, sp. nov. Frutex scandens, M. complanato Ducke et M. millefloro Pit- tier plus minusve interjectus; a M. complanato foliolis flori- busque majoribus, a M. millefloro foliolis majoribus, floribus minoribus, calycibus pubescentibus differt. Scandent shrub about 3 m. high; young stems ferrugino-tomentu- lose, glabrescent; stipules spinescent, about 5 mm. long, 3 m. wide at the base, recurved; leaves 5-9-foliolate, the axis (4-) 7-ll cm. long, tomentulose; leaflets subcoriaceous, elliptic, 2-6.5 cm. long, 1.5-3.5 cm. wide, obtuse or slightly emarginate, the base rounded, the upper surface glabrous, the lower surface ferrugino=pubescent, the venation pinnate-reticulate, inconspicu- ous; inflorescences terminal, paniculate, the axes ferrugino- tomentulose; lower bracts spinescent; upper bracts pubescent, ovate, 1-2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; bracteoles pubescent, broadly ovate or suborbicular, about 1 mm. long and wide; flowers 5-6 m. long; calyx pubescent, 2-2.5 mm. long; petals dark or dull red, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face, somewhat reflexed; fruit not known. Type: F. W. Pennell 3610, Colombia, Tolima, Honda, arroyo, alt. Satya m., 3-4 January 1918 (holotype US 1044833; iso- type NY). 12h Pay TOR OST Volk. 2h, moe*Z MACHAERIUM LELOPHYLLUM (DC.) Benth. var. COLOMBIENSE Rudd, var. NOV. A varietate typica fructibus longioribus angustioribusque necnon ala cum parte seminifera proportione diversa differt. Tree or liana, to about 45 m. high; leaves 5-11-foliolate; leaflets elliptic to ovate-elliptic or elliptic-oblong, (1-) 2-9 em. long, (0.5-) 1-3 cm. wide, acute, obtuse, or acuminate; flow- ers purple, 8-10 mm. long, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face; calyx subsericeous, 4 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. in diameter; fruit essentially glabrous at maturity, winged, 8-8.5 cm. long including stipe 5-10 mm. long, the seminiferous body about 2.5 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. wide, the wing 5-5.5 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. wide. Type: H. Garcia Barriga 11891, Colombia, Cundinamarca, Sasaima, Vereda San Bernardo, "a lo largo del rio Dulce," 1660 m. elev., 10 January 1946 (holotype US 1854469). The winged fruit of this variety is more "normal" for Machaer- ium in contrast to the lunate, Drepanocarpus-type pods of var. latifolium and var. cristacastrense or the relatively short- winged fruit of var. leiophyllum. MACHAERIUM OVALIFOLIUM Glaziou ex Rudd, sp. nov. Machaerium ovalifolium Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Mem. 3: 147. 1906, nom. nud. Machaerium ovalifolium Glaziou ex Hoehne, Fl. Brasflica 25(3): 37- 1941, in Portuguese, without Latin diagnosis. Arbor grandis, M. scleroxylo Tul. et M. nyctitante (Vell.) Benth. affinis sed flores obtecti per bracteas ovatis confertis aequantibus notabilis; a M. scleroxylo foliolis fructibusque majoribus, a M. nyctitante fructibus basi latioribus differt. Large tree; young stems ferrugino-or fulvo-tomentulose, glab- rescent; stipules spinescent, indurated, straight, somewhat div- aricate, to about 1.5 cm. long, 4+ mm. wide at the base; leaves (7-) 11-15-foliolate, the axis about 4-10 cm. long, puberulent, glabrescent; leaves elliptic-oblong to obovate, 1-4 cm. long, 0.5-2 cm. wide, the apex obtuse to acute, usually apiculate, the base rounded to cuneate, the upper surface puberulent, glabres~- cent, the lower surface densely pubescent with lax or subappres-~ sed hairs, glabrescent, the venation reticulate; inflorescences axillary or terminal, the axes fulvo-tomentulose; lower bracts pubescent, deltoid, about 5 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, caducous; upper bracts pubescent, broadly ovate, 6-8 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide enveloping the flowers, caducous; bracteoles obliquely spatulate, pubescent, 4 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; flowers 7-8 mm. long; calyx densely fulvo-pubescent, mm. long, 2.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth deltoid, about 1 mm. long; petals reddish, the vexillum pubescent on the outer face; fruit winged, straight, fulvo-puber- ulent, glabrescent, 5-6 cm. long including stipe about 3 mm. long the body 1-1.5 cm. long, 1 em. wide, the wing 3.5-4 cm. long, 1.5-1.7 cm. wide. Type: A. Glaziou 13710, Brazil, Minas Gerais, Carandahy, 4 June 1882 (holotype P; isotypes G, P). 1972 Rudd, New taxa & combinations in Machaerium 125 MACHAERIUM FALCIFORME Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor vel arbuscula plerumque scandens M. lunato (L. f.) Ducke et M. microphyllo (E. Mey. ) Standl. affinis; a M. lunato foliolis minoribus numerosioribus, fructibus subsessilibus; a M. microphyllo foliolis plerumque majoribus, fructibus falci- formibus differt. Tree or shrub, usually scandent, to about 30 m. tall; young stems puberulent, glabrescent; stipules spinescent, to about 10 mm. long, 2 mm. wide at the base, recurved; leaves (13-) 21-31- foliolate, the axis tomentulose, (5-) 7-11 cm. long; leaflets oblong, 5-20 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, obtuse at apex and base, the upper surface glabrous, the lower surface puberulent or glabrous; inflorescences terminal, paniculate, the axes ferrugino-or fulvo- tomentulose; bracts spinescent like the stipules; bracteoles pub- escent, broadly ovate, 1=1.5 mm. long and wide; flowers 8-10 m. long; calyx pubescent or subglabrous, sometimes setose, about 5 mm. long, the lobes 1 mm. long or less; petals blue, purple, or pink and white, the vexillum reflexed, moderately to sparsely pub- escent on the outer face; fruit lunate or falciform, essentially sessile, cano-tomentulose, sometimes sparsely setose, glabres- cent, 1-1.3 cm. wide, curved, forming a circle about 2.5 cm. in diameter. Type: P. H. Gentle 4744, British Honduras, Toledo, Rio Grande, on river bank, 8 Aug. 1944 (holotype US 2329382; isotypes IJ, MEXU).. MACHAERIUM SARAENSE Rudd, sp. nov. Arbol, primo adspectu M. amplo Benth. simule sed foliolis reticulati-nervatis haud crebri-nervatis; vere affinitate M. nyc- titante (Vell.) Benth. et M. scleroxylo Tul. sed omnibus partibus glabris vel subglabris, ramis inermibus differt. Tree about 8 m. tall, apparently unarmed; young stems glabrous or nearly so; stipules caducous, not seen; leaves 9-13-foliolate, the axis essentially glabrous, 3-4 cm. long; leaflets elliptic to obovate, 10-20 mm. long, 5-10 mm. wide, obtuse at the apex and base, the surfaces glabrous or sparsely pubescent with short,sap- pressed hairs, the venation reticulate, the secondary veins incon- spicuous; inflorescences terminal or axillary, the axes glabrous; bracts and bracteoles not seen; flowers about 8 mm. long; calyx 4-5 mm. long, apparently glabrous (only fragmentary flowers seen); fruit glabrous, winged, 6-7 cm. long including stipe 1-1.5 cm. long, the body about 1.5 cm. long, 8 mm. wide, the wing 3-4 cm. long, 1-1.2 cm. wide. 2 Type: J. Steinbach 6788, Bolivia, Santa Cruz, Sara, "campos- region, Rio Palometillas," 400m. elev., 21 Dec. 1924 (holotype F; isotypes BM, G, K, MO, NY, U, UC, W). ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VERBENA. XVI Harold N. Moldenke VERBENA RADICATA var. GLABRA (Hicken) Moldenke Additional bibliégraphy: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 54. 1972. Bocher and his associates (1963) describe this plant as a "Half- shrub, completely glabrous with large yellow flowers and very emar- ginate corolla lobes. According to Dr. Troncoso the anthers and their appendages are reduced, and the bracts lanceolate". They found the plant growing in arroyos and tributary valleys, at al- titudes of 1900 to 2250 meters, flowering in November. They cite Boécher, Hjerting, & Rahn 922, 938, & 1311 from Mendoza, Argentina. VERBENA RAMBOI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 197 & 203. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA RAMULOSA R. A. Phil. Additional bibliography: Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 289 & 293. 1910; Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 53—5. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA RECTA H.B.K. Emended synonymy: Verbena recta Humb. & Bonpl. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 873. 1821. Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 873. 1821; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 197. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 76 & 372 (1971) and 2: 661, 692, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 293. 1972. Recent collectors have found this species growing in pine or fir woods, maize or oats fields, and craters, at altitudes of 2500 to 3600 meters, flowering and fruiting from July to October. Beaman found it "in small open grassy meadows surrounded by Abies forest", Rowell says that it is "frequent in pine forests", and Vargas encountered it on "ladera andesf{tica con encinar abierto". The corollas are described as having been "purple" on Diaz Luna 3u, I. Martinez 12), J. Rzedowski 20)43a, and Villegas D. 218. The Gonzd4lez Quintero 1178, S. Lépez 89, and Ryesky 102, dis- tributed as V. recta, are actually V. carolina L., Franco R. s.n- [20.VIII.1967] is a mixture of V. carolina L. and V. menthaefolia Benth., Gonz4lez Quintero 732 is V. litoralis H.B.K., and Mears ja is a mint. Additional citations: MEXICO: Federal District: H. Herndndez 126° 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 127 tinez 12) (Ip); C. M. Rowell 2050 (Au-—-122623); Vargas N. 73 (Rf).. Michoacd4n: Beaman 353 (Au--2),0679, Ca—-130923, W--2575718); Diaz Luna 3 (Ip). Morelos: Iffiguez s.n. [20.VII.1966] (Ip). VERBENA REGNELLIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 56--57. 196); Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA REICHEI Acevedo de Vargas Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 78. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. According to Cabrera (1953) this species is found from Santiago to Concepcién in Chile. VERBENA REITZII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 8: 10099. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 197. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA REITZII var. CASTRENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 295. 1967; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 48: 10099. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand&: Smith, Klein, & Hatsch- bach 1526 (N—isotype). a VERBENA RIBIFOLIA Walp. Additional & emended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Wilczek, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 2: 543. 1902; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 285 & 286. 1910; Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 295. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 193 & 202 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. The species has been collected in flower and fruit in March. Briquet (1902) cites Wilezek 50 from Mendoza, Argentina. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Santiago del Estero: Pierotti 55 (N), “h" (Au——2708 30) . VERBENA RIBIFOLIA f. ALBA Acevedo de Vargas Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 259. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA RIBIFOLIA var. FOETIDA (R. A. Phil.) Acevedo de Vargas Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 78. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 668 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RIBIFOLIA var. LONGAVINA (R. A. Phil.) Acevedo de Vargas Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 60—62. 196); Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 128 Pie P0..B OG A Vol. 2h, no. 2 1: 193 (1971) and 2: 681 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RIGIDA Spreng. Additional & emended bibliography: Jan, Elench. Pl. 1. 182); A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), ed. 1, pr. 3, 236 (1872), ed. 1, pr. 4, 236 (1873), ed. 1, pr. 5, 236 (187k), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; 0. R. Wil- lis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For, & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chile 5: 283--285. 1910; Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill- tops 1: 319 & 320 (1915) and 2: pl. 213. 1915; F. W. Pennell, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 186. 1919; Lazaro e Ibiza, Comp. Fl. Espafi., ed. 3, 3: 297. 1921; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 1, 457 (1931) and ed. 21, pr. 2, 457. 1934; Cheymol, Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol. 19: 1647—~1653. 1937; Noack, Biol. Zent- ralbl. 57: 38) & 386, fig. 8. 1937; Cheymol, Journ. Pharm. Chim., ser. 8, 25: 110--117. 1937; Anon., Chem. Abstr. 31: 7473 (1937) and 32: 2977. 1938; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 3, 457 (1938) and ed. 21, pr. h, 57. 1942; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 1279. 19hh; Macself in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 21, pr. 5, 457 (1945) and ed. 21, pr. 6, 57. 1965 E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 4, 1279. 196; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 1, Ls7. 1950; E. L. D. Sey- mour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 5, 1279. 1951; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 2, 506 & 507. 1952; Cabrera, Man. Fl. Alred. Buenos Aires 395. 1953; Hellyer in Sanders, Encycl. Gard., ed. 22, pr. 3, 506 & 507. 1956; Barroso, Rodriguésia 32: 70. 1957; Schnack, Fehleisen, & Cocucci, Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 35: 9, [54], & 55, fig. 3. 1959; Withamfogg in Kiaer & Hancke, Gard. Fls. Colour, pr. 1, 127 & 190, fig. 490. 1959; J. F, Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 617. 1960; Lewis & Oliv., Am. Journ. Bot. 8: [639]—-6h1, fig. 23. 1961; M. Gray, Contrib. N. S. Wales Nat. Herb. 3: 61. 1961; Willaman & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 123): 237. 1961; Hartl, Beitr. Biol. Pfl. 37: 293, 296, & 300, fig. 28. 1962; Anon., Cat. Sem. Hort. Bot. Univ. Valent. 27. 1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 6: 91. 1963; E. L. D. Seymour, Wise [New] Gard. Encycl., ed. 6, 1279. 1963; Balakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 87. 196; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 196; E. L. D. Seymour, Wise [New] Gard. Encycl., ed. 7, 1279. 196h; T. M. Simpson, Gard. South. Afr. 87. 196; Angely, Fl. Anal. Par- an., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 596. 1965; Martinez-Crovetto, Bonplandia 2: 39, 52, 53, 59, & 70. 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 128--129. 1965; J. W. Vickery, Contrib. N. S. Wales Nat. Herb. 3: 78. 1965; T. H. Everett, Reader's Digest Compl. Book Gard. 153. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 277. 1966; Yotaro, Gard. Pl. World 3: 128, pl. 6, fig. 5. 1966; H.C. D. de Wit, Pl. World High, Pl. 2: 183. 1967; Ewan, Southwest. La. Journ. 7: 11 & 2. 1967; E. Lawrence, South. Gard., ed. 2, lly, 172, & 214. 1967; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 2 (2): 462, [h63], & 686, pl. 170. 1967; Zukowski in Pawlowskiego, Fl. Polsk. 11: 65. 1967; Martinez- 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 129 Crovetto, Bonplandia 1: 203. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 197-- 199, 208, & 210. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1, 7, 8, 13, & 28 (1968) and 17: 7. 1968; Pullen, Jones, & Wats., Castanea 33: 333. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 267. 1969; Hansen, Bol. Mus. Munic. Funchal 2): 3. 1969; Hay & Synge, Dict. Gard. Pl. 177 & 369, pl. 112. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 36 & [367], pl. 111. 1969; Withamfogg in Kiaer & Hancke, Gard. Fls. Colour, pr. 5, 127 & 190, fig. 90. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 840 & xix, map 1395. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 131) & 1318. 1970; Cor- rell & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1876 & 1877. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, Wise [New] Gard. Encycl., ed. 8, 1279. 1970; Bostick, Castanea 36: 206. 1971; Guillarmod, Fl. Lesotho 236. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 23, 25, 27, 31— 33, hi, h9, 60,66, ‘16;°89,°92,°98,. 101, 109, 111,176, 18107486; 190, 193, 202-20), 206, 255, 257, 262, 279, 312, 343, 349, 351, 372, & O2 (1971) and 2: 655, 666, 685, 693, 69h, 705, 706, 708, 919, & 969. 1971; G. W. Park Seed Co., Park's Flower Book 1971: 75. 1971; Priszter, Delect. Sem. Spor. Pl. Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59. 1971; D. Burpee, Burpee Seeds 1972: 56. 1972; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 22: 471, 477, & 478 (1972) and 23: 186, 421, & 427. 1972. Additional & emended illustrations: Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2: pl. 213. 1915; Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 386, fig. 8. 1937; Schnack, Fehleisen, & Cocucci, Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 35: [54], fig. 3. 1959; Withamfogg in Kiaer & Hancke, Gard. Fls, Colour, pr. 1, 127, fig. 490 [in color] (1959) and pr. 127, fig. 490 [in color]. 1968; Hartl, Beitr. Biol. Pfl. 37: 300, fig. 28. 1962; Yotaro, Gard. Pl. World 3: pl. 6h, fig. 5 [in col- or]. 1966; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 2 (2): [63], pl. 170 [in color] (1967) and 3 (2): [367], pl. 111 [in color]. 1969; Hay & Synge, Dict. Gard. Pl. 177, pl. 1412 [in color]. 1969. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in sandy-loam soil in oak=-pine associations, in sandy ditches with Juncus and grasses, on roadbanks, in full sunlight at the margins of pine woods, in sandy waste ground, and along weedy roadsides on river floodplains. Gray (1961) reports that it is now fairly common along roadsides in the Guyra area of New South Wales, while Healy refers to it as "a colony, garden escape", "a large colony in waste land", and "in grass along river, a well established garden escape" in New Zealand. McDaniel reports it as "locally common" in Lowndes County, Mjssissippi. Mueller—Dombois asserts that in Ceylon it is "probably escaped from cultivation". Ewan (1967) says "Verbena rigida is an introduced South American species, unknown in this state [Louisiana] before 1900, and so the species noticed by Bartram near Baton Rouge was more likely V. temisecta" Briq. [see under the latter species in this series of notes]. D'Arcy found V. rigida growing as scattered plants along road- side fences in Florida. Balakrishnan (196) reports it cultivated in India. Lawrence (1967) tells us that in the southern United 130 Pow YF OL OvGcE b Vol. 2h, no. 2 States it starts blooming between April 30 and May 1) and ends in the autumn. Iltis and his associates found it growing in dry shallow soil of a prairie-like area on fossiliferous calcareous outcrops in Alabama. Pullen, Jones, & Watson (1968) record it from Adams, Amite, Clarke, Covington, Franklin, Hancock, Hinds, Jackson, Jasper, Jones, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Lincoln, Newton, Perry, Pike, Scott, smith, Warren, "Wayne, and Wilkinson Counties, Mississippi. Radford, Ahles, & Bell (1961) record it from waste ground and roadsides in the central parts of North Carolina north into Edgecombe and Martin Counties and south in the outer pied- mont of South Carolina, blooming there from late March to July. Hansen (1969) reports it as escaped in Madeira and the Azores Is- lands. Fyson (1915) says of it "Native of Brazil. Common at Ko- daikanal, where Mr. Tracey of the American Mission tells me it was introduced by him accidentally among grass seed. [Found now in the] Nilgiris: Ootacamund, Coonoor, etc., no doubt as a garden- escape". He cites Fyson 3061. He ’also notes that "Plants at Kew of the Himalayas and Nilgiris named by Clarke for F. B. I. [=Flo- ra of British India] as V. bonariensis L. are V. venosa Gill and Hooker." os ‘is Lézaro e Ibiza (1921) describe V. rigida as "Hojas Asperas, oblongas, semi-abrazadoras, agudas, , hendido-dentadas, rugosas, con nervios prominentes: prActeas mAs largas que el cAliz; corola lild4cea o azulada. Fl. verano." Barroso (1957) describes it as "Planta pilosa com félhas lanceoladas, rijas, sésseis, amplexo— caules, denteadas, agudas; fl6res dispostas em espigas curtas; bracteola lanceolata longo acuminada, ciliada, com 6 mm de con- primento; cAlice membrandceo piloso, * denteado, com 3,5 mm de com- primento; corola com 1 cm de comprimento" . He gives its distri- bution as "Sul de Brasil, Rio de Janeiro" and cites Campos Porto 1839 [RB 26050]. Troncoso (1965) gives its distribution as "Sur del Brasil, Paraguay, Bolivia, Uruguay, N. y NE. de la Argentina. Rara espontd4nea en la Provincia [Buenos Aires]. Muy cultivada especialmente en Europa, por sus flores vistosas". She cites Ni- cora 1988 (Si—-3l28) from Buenos Aires. Macbride (1960) states that V. rigida is "to be expected" in Peru, "has glandular inflor- escences, bractlets and corolla tube eee than the calyx; prob- ably more correctly classified as a variant [of Vv. bonariensis L.] as at least the glandular character varies in other specific en- tries. Said to be an introduction in Peru." I cannot agree that this taxon is only "a variant" of V. bonariensis: the two species are almost impossible to confuse. Rickett (1969) states that V. rigida blooms from April to Octo- ber and is found "in waste ground and fields on the coastal plain in eastern Texas and inland to the central part of the state; and eastward to Florida and North Carolina......It often forms large, showy colonies". Guillarmod (1971) cites Christol s.n. in the Paris herbarium, Guillarmod 36 in his own herbariun, , Dieter 977 at Capetown, Strentaded) & Zurich, and Jacollet 8 at Zurich. He gives its overall distribution as "E. Cape, Orange Free State, 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 131 Transvaal" in South Africa. The corollas are described as "violet-purple" by Hay & (1969), "lavender" by Withamfogg (1959, 1968) and G. W. Park (1971) and on "Webster & Wilbur 3352, "bright dark-mauve" on Bayliss BS. 3603, "purple" on | Anway L65 and D'Arcy 1619, "blue" on Mueller-_ Dombois 6805188 and Guillaumin 81,95, and "violet" on Hatschbach 14511 & & 15492 and S. McDaniel 2165. ~ Sehnack and his associates (1959) report that the species is apomictic in its reproduction. Junell (193), Dermen (1936), Noack (1937), Schnack, Fehleisen, & Cocucci (1959), Lewis & Oli- ver (1961), and Bolkhovskikh & his associates (1969) all report the chromosome mumber as 2n = )\2, Stachyose is reported from the plant by Cheymol (1937). Hirata (1966) records the fungus, Oidium sp. (a powdery mildew) as parasitizing Verbena rigida in Ceylon. Priszter (1971) offers seeds to the horticultural trade as his seed number 1671. Hay & Synge (1969) describe the species as fol- lows: "Summer...Fl. violet—purple borne on erect, rigid stems. 1 1/2 — 2 ft. Lleaves] oblong, rigid and toothed. Roots tuberous. Effective when planted in bold groups in a sunny border in well- drained garden soil. In exposed gardens the tubers should be lifted and stored in the same manner as dahlias. Propagate in spring by removing young shoots with a small piece of tuber at- tached. This is best done from tubers in boxes in a warm house," Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her— baria as V. stricta Vent. On the other hand, the Legg s.n. [l-6- 6), distributed as V. rigida, is actually v. bipinnatifida Nutt., Amano 7373 is V. bonariensis | L., and Pedersen 1307 is V. rigida var. var. obovata (Hayek) Moldenke, Iltis & Univ. Wisc. Pl. Geogr. Field Trip “Trip 25126 is a mixture with something non-verbenaceous and C. Ritchie 57 is also a mixture. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Sampson Co.: Ahles & La- ing 280 (N, Se--199)19). SOUTH CAROLINA: apne Co.: Logue 976 (Au--257342). GEORGIA: Fulton Co.: P. 0. Schallert 1961 (Go). FLORIDA: Alachua Co.: Darcy 1619 (N, hee ees ALABAMA : Sumter Co,.: Iltis & & Univ. Wisc. Pl. Geogr. Field Trip 25126, in part (Ws). MISSISSIPPI: Adams Co.: Jones & Hudson 11612 (Au--260932). Forrest Co.: K. E. Rogers 2231 (N). Lowndes Coo: S. McDaniel 2165 (N). Rankin Co.: Webster & & Wilbur 3352 (N). Wil- kinson Co.: Jones, Hu Hudson, & Noble 13,86 (N). LOUISIANA: East Baton Rouge Par.: Joor sat son. [dune - i: 1, 187] (W--2607111). Saint Tammany Par.: Re J. Le Lemaire 660 (W-2587)16a) ; K. E. Rogers 227 (N). West Feliciana Par.: Re “ery Thomas & al. 1118 18 (N). T TEXAS : Harris Co.: L. C. Higgins 3930 (N); E. J. Palmer er 12001 (Au-— 122626). Jefferson Co.: He |. Gentry 53-229 53-229 (Au—122625) . San Ja- cinto Co.: Gould & Reeves 8230 (Lk). Travis Co.: Tharp s.n. [Aus- tin, 5/2/35] (Lk (Lk). “Walker Co.: E. J. Palmer 12038 . (Au--122627) BRAZIL: Paran4: Hatschbach 1511 ~ (W—2563891), 15492 (W—256)723), 132 P BYSTO POG A Vol. 2, noieZ 20479 (Ac); Reitz & Klein 17672 (N, W—-2548337); Stellfeld 1521 (W--2527780). URUGUAY: Rosengurtt B.5301 (Se—126973). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Ibarrola 3869 (Se--130307). Misiones: G. J. Schwarz 64,33 (N). SWEDEN: C. Blom s.n. [21/9/1958] (Go). SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Province: Bayliss BS.3603 (W-—-256567). Transvaal: Dahl- strand 176 (Go). 177 (Go). INDIA: Madras: Prain s.n. [Coonoon, Feb. 11, 1899] (Ed). State undetermined: C, Ritchie 57, in part (Ed). CEYLON: Mueller—Dombois 68051848 (W—-2612115). RYUKYU IS- LAND ARCHIPELAGO: Okinawa: Kanasiro 5828 (Ta). NEW CALEDONIAM ISLANDS: New Caledonia: Guillaumin 895 (N). AUSTRALIA: New South Wales: Tilden 610 (W-—-2510092). Western Australia: Anway 465 (N). NEW ZEALAND: South: Healy 58/655 (Nz—12157), 60/10 (Nz—122788), 66/249 (Nz—172667). CULTIVATED: California: H. Evans s.n, [Santa Monica] (Sd—3659); Jerabek s.n. [Naval Hospi- tal grounds, June 1945] (Sd--2658), s.n. [Franceschi Park, July 1945] (Sd—-3669)); W. R. Russell s.n. [June 21, 1965] (Se— 229959). New York: A. L. Moldenke s.n. [September 15, 1969] (Ps— 1021). North Carolina: W. C. Coker s.n. [10/2/36] (Se--162928) . VERBENA RIGIDA var. ALBA (Trivebts) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia ll: 95. 196k; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 372 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. VERBENA RIGIDA var. GLANDULIFERA Moldenke Additional synonymy: Verbena rigida f. glandulifera Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 260. 1966. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 260. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 693 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RIGIDA var. LILACINA (Benary & Bodger) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 28. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 199. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 372 (1971) and 2: 693 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RIGIDA var. OBOVATA (Hayek) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 260. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 188, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 693 & 919. 1971. In addition to the months previously reported by me, this plant has been collected in anthesis in November and in fruit from Feb- ruary to April, July, and September to November. Pedersen reports that it is fairly common on moist soils of not too dry grasslands in Corrientes, Argentina. Vernacular names reported for it are "margarita" and "margarita azul". The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Montes 665, "heavenly blue" on Montes 11735, and "violet" on G. J. Schwarz 120), 4989, & 5063. Montes 665 ap- pears to be a mixture with typical V. rigida Spreng. 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 133 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Palacios & Cuezzo 592 (N), 152 (N). PARAGUAY: Hassler 8911 (Ca—950522). AR- GENTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 1307 (N); Pierotti 6652 (N). For- mosa: I. Morel 607 (N). Misiones: Bertoni 1513 (N); Krapovickas, Cristébal, Marufiak, Pire, & Tressens 15329 (Rf); Montes 665, in part (N), 14735 (Au—-271292, N, Rf); G- J. Schwarz 120) (N), 989 (N), 5063 (N), 5626 (N); Schwindt 27 (N). VERBENA RIGIDA var. REINECKII (Briq.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 79. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 188, & 202 (1971) and 2: 655, 693, 706, & 919. 1971. VERBENA RINCONENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 260. 1966; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. lj: 12. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 76 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. Garcfa Saucedo encountered this plant in "bosque cerrado de Pinus—Quercus", flowering and fruiting in July. The corolla is described as having been "purple" on Garcfa Saucedo 173. Additional citations: MEXICO: México: Garcfa Saucedo 173 (Ip); Hinton 8011 (Se—117))3—isotype) . Ss VERBENA RIPARIA Raf. Additional bibliography: Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 282. 196); Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 199. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 21 (1971) and 2: 704, 705, 793, & 919. 1971. Radford, Ahles, & Bell (196) report this species as rare on riverbanks in Caldwell and Stanly Counties, North Carolina. Curi- ously, they fail to include it in their key to the species of the genus. They aver that it blossoms in June and July. Additional citations: VIRGINIA: Smyth Co.: J. K. Small sen. [July 1, 1892] (Lk). VERBENA ROBUSTA Greene Additional bibliography: Howell, Marin Fl., ed. 1, 233. 199; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 3: 610--612 & 616, fig. 4345. 1951; Ferris in Abrams & Ferris, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 4: 651 & 730. 1960; J. H. Thomas, Fl. Santa Cruz Mtns., pr. 1, 29h & 43h. 1961; Ferris in Abrams & Ferris, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, : 651 & 730. 1965; Boivin, Natur. Canad. 9: 62. 1967; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, 3: 610-612 & 616, fig. 43h5. 1967; Boughey, Mus. Syst. Bio. Univ. Calif. Irvine Res, Ser. 1: 82. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 200 & 201. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1. 1968; Munz & Keck, Calif. Fl. 687, 688, & 1679. 1968; Munz, Suppl. Calif. Fl. 101. 1968; J. H. Thom- as, Fl. Santa Cruz Mtns., pr. 2, 29) & 43h. 1968; Howell, Marin Fl., ed. 2, 233. 1970; Rickett, Wild Fls. U.S. i (3): sho, [543], & 799, pl. 177 (1970) and 5 (23: [455], 56, & 666, pl. 152. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 66, 76, & 372 (19715 and 2: 686, 13) PHY? eI ik Vol. 24, no. 2 691, 693, & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 192 & 285--287. 1972. Tllustrations: Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 3: 616, fig. 43h5 (1951) and pr. 2, 3: 616, fig. 4345. 1967; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 4 (3): [543], pl. 177 [in color] (1970) and 5 (2): [455], pl. 152 [in color]. 1971. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in stream beds and in wet seepage areas underlain by serpentine rocks. Howell (1970) states that it is "occasional among seepages or along course of ephemeral vernal brooks" in Marin County, California; Boughey (1968) found it "occasional in wet places", while Thomas (1961), in the Santa Cruz Mountains area, found it at the "margins of ponds, riverbeds, low moist ground where water has stood during the winter, mainly on the eastern side of the Santa Cruz Mountains} flowering there from June to October. Hoover describes it as “erect and to 2 m. tall or even longer and bending over". The corollas are said to have been "lilac" on Hoover 9218. Boughey (1968) cites Boughey & Pembrook 1000 from Orange County, Califor—- nia. A common name recorded for the species is "robust vervain". Boivin (1967) is of the opinion that the Née 90 specimen pre- served in the Madrid herbarium and labeled as having been col- lected on Nootka Island, is mis-labeled, since the species is not otherwise known from that island. This opinion is very probably correct, since so many others of Née's specimens have been shown to be accompanied by erroneous locality notations in the Madrid herbariun, The D. F, Howe s.n. [17 July 1964], distributed as V. robusta, is actually V. bracteata Lag. & Rodr. Additional citations: CALIFORNIA: San Diego Co.: Cleveland s.n. [Sweetwater Valley] (Sd--6786). San Luis Obispo Co.: Hoover 8029 (Au--29780)), 9218 (Au--297792). San Mateo Co.: A. R. Moldenke 2748 (Rf). Santa Clara Co.: L. S. Rose 65098 (Au--272832, N). Tuolumne Co.: A. R. Moldenke 312 (Go). CHANNEL ISLANDS: Santa Cruz: C. B. Wolf 160 (Se--109272). VERBENA RUGOSA Mill. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 479. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 76 (1971) and 2: 620 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RUNYONI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 296. 1967; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3:(2): 365. 1969; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1315 & 1320. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Con- trib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 60, 6h, 76, & 372 (1971) and 2: 69) & 919. 1971; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 23: 2h2. 1972. Runyon describes this plant on his labels as follows: "annual erect herb, tall; roots fibrous; stems hollow; bark green or dark- green; leaves dark-green, largest at base, oblong in outline, in~ 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 135 cised, toothed, or lobed; flowers in terminal spikes, no odor or with faint odor; fruit a small pubescent capsule; occasional in moist situations, open moist ground, ditches, in clay or clay- loam soil, in open fields, along roadsides, on banks and reseca bottoms, occasional in semi-dry fields, frequent or abundant in open ground, town lots, etc., scarce in damp situations, occasio- nal along bank of Arroyo Colorado near La Feria bridge" in Cameron County, Texas. The fruits, of course, are not capsules. The corollas are described as having been "blue" on R. Runyon 2588, 2691, 2692, & 187. Goi 5s8 hd oe Additional citations: TEXAS: Cameron Co.: R. Runyon 2588 (Au-- 268737), 2691 (Au--266163), 2692 (Au--2661)7), 4187 (Au--2661)2) , 4871 (Au--266165), 6011 (Au--2696),9) . VERBENA RUNYONI f. ROSIFLORA L. I. Davis Emended synonymy: Verbena runyonii f. rosiflora L. I. Davis ex Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names 26, in syn. 197; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1315 & 1320. 1970. Verbena runyonii rosiflora L. I. Da- vis ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 111--112. 196; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1315 & 1320. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 60 (1971) and 2: 694 & 919. 1971. VERBENA RUSSELLII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 79. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 77 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. XVERBENA RYDBERGII Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mtns., ed. l, 740. 1922; Hitche., Cronq., & Ownbey, Vasc. Pl. Pacif. Northwest }: 2. 1959; Poindexter, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 65: 09--l11, )13, 415, & 417. 1962; Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mtns., ed. 2, 70. 1969; Swink, Pl. Chicago Reg. 427. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 200. 1968; Cochrane, Rice, & Rice, Mich. Bot. 10: 183. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 14, 15, 35--37, 1, bh, 45, 52, & 53 (1971) and 2: 656, 673, 674, 688, 69h, 697, 698, 70h, & 919. 1971. Hitchcock and his associates (1959) point out that the accepted binomial designation for this common natural hybrid is "a strictly synonymous nomenclatural substitute for the apparently quite legit- imate name V. paniculato-stricta Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. 6: 100. 184, which, in turn was based on Geyer, banks of the Mississippi opposite St. Louis". My own view is that Engelmann's designation was not formally proposed as a binomial name, but merely as a description of what he supposed the constitution of the plant to be. It is probable that the Engelmann s.n. [St. Louis, July 183], cited below, is part of the type collection, but the label is not 136 Poe Yi T70i.OoG-T A Vol. 2h, ign identical, therefore I am not so considering it. Cochrane and his associates (1971) found this plant growing in low weedy fields in Rock County, Michigan, and call it "Rydberg's vervain", Swink (1969) reports it from Cook and DeKalb Counties, Illinois. Poindexter gathered material of the hybrid in a small. clearing, a broad ravine, and an overgrazed pasture in Kansas, flowering and fruiting in July and August. According to notations on the labels, he found the chromosome count to be n = 7 in Poin- dexter 229-11, where the pollen fertility was 92 percent; in his 201-53 the pollen fertility was 39 percent, in 201-52 it was 32 percent, and in 191-66 it was only 2) percent. In his 1962 work he compares the hybrid with its two parents. My son, Dr. Andrew R. Moldenke, of the University of California, Santa Cruz, informs me that 99 percent of the seeds of xV. rydbergii sent to him by me from freshly gathered material for growing in the experimental greenhouses at Stanford University proved to be aborted and in- fertile, even though originally collected from healthy and vigor- ous plants of the same season. The W. H. Horr E.33, distributed as this hybrid, appears to be V. stricta Vent. Additional citations: ILLINOIS: Henderson Co.: H. N. Patterson sn. [Oquawka, July] (Pa). IOWA: Dickinson Co.: Shimek Son. [Aug. 8, 1 1916] (Au-—-122736). KANSAS: Barber Co.: Poindexter exter 201-52 (N), 201-53 (N). Douglas Co.: Poindexter 191-66 (N), 229-11 (N). MIS- SOURI: Saint Louis: Eggert.s.n. [Prairies, 19 August 1877] (Pa); Engelmann s.n. [banks of M ,ssissippi, St. Louis, July 182] (Au-—- 122288), s.n. [St. Louis, Suly 18,3] (Au—122286) . VERBENA SAGITTALIS Cham. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 120--121. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 178 (1971) and 2: 69) & 919. 1971. VERBENA SALVIAEFOLIA Schrad, ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 87h, nom. md. 1821. Bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 87). 1821; Mol- denke, Fifth Sum. 1: 375 (1971) and 2: 919. 1971. Nothing is known to me about this supposed taxon except that it is listed by Steudel as a valid species, accredited to Schrader, with no literature citation of any sort. It is not listed in the "Index Kewensis" nor any of its supplements. It does not seem probable that it is conspecific with the later V. salviaefolia Hook. & Arn., which is a member of the gemus Aloysia, or with Lip- pia salviaefolia Cham., also proposed much later. VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Verbena santiaguensis Darlington & Wylie, Chrom, Atl., pr. 1, 323, nom. nud. 1955. Glandularia santiaguen- ensis Covas & Schnack ex Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chron. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715, sphalm. 1969. 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 137 Additional & emended bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: [71], 73~—75, & 77--79, figs 2A&B, plL LA&D&5 AG. 1945; Covas & Schnack, Darwiniana 7: 86 & 88. 195; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 191. 195; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 200. 1968; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1238 & 1239. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715. 1969; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 12950. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 22. 1970; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Biosystem. 75, 76, 157, & 158, fig. 5-1. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 190, 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 683, 69h, 700, & 919—920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 19), 28h, 427, 431, & 436 (1972) and 2h: 47--l)9. 1972. Additional & emended illustrations: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: 78, fig. 2A, pl. 1A & 5 B. 195; Sohbrig, Princ. & Meth. Bio- system. 76, fig. 5-1. 1970. Recent collectors have found this plant in anthesis in March and November, and in fruit in March, April, November, and December. The corollas are described as having been "violet" on P. Garcia 920 and as "lilac" on Rodriguez Vaquero 667. The chromosome mm- ber is given as 2n = 10 by Covas & Schnack (19), Schnack & Covas (1945), Schnack & Gonzalez (1945), and Bolkhovskikh & his associ- ates (1969). The Troncoso 353, cited below, was previously iden- tified by other herbarium workers as Glandularia pulchella and then as Verbena erinoides. Solbrig (1970) says of V. santiaguensis that it occupies open dry and semidry grassland in northern and central Argentina along with V. peruviana (L.) Britton and V. pulchella Sweet, that V. pulchella and V. santiaguensis "replace each other geographically, with the former growing in the cooler southern and eastern areas and the latter in the more subtropical northern and western areas". He continues "G. santiaguensis.....is larger than G, pul- chella, with large leaves and flowers and less divided leaves." Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Rodriguez Va- quero 667 (N); Troncoso 353 (W—2595182). Chaco: M. R. Malvdrez 1268 (N). Cérdoba: M. Rufz Huidobro 07 (N). Santiago del Es- tero: P, Garcia 920 (N); T. Meyer 12730 (N). VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke x V. PERUVIANA (L.) Britton Synonymy: Glandularia santiaguensis x G. peruviana Schnack & Co- vas, Darwiniana 7: 73 & 75, in textu. 195. Bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: 73 & 75. 1945; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 157. 1970; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 23: 27 & 431. 1972. Solbrig (1970) refers to a hybrid between these two species when he says "Hybrids between Glandularia santiaguensis and Glan- dularia peruviana are 50‘ pollen sterile (Solbrig, 1968)". He does not formally describe the hybrid nor cite authenticating 138 P WE POI Gos Vol. 2h, Rose herbarium vouchers so that the identity of the putative parents can be verified, so I have refrained from assigning a binomial name to the hybrid. VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke x V. PHLOGIFLORA Cham. Synonymy: Glandularia santiaguensis x G. phlogiphlora Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: 73 & 75, in textu. 195. Bibliography: Schnack & Covas, Darwiniana 7: 73 & 75. 19h5; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 27. 1972. Nothing is known to me of this hybrid, presumably produced arti- ficially in Argentina, except that it is referred to by Schnack & Covas in the above-mentioned reference. VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS (Covas & Schnack) Moldenke x V. PULCHELLA Sweet ex Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 157--158. 1970. Bibliography: Solbrig in Heywood, Mod. Meth. Pl. Tax. 1968; Solbrig, Princ. & Meth. Pl. Biosystem. 75 & 158. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 920 & 970. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: )8—9. 1972. Solbrig (1970) refers to a natural hybrid between what he calls Glancularia santiaguensis and G. pulchella, but does not formally describe it or name it, nor does he cite any specimens that could be used as authentication. He refers to a work by himself in Heywood, Mod. Meth, Pl. Tax. (1968), not as yet seen by me. It is not at all certain to me just what the actual plants are to which he is referring as the parents, since it seems that his concept of at least one of these putative parental species differs from mine. I have therefore not assigned a binomial name as yet to the hybrid. VERBENA SANTIAGUENSIS f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 295. 1969; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 12950. 1969; Hocking, Excetpt. Bot. A.15: 22. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. Citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Rodriguez Vaquero 666 (N-- type). VERBENA SCABRA Vahl Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 874. 1821; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 1845; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1179. 1895; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 3: 610, 611, & 616, fig. 432. 1951; Fer- ris in Abrams & Ferris, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, h: 651 & 730. 1960; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 726 & 727. 1960; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 1964; Ferris in Abrams & Ferris, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, 4: 651 & 730. 1965; J. E. Moore, Castanea 30: 26. 1965; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, 3: 610, 611, & 616, fig. 4342. 1967; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9 (3): B.A.S.I. C. S.185. 1968; Moldenlse, Biol. Abstr. 49: 1325. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 200--201. 1968; Munz & Keck, Calif. Fl. 686, 687, & 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 139 1679. 1968; H. L. Mason, Fl. Marshes Calif., pr. 2, 677 & 877. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 364--365 (1969) and (3): 50 & 799. 19703 Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & John- ston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 131) & 1319. 1970; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 71, 742, & 961. 1971; pe ewes Fifth Sum, 1: 21, 23, 250) 2b AL, 33, 7, “ho, 60, 63, 77, 92, 98, 99, 101, 106, & 396 (1971) and 2: 575, 690, 691 AM 70h, & 920. 1971; C.D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 627—628 & B16. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: Sol’ (1972) and 23: 192 & 229. 1972. Additional illustrations: Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 3: 616, fig. 432 (1951) and pr. 2, 3: 616, fig. 43h2. 1967. Recent collectors have found this plant growing at the edge of stréams, in marshy spots and seeps, in moist gravel in shaded canyons, on damp sandy flats, and on everglade prairies. The corollas are described as "pinkish-white" on Crutchfield 1976 and the common name "rough verbena" has been reported. Rickett (1969) describes the species as follows: "V. scabra may grow to be over 3 feet tall, with a single stem which may be unbranched. The leaves are toothed but not lobed or cleft, and rough ('scabrous'). There are several spikes. The blue corolla is about 1/3 inch long and its lobes spread less than 1/10 inch". He avers that in Texas it blooms from "March to December: in moist soil by water and in swamps from eastern, southern, and western Texas to Cali- fornia and Mexico, and eastward to Florida and North Carolina." Radford, Ahles, & Bell (196) report the species from the mar- gins of marshes, frequently brackish, and often in shell deposits in the outer parts of the central portions of North Carolina and South Carolina, flowering there from May to October. Moore (1965) reports it from Yell County, Arkansas. Adams (1972) gives its overall distribution as Bermuda, the southeastern United States, Mexico, and the Greater Antilles, and cites Adams 10967, Harris. 9937, and Howard & Proctor 1456 from Jamaica. Material of V. scabra has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. macdougalii Heller. On the other hand, the Abrigo s.n. [April - 12, 1963], distributed as V. scabra, is actually ve. V. cloverae Moldenke, "while L. C. Crawford 1053 is Ve Vv. simplex Lehm. Additional eitatlons: NORTH CAROLINA: Chowan Co.: + Ahles & Duke 47840 (N). SOUTH CAROLINA: Beaufort Co.: Ahles & Bell 15630 (Se— 194381, Se--19)382, Se--195)66). FLORIDA: Dade Co.: Craighead s.n. [11 April 1961] (Ft--10925) ; Gillis 7058 (Rf); J. K. Small 8090 @) (N). Lee Co.: J. K, Small s.n. n. [Punta Rassa, May 1928) (N). ARI- ZONA: Pima Co.: Pringle Sone [duly 18, 188] (Pa). mid Co.: Crutchfield 1976 (Ld). CALIFORNIA: ‘ied Angeles Co.: S. F. Blake 632 [Herb. Blake 1590] (Ld), 676 [Herb. Blake 1637] (La), poe {Herb Blake 1750] (Ld), 855 (Herb. Blake 1820] (Ld). San Bernar- dino Co.: Parish & Parish 103 (Pa); Roos & Roos 5307 (W--2567361). Santa Barbara Co.: H. Me H. M. Pollard SoM. ~fAug. 9, 9, 196k] (Au--273)33) « MEXICO: Coahuila: Johnston & Muller er 877 (Au--301657, Mi). JAMAICA: 1),0 PHY TO err A Vol. 2h, “oe? Barkley & Bouthillette 38711 (Ac). VERBENA SCABRA f. ANGUSTIFOLIA Moldenke Synonymy: Verbena scabra angustifolia Moldenke ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] fO7 7s 2970. Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9 (3): B.A.S.1.C. S.185. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 9: 1325. 1968; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 16: 201. 1968; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vase: Pig Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6: ] 1877. 1970; Moldenke in Cor- rell & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 131) & 1319. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 60 (1971) and 2: 691, 69h, & 920. 1971. VERBENA SCABRELLA Sessé & Moc, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 133. 196h; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 77 (1971) and 2: 645 & 920. 1971. XVERBENA SCHNACKII Moldenke Additional synonymy: Glandularia peruviana x megapotAmica Schnack & Covas, Revist. Argent. Agron, 12: 22). 195. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 13h. 196k; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1239. 1968; Sol- brig, Princ. & Meth. Pos Biosystem. 76. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 683, 689, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 373. 1972. Solbrig (1970) says that "The cross between G. peruviana and G. megapotamica, for example, was approximately 65 Fp pollen fertile." VERBENA SCHULZII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 135--136. 1964; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 202 (1972) and 2: 920. 1971. XVERBENA SCORTA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 136. 196k; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 372 (1971) and 2:3 6i2y 679, & 920. uh fae VERBENA SCROBICULATA Griseb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 261. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 190, 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 675, 696, & 920. 1971. Recent collectors have found this plant in flower in January and in fruit in January and July. The corollas are described as having been "whitish" on Willink 159. The Rodrigues Villegas 907, 907, distributed as V. scrobiculata, is actually V. incisa Hook. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Salta: Pierotti 1236. (Ngan [Herb. Inst. Miguel Lillo 7] (N), "h" [Herb. Inst. Miguel Lillo 115] (N); Schulz & Varela 5267 (N); Willink 159 (N), sen. [Herb. 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 11 Inst. Miguel Lillo 106867] (N). VERBENA SEDULA Moldenke Synonymy: Verbena sedula var. sedula Moldenke in Wiggins & Por- ter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 506. 1971. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 206. 196h; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 5 & 28. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 201 & 340—-3)2 (1968) and 18: 211, 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (1): B.A.S.I.C. S.19h. 1969; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: )18 & 7999. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.1\: 206 (1969) and A.18: hy). 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 138 (1971) and 2: 695 & 920. 1971; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gald4p. Isls. 50), 506, & 508. 1971; Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galap. Isls. 997. 1971; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 23: 185. 1972. VERBENA SEDULA var. DARWINII Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 31. 1968. Synonymy: Verbena polystachya var. foliis incisis segmentis grossé serratis Hook., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, Bot. 20: 195. 187. Verbena polystac var. foliis incisis, laciniis grosse serratis Hook. apud N. J. Anderss., Galap. Veg. 81, in syn. 1859. Verbena sedula darwinii Moldenke ex Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (1): B.A.S.I.C. S19). 1969. Bibliography: Hook., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 195. 1847; N. J. Anderss., Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 1853: 199—200. 1853; N. J. Anderss., Galap. Veg. 81. 1859; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 206. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 30—3l1. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 5 & 28. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (1): B.A.S. I.C. S.19h. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.1lh: 206. 1969; Molden- ke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 18. 1969; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 506 & 508. 1971; Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galdp. Isls. 997. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 138 (1971) and 2: 690, 695, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 185. 1972. This variety is know thus far only from the type collection, Citations: GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: James: C. Darwin s.n. [beginning of October, 1835] (Cu—type). ‘ VERBENA SEDULA var. FOURNIERI Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 211. 1969. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 211. 1969; Moldenke, Bi- ol. Abstr. 50: 7999. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: lh. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 138 (19713 and 2: 920. 1971; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 506 & 508. 1971; Wiggins & Por- ter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 997. 1971. This variety, known only from two collections, has been found growing along roadsides and beside a small pond, at altitudes of 200 to 500 meters, flowering in February. The corollas are said to have been "white" on L. A. Fournier 276. Citations: GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: Chatham: L. A. Fournier 269 (Z— type), 276 (Rf). VERBENA SELLOI Spreng. Additional synonymy: Verbena pulchella gracilior (Troncoso) 142 P.HE D0. L OG 8 A Vol. 24, no. 2 Shinners apud Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found, Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970. Additional & emended bibliography: Troncoso, Darwiniana 13: 468--70, 476, & 481--)8), fig. 6. 1964; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. issue 248 (196) and issue 251. 1965; Solbrig, Cas- tanea 30: 173--17). 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 137 & 139. 1965; Solbrig, Biol. Abstr. 7: 2870. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 123. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 201. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 6, 22, 26, & 28. 1968; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1): 63. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1323. 1970; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 207. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1877. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 190, 202, & 372 (1971) and 2: 522, 619, 691, & 920. 1971. Hunziker describes this plant as decumbent. It has been col- lected in fruit in February, April, and November. The vernacular names, “margarita morada" and "yerba meona", have been recorded for it. The corollas are described as having been "lilac" on J. H. Hunziker 38) & 1990, "blue" on Rufz Huidobro 1176 & 1271, "vio let"* on Hatschbach 1367), and "intense lilac" on Hatschbach 1),968 & 1498). The Herter 18la [Herb. Herter 68181], cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as V. tenera Spreng. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 1367) (W— 2563852), 1968 (W--256571), 1498) (W--2563951). Rio Grande do Sul: Palacios & Cuezzo 976 (N). Santa Catarina: J. Dias s.n. (Herb. Fac. Farm4cia 5780] (W--2527807). URUGUAY: Herter 181la (Herb. Herter 68181] (Ca--278518). ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: J. H. Hunziker 38) (N), 1990 (N); Rufz Huidobro 1176 (N), 1271 (N). Salta: Garolera & Romero s.n. [21-I-19)7] (N). VERBENA SESSILIS (Cham.) Kuntze Additional synonymy: Glandularia sessilis Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 205. 1970. Glandularia sessilis (Cham.) Tronc. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 31. 1972. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 201. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3. 1968; Schnack & Rubens, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 13: 205. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 178, 188, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 695, 697, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 228 & 431. 1972. In addition to the months previously reported by me, recent collectors have found this plant in anthesis in October and in fruit from September to November and in January, growing in low gen- erally more or less flooded land. Schnack & Rubens (1970) record it from Corrientes, Argentina. Verbena sessilis is certainly very closely related to V. stellar- ioides Cham. and I am not at all certain that it is worthy of spe- cific distinction. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 9627 (N); 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 143 Pierotti 6692 (N). Formosa: I. Morel 3655 (N), 3940 (N), 4085 (N). VERBENA SETACEA Perry Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 201-202. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 77 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. Additional citations: MEXICO: Baja California: Wiggins & Thom— as 187 (Mi). 3 VERBENA SHREVEI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: )79—)80. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 77 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. VERBENA SIMPLEX Lehn. Additional synonymy: Verbena simplex Michx. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 695, in syn. 1971. Verbena simplex Vent. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 695, in syn. 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 80. 1813; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 37. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 873 & 87h. 1821; Beck, Bot., ed. 1, 28h. 1833; A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 1, 269 (1845), ed. 2, pr. 1, 412 (187), ed. 2, pr. 2, 412 (1848), and ed. 10, pr. 1, 412. 1848; Beck, Bot., ed. 2, pr. 1, 285. 188; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 1, 312. 18),8; A. Wood, Class-book, ed. 10, pr. 2, 12 (1849), ed. 10, pr. 3, 12 (1850), ed. 17, {12 (1851), ed. 23, 12 (1861), ed. 29, 122 (1853), ed. 35, 412 (1854), ed. 1, pr. 1, 412 (1855), and ed. bi pee a Ws ID56;* Beck, Hots, eds 2) prs 2, 285. 10563". Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 1, 298 (1856), ed. 2, pr. 2, 298 (1858), and ed. 2, pr. 3, 298. 1859; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 1, 537. 1861; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, 298 (1862) and ed. h, pr. 1, 298. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 2, 537. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 2, 298. 186); A. Wood, Class-book, {ed. 2], pr. 3, 537 (1865) and [ed. 2], pr. h, 537. 1867; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pre 1, 30 (1867) and ed. 5, pr. 2, 30. 1868; A. Wood, Class—book, [ed. 2], pr. 5, 537. 1868; Beck, Bot., ed. 2, pr. 3, 285. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 2i1--242 (1868) and ed. 1, pr. 2, 21-22. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 6, 537 (1869) and [ed. 2], pr. 7, 537. 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 3, 298. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bots & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), and ed. 1, pr. 3, 236. 1872; A. Wood, Class—book, [ed. 2], pr. 8, 537. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. h, 236 (1873), ed. 1, pr. 5, 236 (187k), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 9, 537. 1876; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 8, 340. 1878; A. Gray, Field For & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 2h1--22. 1880; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 8 [9], 30. 1880; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 10, 537. 1881; Meyncke, Bull. Brooksville Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: [Fl. Franklin Co.} 31. 18859) O.-Ri Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; S. Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 6, pr. 1, 02 (18895 and ed. 6, pr. 2, 02. 1890; Gattinger, Med. Pl. Tenn, 63--6. 189; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; Ly) PHYTO 2006-74 Vol, 2h nase@ Graves, Eames, Bissell, Andrews, Harger, & Weatherby, Bull. Conn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 1): [Cat. Flow. Pl.] 331. 1910; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr..1, 3: 9 & 96, figs 3555. 19133 Harshberger, Veg. N. J. Pine Barrens, pr. 1, 206, 25h, & 257. 1916; Lowe, Miss. State Geol. Surv. Bull. 17: 237. 1921; Schnarf, Ost. Bot. Zeit. 7h: O--50. 1925; Tischler, Tabul. Biol. : 2h. 1927; Harger, Bull. Conn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 8: 7h. 1930; Britton & Br., Tllustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 2, 3: 9 & 96, fig. 3555. 1936; Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: [383]—-386, fig. 5. 1937; Brit- ton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 3, 3: 9 & 96, fig. 3555. 1943; Tatnall, Fl. Del. 218. 196; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. h, 3: 9) & 96, fig. 3555. 1947; R. McVaugh, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 360: 195. 1958; F. Bartley in J. C. Bartley, Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv., new ser., 1: 181. 1959; Dobbs, Fl. Henry Co. 230. 1963; Padmanabhan, Phytomorph. 1): hg. 196); Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 196); Rouleau in Marie- Victorin, Fl. Laurent., ed. 2, 490. 1964; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.9: 366 & 367. 1965; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 276 & 277. 1966; Mohlenbrock, Castanea 31: 22) & 235. 1966; Bostick, Castanea 32: 150. 1967; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 2 (2): 46, [465], & 686, pl. 171. 1967; Wherry, Bartonia 37: 13. 1967; Gunn, Castanea 33: 102. 1968; Lehr, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 9: 544. 1968; Mohlenbrock, Trans. Til. Acad. Sci. 61: 71. 1968; Mol- denke, Phytologia 16: 202—-203. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1 (1968) and 17: [1]. 1968; Peterson & McKenny, Field Guide Wild- fils. 286, [287], & 18. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 716 & 717. 1969; W. E. Hopkins, Castanea 3: 46. 1969; Jervis, Castanea 3: 115. 1969; F. C. Seymour, Fl. New Eng. 56. 1969; Swink, Pl. Chicago Reg. 28. 1969; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 5, 3: 94 & 96, fig. 3555. 1970; Domville & Dunbar, John Burroughs Nat. Hist. Soc. Bull. 8: oh. 1970; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 56, 83, & 85. 1970; Harshberger, Veg. N. J. Pine Barrens, pr. 2, 206, 25, & 257. 1970; Joyal, Natural. Canad. 97: 564, 577, & 582, fig. 2 f. 1970; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52: 3081. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52 (6): BeA.S.I.C. S.245. 1971; Br. & Wherry, Bartonia 0: 13. 1971; Cochrane, W. E. Rice, & M. M. Rice, Mich. Bot. 10: 183. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 1)--23, 25, 27, 31-36, 38—l, hh, 5, 47, 52, 53, & 372 (1971) and 2: 651, 652, 665, 672--675, 678, 679, 69h, 695, 698, 769, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 413 & ah. 1972. Additional & emended illustrations: Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 1, 32 96, figs 3555 (1913) and.eds 2, pra.2, 32:90) fig. 3555. 1936; Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 386, fig. 5. 1937; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 3, 3: 96, fig. 3555 (193) and ed. 2, pr. h, 3: 96, fig. 3555. 1947; Peterson & McKenny, Field Guide Wildfis. 287. 1968; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 2 (2): [65], pl. 171 (in color). 1967; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 5, 3: 96, fig. 3555. 1970. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in dry sunny or open ground, limestone or calcareous clay soil, open woods, poor soil, along black rocky limestone roadsides or roadsides over dia- 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 145 base soil, on tallgrass prairies, rocky bottoms, low ridges in . marl regions, and chalk barrens, at altitudes of 320 to 2000 feet. McDaniel reports it as "occasional in open prairie on chalk" in Mississippi and Sudworth as "common in dry fields" in the Dis- trict of Columbia. Cochrane & Rice (1971) report it from Rock County, Wisconsin, Brown & Wherry (1971) from Cape May County, New Jersey, Meyncke (1885) from Franklin County, Indiana, Lowe (1921) from Oktibbeha County, Mississippi, Gunn (1968) from Bullitt Coun- ty, Kentucky, Mohlenbrock (1968) from Pope County, Illinois, Wher- ry (1967) from Delaware County, Pennsylvania, Bostick (19675 from Saint Clair County, Alabama, and Bartley (1959) from Jackson County, Ohio. Domville & Dunbar (1970) report the species as "rare in dry or sandy soil" in Ulster County, New York, where they say it blooms in the summer; Harger (1930) cites M. Hitchcock s.n. [Cromwell, 1881] from Middlesex County, Connecticut, in the Wesleyan Univer- sity herbarium; Hopkins (1969) cites W. E. Hopkins 356 from Pope County, Illinois; while McVaugh (1958) cites R. McVaugh 2239 and Hoysradt s.n. from Columbia County, New York, where he found it "appearing as if adventive". Rouleau (196) records it from St. Héléne Island, Quebec, while Joyal (1970) cites Rouleau 112) from nearby Soeur Island, where he says it was collected in 193 and 194) but is apparently extinct now due to urbanization of the area. Swink (1969) notes that in the Chicago region it is "Lo- cally frequent in open ground, especially where limestone is near the surface, here associating with Amorpha canescens, Asclepias verticillata, Echinacea pallida, Petalostemon purpureum, Psoralea tenuiflora, and Verbena stricta. It sometimes grows on exposed limestone with Arenaria patula, Isanthus brachiatus, Satureja ar- kansana, and Scutellaria parvula. It also grows on the shoulders of gravel roads, often associating with Sporobolus vaginiflorus." Tatnall (196) avers that it is still "rather frequent" in the Piedmont of New Castle County, Delaware, and in the sandy fields and roadsides of the Coastal Plain southward to Sussex County, Delaware, and Dorchester County, Maryland, flowering from late May to July. Radford, Ahles, & Bell (196) record the species from roadsides, meadows, and thickets, usually associated with basic soils, infrequent in the Piedmont in North Carolina south into Abbeville and York Counties, South Carolina, flowering there from May to September. Dobbs (1963) states that in Henry County, Il- linois, it is "Infrequent to rare along railroad tracks where I have found it only in Sections 17 and 22, Geneseo Township. I also once found specimens on the high terrace border of the Illin- ois and Myssissippi Canal in Section 15 of the same township." Gattinger (189) tells us that Verbena simplex is "A common weed along roadsides in the limestone regions of Middle Tennessee", flowering there from May to August, and that it "has locally gained some reputation used in infusion as a remedy in chronic dysentery", Hausman (1948) describes it as "Similar to Blue Ver- vain. Flowers pale bluish-violet, 1/" across; clusters 2—)" 1h6 PBX T 0 DL, OGr7a Vol. 2h, no. 2 long. Leaves 11/2 —- 3" long. Plant 1—2' high, rough-hairy; stems simple or branched, l-sided above. Dry sandy fields. Massa- chusetts south to Florida; west to Minnesota, Kansas, Arkansas", flowering from June to August. The corollas are described as having been "purple" on S. McDan- iel 2597 and "pale blue-lavender" on Cronquist 5280. Dermen (1936), Noack (1937) and Bolkhovskikh & his associates (1969) report the chromosome number as 2n = 1), Hirata (1966) records the powdery mildew, Erysiphe cichoracearum P, IC., as parasitizing Verbena simplex in various parts of the United States. The Tischler (1927) reference in the bibliography of this spe- cies is sometimes cited as "Pflanzliche Chromosomenzahlen", Material of V. simplex has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as V. scabra Vahl. Additional citations: NEW YORK: Queens Co.: A. Brown s.ne [Richmond Hill] (N). NEW JERSEY: Bergen Co.: Denslow s.n. n. [Lodi, July 1850] (Pa). Hudson Co.: A. Brown s.n. [Homestead] (N). PENNSYLVANIA: Delaware Co.: Canby s.n. Son. [June 25, 1878] (Pa). Le- high Co.: R. L. Schaeffer Jr. 35931 (W—2388866). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Chickering s.n. [9-25-1873] (W—25),982) ; Sudworth 538 (Mi), 750 (Mi). VIRGINIA: Amherst Co.: any Ste SNe [Monroe, Aug. 1858] (Pa). NORTH CAROLINA: Durham Co.: AE - Radford Lh754 (Au--250912, W--299508). Granville Co.: A. E Ee Radford 1.3888 (Se--212829); Radford & O'Briant 45472 (Au--272510, N). SOUTH CAROLINA: Aiken Co.: Canby s.n. (Aiken, May 1869] (Pa). GEORGIA: Walker Co.: Cronquist 5280 (Mi). ALABAMA: Dallas Co.: Small & Wherry 1258) (N). Hale Co.: L. C. Crawford 1053 (Au—-12268h) MISSISSIPPI: Noxubee Co.: S. ‘McDaniel 2597 (N).- ILLINOIS: Marion Co.: M. S. Bebb s.n. [Salem, 1860] (Pa, W—25))9483). Marshall Co.: v. He Chase - 10660 (N). INDIANA: Porter Co.: H. R. Bennett Sn. [August 18, 1957] (Se--178916). Warren Co.: Re ig Friesner 2285), (Au—-122683) . KENTUCKY: Boyle Co.: M. E. Wharton 1002 (Mi). Henry Co.: J. L. Gentry Jr. 200 (N). Madison Co.: Fother- gill s.n. [May 30, 1937] (Mi). Nelson Co.: M. E. Wharton 2058 (Mi). Rockcastle Co.: M. E. Wharton 2595 (Mi). County undeter- mined: Engelmann s.n. (Central Kentu Kentucky, | Aug. 1876] (Pa). WIS- CONSIN: Sauk Co.: T. J. Hale s.n, [Baraboo, 1861] (Pa). KANSAS: Coffey Co.: Birkholz 2h19 (N). Douglas Co.: W. H. Horr E.76 (N, Se-~183522). Labette Co.: S. Stephens 11037 (N). ARKANSAS: Clark Co.: Demaree 58)1 (Rf). Stone Co.: D Demaree 58201 (Ac). OKLAHOMA: Cherokee Co.: | C. S,. Walker 535 (Au—-122685). | Rogers Co.: Stratton 700) (Lk). ~ LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED : J. Macoun s.n. ~ (Dry rocky ground, June 1865] (Pa). VERBENA SIMPLEX f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 26. 1966; 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 17 Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: ); (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. VERBENA SIMPLEX var. EGGERTI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 80. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 18, 38, lh, & h6 (1971) and 2: 695 & 920. 1971. Lehr found this plant in flower and fruit in August, Additional citations: NEW YORK: Rockland Co.: Lehr 1203 (N). VERBENA SINUATA Grieve & Leyal Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 203. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 13. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 375 (1971) and 2: 920, 1971. XVERBENA SOLBRIGII Moldenke Emended synonymy: Glandularia laciniata x peruviana Schnack & seat Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 29: [255]—-266, fig. 1—l. 1953. Additional & emended bibliography: Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 29: [255]—266, fig. 1—-. 1953; Schnack, Fahleisen, & Cocucci, Revist. Argent. Agron. 2): 135. 1957; Mol- denke, Phytologia 1h: 297. 1967; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ. Bot. 55: 1239. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. oe 372 (1971) and 2: 521, 689, 700, & 920. 1971. Emended illustrations: Schnack & Solbrig, Revist. Fac. Agron. La Plata 29: 257, 259, & 261, fig. 1—l. 1953. VERBENA SPECTABILIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 181—182. 196; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 202 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. In addition to months previously reported by me, this species has been collected in anthesis in March, The corollas are de- scribed as having been "purple" on Pedersen })\8) and "red" on Krapovickas, Cristébal, Marufiak, Pire, & Tressens 1985. Additional Sitations ARGENTINA: A; Corrientes: Pedersen 48h (Au--2),6077). Misiones: Krapovickas, Cristébal, Marufiak, Pire, & Tressens 1985 (Z); G. J. Schwarz 789 (N). VERBENA SPHAEROCARPA Perry Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 182--183. 1964; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 78 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 233. 293. 1972. This species has been found growing on rocky slopes, at alti- tudes of 900--1030 meters, flowering and fruiting in March. The eae is described as having been "light-pink" on R. V. Moran 193. Additional citations: MEXICAN OCEANIC ISLANDS: Socorro: R. V. Moran 5793 (Sd—l9h8h), 5817 (Sd--l9485) . VERBENA STACHYS Raimondi Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 183--18). 148 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 24, no. 2 196); Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 14) (1971) and 2: 920. 1971. VERBENA STELLARIOIDES Cham, Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena decurrens (Cham.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 257. 1898 [not V. decurrens Moench, 1821, nor Steud., 1968]. Glandularia stellaroides Covas & Schnack ex Sol- brig, Passani, & Glass, Am, Journ. Bot. 55: 1235. 1968. Glandu- laria stellatioides (Cham.) Schnack & Covas ex Bolkh., Grif, Mat- vej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715, sphalm. 1969. Additional bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 807 & 873 (1821) and ed. 2, 2: 629. 181; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 203. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3. 1968; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Am. Journ, Bot. 55: 1235-1237. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 715. 1969; Solbrig, Passani, & Glass, Biol. Abstr. 50: 151. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 179, 188, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 522, 665, 68), 695, 697, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 226--228 & 31. 1972. Steudel (1821, p. 873) lists a "Verbena decurrens" without authority or description and says of it "vid. Stachytarpheta mexi- cana" (also without authority). He fails to list the latter bino- mial in his treatment of the genus Stachytarpheta on page 807 of the same work. In his second edition (18);1) he omits the binomial from his treatment of Verbena (page 750), and, again, lists no Stachytarpheta mexicana in his treatment of Stachytarpheta on page 629. The "Index Kewensis" accounts for neither binomial either in its original edition or any supplement (although the much later Stachytarpheta mexicana Moldenke is duly recorded). I am assuming that Steudel's two binomials refer to the Verbena decurrens Moench, which is a synonym of Stachytarpheta jamaicen- sis (L.) Vahl and so I have reduced them to the synonymy of that taxon. I am making this assumption because of Steudel's reference of the Verbena name to the genus Stachytarpheta. If he had been referring to Chamisso's plant he would hardly have referred it to the very different genus Stachytarpheta, which it does not re- semble, Verbena stellarioides has been found growing on swampy campos, flowering in August and in both flower and fruit in July and Sep- tember. The corollas are described as "lilac-purple" on Woolston 306. According to Solbrig and his associates (1968), V. stellar- ioides has been crossed artificially with V. elegans H.B.K. [see under "Verbena elegans H.B.K. x V. stellarioides Cham." in this series of notes]. The Morel 200, cited below, was previously misidentified and cited by me as V. sessilis (Cham.) Kuntze. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Woolston 306 (N). ARGENTINA: Formosa: I, Morel 3623 (N), 200 (N), 5935 (N, N). VERBENA STEWARTII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 11: 187—188 1972 Moldenke, Notes on Verbena 149 (196) and 16: 342. 1968; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 503, 506, & 508. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 138 (1971) and 2: 920. 1971; Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gal4p. Isls. 997. 1971. VERBENA STOREOCLADA Briq. Additional synonymy: Verbena soreoclada Briq. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 2: 696, in syn. 1971. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal, Paran., ed. 1, 573. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 265. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 179, 188, 190, & 202 (1971) and 2: 667, 675, 696, & 920. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 91. 1972. The Lourteig 201, distributed as V. storeoclada, is actually V. calliantha Briq. VERBENA STRICTA Vent. Additional & emended bibliography: Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 8. 180); Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 80. 1813; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 347—38. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. l, 873 & 87. 1821; Jan, Elench. Pl. 1. 182h; A. Wood, Class—book, ed. 2, pr. 1, 12 (187), ed. 2, pr. 2, 12 (1848), and ed. 10, pr. 1, 412. 1848; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 1, 312. 188; A. Wood Class-book, ed. 10, pr. 2, 12 (18495 ed. 10, pr. 3, f2 (18503, ed. 17, 12 (1851), ed. 23, 412 (18515, ed. 29, 12 (1853), ed. 35, 412 (1854), ed. 1, pr. 1, 412 (1855), and ed. 1, pr. 2, 412. 1856; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 2, pr. 1, 298 (1856), ed. 2, pr. 2, 298 (1858), and ed. 2, pr. 3, 298. 1859; A. Wood, Class- book, [ed. 2], pr. 1, 537. 1861; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 3, 298 (1862), and ed. h, pr. 1, 298. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 2, 537. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. , pr. 2, 298. 186; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 3, 537 (1865) and [ed. 42], pr. h, 537. 1867; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 1, 30 (1867) and ed. 5, pr. 2, 30. 1868; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 2], pr. 5, 537. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 1, pr. 1, 242 (1868) and ed. 1, pr. 2, 22. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 6, 537 (1869) and fed. 2], pr. 7, 537- 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. h, pr. 3, 298. 1870; A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. 1, 236 (1870), ed. 1, pr. 2, 236 (1871), and ed. 1, pr. 3, 236. 1872; A. Wood, Class—book, [ed. 2], pr. 8, 537. 1872; A. Wood, Am, Bot. & Flor., ed. 1, pr. h, 236 (1873), 6d. 2, pred, 236 (1874), and ed. 1, pr. 6, 236. 1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 9, 537. 1876; A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 5, pr. 8, 30 (1878) and ed. 5, pr. 8 [9], 30. 1880; A. Gray, Field For. & Gard, Bot., ed. 1, pr. 3, 242. 1880; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], pr. 10, 537. 1881; Meyncke, Bull. Brooksville Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: {Fl. Franklin Co.] 31. 1885; 0. R. Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. & Flor., ed. 2, 236. 1889; S. Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 6, pr. 1, 02 (1889) and ed. 6, pr. 2, 02. 1890; Gattinger, Med. Pl. Tenn. 6. 189); L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. & Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 31. 1895; W. A. Wheeler, Minn. Bot. Stud. 2: 4,03. 1900; Graves, Eames, Bissell, Andrews, Harger, & Weatherby, Bull. Conn, Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 1): [Cat. Flow. Pl.] 331. 1910; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 1, 3: 94--96, fig. 150 PET Poe rs Vol. 2h, no. 2 3556. 1913; Lowe, Miss. State Geol. Surv, Bull. 17: 237. 1921; Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mtns., ed. 1, 739 & 740. 1922; Pammel & King, Io- wa Geol. Surv. Bull. ) (rev.): 269--271, fig. 153, 153A, & 153B. 1926; Tischler, Tabul. Biol. : 2). 1927; Harger, Bull. Conn, Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 8: 74. 1930; Pellett, Nat. Mag. 18: 185. 1931; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 2, 3: 94--96, fig. 3556. 1936; Noack, Biol. Zentralbl. 57: 384—386, fig. 7. 1937; Cheymol, Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol. 19: 167--1653. 1937; F. H. & H. H. Hilman, Seed Trade Buyers Guide 1938: 137, pl. 12, fig. 7. 1938; Cheymol, Chem. Abstr. 32: 2977. 1938; Britton & Br., Illus- tr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. 3, 3: 9h--96, fig. 3556. 193; Zufall & Richtm., Pharm, Arch. 15: 1--9. 19; Zufall & Richtm., Chem. Abstr. 38: 092. 19); Harvey, Erickson, & Larson, Seed Trade Buyers Guide 195: 86. 195; Britton & Br., Illustr. Fl., ed. 2, pr. h, 3: 94--96, fig. 3556. 1917; King & al., Journ. Am. Pharm. Assoc., Sci. Ed., 39: 595--596. 1950; King & al., Chem. Abstr. ly: 11028--11029, 1950; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, 3: 611. 1951; R.J.Davis, Fl. Ida. 596. 1952; Hitche., Crong., & Ownbey, Vasc.Pl.Pacif .Northwest ): 2h, 25, & 247. 1959;Winter,Winter, & VanBruggen, CheckList Vasc. Pl. S.D.12h. 1959; Ferris in Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 1, h: 730. 1960; H. H. Iltis, Prelim. Check List Ferns Seed Pl. Upham Woods, ed. 1, 12. 1960; Rattenbury, Madrofio 15: 220. 1960; Mar- tin & Barkley, Seed Ident. Man. 37, pl. 236. 1961; Dobbs, Fl. Henry Co, 230. 1963; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 196; Ferris in Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, h: 730. 1965; H. S. Fitch, Univ. Kans. Nat. Hist. Reserv. 9. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.8: 537. 1965; Lakela, Fl. Northeast. Minn. 110. 1965; Hirata, Host Range & Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 277. 1966; Mohlenbrock, Castanea 31: 22h. 1966; F. H. Montgomery, Plants from Sea to Sea 262. 1966; Thorn- berry, U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 165: 79. 1966; Abrams, Illustr. Fl. Pacif. States, pr. 2, 3: 611. 1967; Shinn, Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 6: 790, 791, 881, 886, & 887. 1967; W. A. Weber, Rocky Mtn. Fl. 306. 1967; Beebe & Hoffm., Am. Midl. Nat. 80: 96, 99, 101, & 103. 1968; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 18h, 206, 221, 22h, & 238. 1968; W. C. Grimm, Recog. Flow. Wild Pl. 228. 1968; H. H. Iltis, Prelim. Check List Ferns Seed Pl. Upham Woods, ed. 2, 12. 1968; Mohlenbrock, Trans. Ill. Acad. Sci. 61: 71. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 16: 203-205. 1968; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 16: 1 & 2. 1968; Peterson & McKenny, Field Guide Wildfls. 286, [287], & 418. 1968; J. E. Weaver, Prairie Pl. 20h, 206, & 275. 1968; Beebe & Hoffm., Biol. Abstr. 50: 1653. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 717. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 267. 1969; McCarthy & Morrow, Proc. 2th N. Cent. Weed Control Conf. 64. 1969; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 127. 1969; Nich- olson & Hulett, Journ. Ecol. Brit. 57: 607. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): [363] & 365, pl. 110. 1969; Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mtns., ed. 2, 739 & 7h0. 1969; F. C. Seymour, Fl. New Eng. 56. 1969; O. A. Stevens, Castanea 3h: 196. 1969; Swink, Pl. Chicago Reg. 27 & 28. 1969 « [to be continued] WIKSTROEMIA PULCHERRIMA var. PETERSONII Deg. & Deg.; From Hawaii Otto & Isa Degener "The genus Wikstroemia in the Hawaiian Islands,” released by the printer April 25, 1972 and published posthumously by Dr. Bo Peterson for the late Dr. Carl Skottsberg in Acta Soc. Sci. et Litt. Gothob., is a most meticulous monograph. It stimulated the kane and wahine writers to renewed field ob- servations. The kane writer's first glimpse of Dr. Skottsberg was many years ago. Studying for an advanced degree, the former was engrossed working up his earliest collections of Wik- stroemia and other Hawaiian plants in the herbarium room of the New York Botanical Garden. Artist Mary E. Eaton had a high stool and high slanting drawing table facing the old Lorilard Snuff Mill, Dr. Per Axel Rydberg (1860-1931) had a large table at right angles to it and facing the window, and the kane student had a similar table next to that of Dr. Rydberg, one of his instructors. Dr. Rydberg stuttered a bit when dictating letters to Miss Nash, daughter of the agrostologist, recently deceased. When excited, his stutter- ing was severe and loud. Carl Skottsberg of Sweden, with ruddy face, came to the Garden at that time with a formal letter of introduction to Director Britton (1859-1934). He was lifted upstairs by the elevator operator, and then ushered into the herbarium room where Dr. Britton was wont to work. Before Skottsberg spied Britton, he came face to face with Rydberg. We are not sure what happens when Greek meets Greek; but when Swede met Swede an excited, loud stuttering conversation in the native ton- gue reverberated throughout the hallowed herbarium. All bo- anical research ended on the top floor as all but one of the workers were fascinated by the conversation so replete with umlauts and other sounds not pronounceable in English. Fin- ally exasperated, Dr. Britton stuck his head from behind a herbarium cabinet and shouted "Shut up or get out.” Funere- al silence followed. More auspicious New York visits followed, in which the kane writer became well acquainted with Skottsberg. Such friendship was renewed and firmly cemented on Skottsberg's collecting trips in the Hawaiian Islands. He visited the ka- “151 152 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 24, no. 2 ne's home on the north shore of Oahu. Although the latter already had had an assistant draw a Pupukea novelty for describing in his Flora Hawaiiensis, he abandoned all fur- ther work on the genus, resolving henceforth to siphon all representatives to G&teborg. Many years later, with Dr. Olof Selling, he visited Skottsberg's laboratory in G8teborg where Hawaiian Wikstromiae were growing out in the open! Wikstroemia pulcherrima Skottsb., at the time unnamed, had been observed by the kane writer as early as 1922, on the tawny volcanic ash plain at about 2,500 feet elevation. It grew almost gregariously on both sides of the "Belt Road," now officially named Mamalahoa Highway, on the south- eastern flanks of Mauna Kea and Hualalai, Island of Hawaii. It is a xerophytic, single-stemmed "shrub" more or less pros= trate or to about 7 dm., tall. It is strikingly ornamental when the wahine plant bears its abundant orange-red fruit. Having occasion to visit the general area November 27, 1971, the kane and wahine writers were distressed to note how these Wikstroemia plains had been devastated. It was not by the browsing of herds of Hereford cattle, which avoid eating the plant - the genus is rich in a poison that can be crystaliz- ed = but by their trampling. Luckily the road now has unusu- ally ample shoulders. With the cattle fenced away, the Wik- streomia can be most conveniently studied here. Anticipating the extinction of this splendid species, the only one thus far studied with a chromosome count of N = 18, the writers resolved to collect material for herbaria of the World. During our collecting we noted two taxa, one with small leaves and the other with larger ones. We found also a few transitional plants. Not able to distinguish from the mono- graph to what taxon Dr. Skottsberg's type specimen belongs, we wrote for information to Dr. Peterson, Botaniska Museet, Carl Skottsbergs Gata 22, GBteborg, Sweden. Receiving a brief analysis of the salient features of the type, we are convinced W. pulcherrima s.s8., = more properly but awkward- ly called ¥. pulcherrima var. pulcherrima - is the large leaved taxon. Armed with this knowledge, we herewith name the other: WIKSTROEMIA PULCHERRIMA var. PETERSONII Deg. & Deg., var. nov. A specie foliis circa 2 cm. longis et 1 cm. latis. Leaves elliptic to broadly elliptic, varying from 12-25 mm. long and 4-13 mm. wide but mostly 20 mm. X 10 mm. Flow- ers, as in the species itself, are abundant and greenish yellow. Whether the chromosome count applies to it, to the new variety or to both is presently unknown. All types, as we have mentioned before, are deposited in the New York Boe tanical Garden herbarium unless distinctly stated otherwise. 1972 Degener & Legener, Wikstroemia 153 Type Locality: Degener & Degener 32,754. Along Mamalahoa Highway at Saddle Road Junction, Hawaii. On yellow Pahala ash plain at 2,600 feet; being exterminated by trampling cattle except between roadside fences. Nov. 27; 1971. £X HERSARIUM CTTG DEGENER 154 Peay 2 OO Gate Vol. 2h, no. 2 Se ant i ~~ TX WWRVARISM OTTO DEFENER AND IRS GER ALAN e HA RF FRM See PERT ole a hee OE SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE SECTIONS OF BEGONIA L. A. I. Baranov and Fred A. Barkley Botanical Research Station, Greenhouses & Herbaria Department of Biology Northeastern University Woburn and Boston, Massachusetts Recently the sections of the genus Begonia L. have been receiving some much needed study. Among others who have been reviewing them are A. Brade, L. B. Smith and B. G. Schubert, E. Irmscher, R. Wilezeck, J. Doorenbos and R. Ziesenhenne. Mr. Ziesenhenne (personal communication) feels that besides those already published, several others should be described. A study of the sections by the present writers showed three nomenclatural changes which seem desirable and one sectional name which is frequently misspelled. Section Gireoudia Klotzsch, Peg OTe ACeAL ose os Leek und Arten, 41. 1855, as genus; A. DC., Amn. Sci. Nat. Ser. 4, 11: 41. 1859, as section. ; The spelling of the name of this section, and its original publication as a genus, has been questioned recently. The above spelling is that used by both Klotzsch and Alphonse de Camolle, and therefore is the spelling which should be used. Section Eegonis poms nov. Begonia tzsch, loc. cit., 20, as genus. A. IC., loc. cit., 31. 1859; Prodromus a5, i: 292. , as section. The type species of this section would of course be Begonia obliqua L., Species Plantarum, 1056. 1753, except that Linnaeus placed three previously published species in his typical variety, leaving the identity of the species questionable. Begonia acutifolia Jacq., Collect. 1: 122. 1786, is considered by the writers as the type specie: species of the genus. Since the International Rules (Article 22) decrees that the section including the type species of the correct name of the genus to which it is assigned, bears the (generic) name unaltered as its epithet, the correct sectional epithed mst be Begonig. Section Tetrapbila A. DC., Prodromus 15, 1: 517. 1864, emend. A. Baranov. Eusibegonia Warburg in Engler und Prantl, Die Natur- lichen Pflanzenfamilien Ba 6a: “140. 1895, as section. ~The following is the amended and revised description of the section Tetraphila: 155 156 PHY TOLOE TA Vol. 2h, noes2 Herbae epiphytae vel scandentes saepe valde ramosae, glabrae vel trichomatibus stellatis obtectae. Nodi caulorum interdum radicati. Folia penninervia; stipulae magnae, caducae. Cymae laterales, axillares, breves, plerumque oligoflorae. Flores masculini quadritepali, filamentis vulgo plus minus in fasciculum conoideum coalitis, rarior liberis; antherae oblongae, connectivo non producto, sessiles vel saltem filamentis longiores. Flores feminei quadritepali, tepalis interioribus duobus interdum plus minus reductis vel vestigialibus; stylis 3 caducis, apice bifurcatis, interne lineis papillosis instructis; placentae divisae. Fructus longus, cylindricus vel fusiformis, exalatus, 4-locularis, post maturitatem tenuiter membranaceus vel carnosus. en Bid. ae pring 0 Begonia mannii Hooker f., Bot. Mag. 90: t. Epiphytic and climbing, often richly branched herbs, glabrous or covered with stellate trichomes; stem nodes sometimes producing roots; leaves pinnately-veined; inflorescence lateral, axillary, cymose, in most cases few-flowered, short; stipules large, deciduous; staminate flowers with 4 tepals, filaments more or less united in a conical cluster, seldom free; anthers oblong, sessile or at least longer than the filaments, connective short; pistillate flowers with tepals 4, the inner two sometimes smaller or even vestigial, styles 3 (more, or rarely only 2), not persis- tent, sometimes connate at the base, at the apex two-parted, stigmatic papillae make up a continuous band on the inner surface, placentae divided; fruit long, cylindrical or spindle-shaped (fusiform), wingless, typically 4-locular, thin-membranous or fleshy at maturity. The type is Begonia mannii Hooker f., loc. cit. 90: t. HAH. Section Pelta: a Barkley, grad. nov. Pelteusustis tare in Engler und Prantl, loc. cit. 3, 6a: 140. 1895, as subsection. The only member of the section is Begonia socotrana Hooker f, Gard. Chron. 8, f. 1. 1881; Bot. Mag. 107, t. 6555. 1081, a species of the island of Socotra. This is a white-flowered, peltate-leafed plant, with one-winged fruit. It has a short growing season and a long dormant period. It is exceptional in the genus as being the only species producing a bulb. References Barkley, Fred A. Begoniaceae: The genera, sections, and known species of each. Boston 1972. 1972 Baranov & Barkley, Some nomenclatural changes 157 Barkley, Fred A. Begoniaceae to 1763. Providence. (1968) Barkley, Fred A. & Beverly Hozid. Leaf Anatomy of Begonia. The Begonian 36: 135-142. 1971. De Candolle, Alphonse. Memoire sur la Famille Begoniacees. Amn. Sc. Nat., Bot. Ser. 4, ai: 1-57. 1859. (Another printing has the pagination 93-149.) De Candolle, Alphonse. Begoriaceae. Prodromus Syst. Nat. Reg. Veg. 15, 1: 266-408. 1864. Doorenbos, J. Check List of Begonia Species. Wageningen. 1971. Irmscher, E. Begomiaceae. ler und Prantl, Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien (ed. 2) 21: -588. 1925. Klotzsch, J. F. Begoniaceen-Gattungen und Arten. Abh. Kon Akad. Wiss. zu Berlin. 121-255. 1854; 350-372. 1855. Lirmaeus, Carl. Species Plantarum, ..... 2: 1056. 1753. Warburg, 0. Begoniaceae. Engler und Prantl, Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien 3, 6a: 121-150. 1895. SYMPHYSIA FROM PANAMA Louis O. Williams Field Museum of Natural History Dr. William T. Stearn has just reviewed "The generic name Hornemannia and its diverse applications."* The use of the name Hornemannia Vahl (non Willdenow) for a member of the Ericaceae is shown to be invalid and that the name Symphysia Presl (1837) must be taken up even though it is an unfortunate name based on an error of observation. In addition to the much described Symphysia racemosa (Vahl) Stearn, which is quite widely distributed through the Caribbean and was the only species known to Dr. Stearn, there is another quite distinctive species from Panama which I de- scribed several years ago. The combination to Symphysia follows: SYMPHYSIA FLOCCOSA (L. Wms.) Le Wms. comb. nov. Hornemannia floccosa Le Wms. in Brittonia 18: 248, fig. 1966. Symphysia floccosa. Anthers in front and outlined side views; corolla opened out to show anthers and floccose pubescence; the calyx in natural position. Scales in mm. *Taxon 21: 105-111. 1972. 158 RANDIAS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA Louis O. Williams Field Museum of Natural History The preparation of the manuscript for the genus Randia for the Flora of Guatemala presented some special problems. The type . species of Randia is R. aculeata L., a species assumed to have come from the Caribbean basin and credited by Standley in his account of the genus in North American Flora (32: 174. 1934) to the lowlands around and in this basin from Florida and Mexico south to northern South America. Since that time a great many specimens from the Pacific side of Mexico and Central America as well as collections from montane forests and cloud forests at ele=- vations up to 2,000 meters have been determined as R. aculeata L. Randias of the subgenus Randia are difficult to work with for more than half of the specimens that we have from Guatemala lack flowers and flowers seem to be essential in the differenti- ation of the species. My studies for this group of Randias seem to indicate that the lowland species from the Pacific and Atlantic slopes of southern Mexico and Central America are closely related, perhaps sibling species. The montane species, especially those of the montane forests or cloud forests, are part of the closely- knit subgenus Randia. There are several species in the high, often isolated, mountains between the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and the Honduras Depression that seem to be closely related one to another. When flowers are available on the collections there seem to be characters to separate them into species units. The collections are far too few from the high mountains of this old core area of the Central American region to really understand what is happening. The montane endemism seems to be high in Randia as has been observed here with many other genera of plants. The ecological niches which are often isolated mountains apparent—- ly have been separated for a great enough period of time for con- siderable speciation to have taken place. The subgenus* Basanacantha presents some very special problems. The plants have larger flowers and occasionally very *Randia subg. Basanacantha (Hook. f.) Le Wms. comb. nov. Basanacantha Hooker f. in Benth. & Hook. Gene. Pl. 2: 82. 1873.6 LECTOTYPE: Randia monantha Benth. Pl. Hartw. 84. 1841; Basanacantha monantha Hook. f. ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. 2: 39. 1881. The type specimen from Guatemala. ae 160 PHY TOLOG TA Vol. 2h5 m,i2 large fruits. The flowers are probably always unisexual and the plants may be dioecious. Approximately half of the tropical North American Randias belong in this subgenus, as do five of the ten recognized species to appear in the Flora of Guatemala. The work for this paper and for the preparation of manuscript for the Flora of Guatemala has been assisted by continuing grants from the National Science Foundation, GB7254, GB19071, and GB27385. RANDIA MONTANA Le Wmse Sp. nove Subg. Randia. Frutices monticolae usque ad 2 m alti spinosi. Folia breviter petiolata submembranacea elliptica vel oblanceolato-elliptica acuta glabra; inflorescentia uniflora; calyx turbinatus 5-lobatus, lobi oblanceolati acuminati ciliati; corolla alba parva, tubus intus pubescens, lobi subaequales ovato-lanceolati acuminati; fructus desideratur. Montane shrubs 1-2 m. tall, branchlets slender, glabrous, with scattered, paired, slender spines; the leaves a pair at each node, or usually borne on inconspicuous short-shoots and 2-4 on each short-shoot, with intrapetiolar stipules, the petioles 2-5 mm. long, slender, the blades submembranaceous, elliptic or oblanceolate-elliptic, acute, glabrous, (2-) 3-6 cm. long and l=-2 cm. broad, 8-10 pairs of lateral nerves inconspicuous; inflorescence a single flower terminal on the short-shoots; ovary glabrous, or hirsute at juncture of pedicel, about 15 mm. long; calyx turbinate, the calyx tube about 2 mm. long, the lobes 5, oblanceolate, acuminate, ciliate, about 2 mm. long and 0.5-0.7 mm. broad above the middle, slightly unequal; corolla hypercrateri- form, about 7-8 mm. long, pubescent within in the throat and tube, the tube about 4 mm. long, the lobes a little shorter, the lobes unequally ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, about 3 mm. long; style about as long as the corolla tube, bifid; anthers inserted in throat of corolla, sessile, about 2.5 mm. long; fruits unknown. Honduras: flowers white, shrub 1-2 m., common, cut-over cloud forest between Calaveras and El] Duraznillo, on Cordillera Opalaca, Dept. Intibuca, alt. 1,800 m., March 12, 1970, Molina & Molina 25550 (type, F; EAP); "crucito," flowers white, shrub 1-2 m., comm common, mixed forest along Huise River, 9 km. east of La Esperanza, Dept. Intibuca, alt. 1,600 m., March 13, 1970, Molina & Molina 25570 (F; EAP). 1972 Williams, Randias from Central America 161 A montane species allied to the group around R. cookii and R. standleyana. It is distinguished by the oblanceolate acuminate calyx lobes which are about as long as the tube, by the thin, oblanceolate or elliptic leaves, and by the ovate-lanceolate acuminate corolla lobes. "iat P iy j ‘ / i! fis ie . 2 . =. 3 - ~ Se, gs Li = * y pe ga 4 Poe a e (fae La 7 NEA EZ i. ye nes te, Z : . hoy ’ 1 = io oF Rh OOF E , Ce Me AE fo >" ky } Ae ae A. Ved // te a gj \g ALT 254 /Be K Pa AGE Cay oe j , le 6fkyt 4, : a '/p i : sat : “3 Randia montana. Habit, a flower at anthesis, and dissections of a flower with appropriate scales. Drawn from the type by Marion Pahl, July 1972. 162 PHY: T.O.:0.G4:2 & Vol. 2h, Ose RANDIA STANDLEYANA Le Wms. Spe nove Subg. Randia. Frutices aut arbores. Folia sessilia obscure pubescentia, laminae obovatae aut late obovatae obtusae ad basem attenuatum; inflorescentia sessiles, fasciculi terminales uni-pauciflorae; flores perparvi; calyx campanulatus 5—lobatus lobi lanceolati acuti ciliati; corolla hypercrateriformis, tubus angustus, lobi ovati vel suborbicu- lares patentes; fructus desideratur. Shrubs or perhaps small trees of unknown size; the branchlets opposite, mostly about 4-5 cm. long and terminated by a pair of spines 6-10 mm. long, sparsely pilose or glab- rescent; the leaves usually 4 on very short opposite short- shoots, sessile or nearly so, obscurely puberulent on both surfaces, the blades obovate to broadly obovate, obtuse, attenuate to the base, mostly 7-15 mm. long and 3-10 mm. broad; inflorescence a sessile 1-few-flowered fascicle terminal on short-shoots; flowers very small, mostly 4-5 mm. long; ovary densely white pubescent; calyx campanulate, 5—lobate, glabrous, about 1-1.5 mm. long, the lobes lanceolate, acute, ciliate, to 0.8 mm. long; corolla salverform, 3-4 mm. long, 5-lobate, glabrous outside, sparsely pubescent in the throat, the tube 2-225 mm. long, lobes spreading, ovate or suborbicular, obtuse, 1.5=2 mm. long; stamens nearly sessile in the throat of corolla; style as long as the corolla tube, the stigma bifid; fruit not knowne Guatemala: Chimah, Peten, May 23, 1933, Lundell 3417; occupied clearing, La Libertad, Peten, May 29, 1933, Lundell 3474 (type, F; MICH); La Libertad, Peten, May 30, 1933, Lundell 3496. These specimens and at least two other Central American Randias have been called R. malacocarpa to which this species is somewhat related. The most closely related of the Central American species is R. cookii, possibly a sibling species from the Pacific side of Chiapas and Guatemala. This is the smallest-flowered of the Randias known to me from Central America. It is named for Dr. Standley who was the specialist on Rubiaceae. 1972 Williams, Randias from Central America 163 Randia standleyana. A branch, a bud, a flower and dissections Of a flower, with appropriate scales. Drawn from the type by Marion Pahl, 1971. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE" by Jules Janick, 2nd edition, x & 586 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, California 910. 1972. $12.00. This author's bent toward offering the scientific explana- tion(s) or pinpointing the scientific question(s) involved in the field of horticulture — as*shown here and in the previous edition of this book, in "Plant Science: An Introduction to World Crops" and in "Plant Agriculture, Readings from Scientific American" — leads this whole profession out of the cook book and green thumb school into a truly scientific approach, The book is divided into three parts. The biology of horti- culture discusses effectively the classification and basic struc- ture of horticultural plants and their growth and development, The technology of horticulture discusses controlling the plant enviroment, directing plant growth, biological competition, propagation, plant improvement, and marketing. The industry of horticulture discusses geography world-wide, production systems, major crops and esthetics. The whole is excellently enhanced with 38 appropriate illustrations that would have been even more valuable if all -——- instead of just most -— had the plants identified and recorded in the index. Because the text has been completely updated, it can be of great value to those practicing in the field as well as to stu- dents from the high school -- by judicious selection -- to the university and institute level. "A NATURALIST IN SOUTHERN FLORIDA" by Charlotte Orr Gantz, xiv & 256 pp., illus., University of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida 3312). 1971. $7.95. This is a delightful book to peruse before, during and/or af- ter a trip to the southern half of Florida. It describes pleas- antly and accurately life along the beaches, the roads, the parks, the inland trails through cypress swamps and everglades, and the natural and man-made wild areas. The unique emphasis of this book is its correlation of present-day life and earth form with that known back 26 million years ago, There are many commendable features in this book. Useful but purposely limited bibliography is given at the end of each chapter. Scientific names are also provided there to supplement the common names used in the text. For the black mangrove Avicennia nitida is given, but the accepted name now is A, germinans, The print is neat. The word "mastodons" is misspelled on p. 178. The illus- trations consist of a few fine black/white photographs of animals 16), 1972 Moldenke, Book reviews 165 and habitat areas. This book should have a wide appeal since there are now so many tourists, residents and students in this area interested in its wild life and special ecological features. "ARMY ANTS - A Study in Social Organization" by T. C. Schneirla & edited by Howard R. Topoff, xx & 349 pp., illus., W. H. Free- man & Co., San Francisco, California 9410). 1971. $12.00. Next to entomologists themselves, the persons most interested in insects have always been botanists who cannot help being fascin- ated by these creatures that dwell in so many different complex associations with "their" plants. This book will also appeal to the many students and professionals interested in the growing field of ethology. Readers owe a debt of gratitude to Dr. Topoff, Dr. Schneirla's last student, for making the final arrangements for publishing this valuable work after the death of the author, It is excellently illustrated with charts, black/white photographs and colored plates. The study covers over three decades of field and laboratory re- search of the few New World and Old World genera of the subfamily Dorylinae behaviorally characterized by massive predatory raids, great nomadic movements, and almost rhythmic coordinated and re- versible change from states of high metabolic rates to low level ones. The following topics are carefully considered: the colony, bivouacs, raiding, emigrations, broods, functional cycles and nomadism, the queen, males and young queens, colony divisions and new establishments, the tiny simple Aenictus, and the Doryline colony as an adaptive system. There are included a useful glos- sary, bibliography and index, Dr. Schneirla concludes: "I consider the complex behavior pat— terns I have described as resulting from species-typical devel- opmental processes, to which all types of individuals in the colony contribute......lo denote the major causal factor domin- ating colony behavior, my theory employs the concept of brood- stinulating effects.seee "Army ant adaptive systems have evolved through the reduction of individuals and of their functions to just the ones that con- tribute in one way or another to efficiency in collective opera- tions." "AUSTRALIAN INSECTS IN COLOUR" by Anthony Healy & Courtenay Smithers, 112 pp., illus., Charles E. Tuttle Co., Tokyo, Japan & Rutland, Vermont 05701. 1971. $7.50. Some of the most spectacular and most important of the 50,000 already described insect species of this "Down Under" continent are grouped by orders, described briefly with items of special interest, and illustrated so very impressively and so beautiful- ly in 19 black/white and 126 color photographs. The first author did the superb photography (so maintained in 166 PHYTOLOG I & Vol. 2h, no. 2 fine printing); the second author did the accurate and interesting text This book will surely interest amateur and professional ento- mologists, amateur and professional photographers, nature lovers and those folks most interested in Australia, "A COMPUTER-MAPPED FLORA - A Study of the County of Warwickshire" by D. A. Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes & R. C. Readett, ix & 768 pp., illus., published for the Birmingham Natural History Society by Academic Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1971. $31.50. Over 175,000 field observations were made by amateur and pro= fessional botanists from 1950 to 1965 on a randomly selected 1 kn, square from each block of four, recorded on "Map-Index" Species Cards, and fed into a computer. With an "Incremental Plotter" and a "Line Printer" it was then possible to provide computer maps of the flowering plants, vascular cryptogams and bryophytes with ease and precision. Far beyond the limited study satisfactions for the people of the County of Warwickshire with its 50 by 30 miles area and of the Birmingham Natural History Society, and the academic asset of having Bagnall's 1891 flora of this area brought up to date, is the very much greater value of presenting for the first time methods and recordings of study techniques applicable to much more than the fields of botany or even science. And from the stored data much further use can be made of it in many different ways. Among the contents of this book are the physical background, geology and soils, historical geography with neolithic cultiva- tion records, some Warwickshire botanists including John Ray, methods of recording and processing data, habitat studies, the vascular plants and their graphs, plotted or line printed distri- bution maps, and bryophytes and their maps. In the back pocket there are 13 overlay maps of 2= or l-page size for relief and drainage, rivers and canals and lakes, surface geology, rainfall, temperature, well wooded areas, parks and woods and plantations and heaths and commons, bryophytes, and geology. This book presents a vast amount of carefully executed study that is of interest in itself and as a guide for future studies. "INFRASPECIFIC CHEMICAL TAXA OF MEDICINAL PLANTS" by Péter Tétényi, 225 pp., illus., Chemical Publishing Company, New York, N. Y. 10003. 1970. $15.00. Much valuable material has been presented in this study which considers polychemism in 750 species in 106 families of plants for their terpenes and terpenoids, their acetate metabolism derivatives, their flavenoids and phenylpropane derivatives, their alkaloids, and their isorhodanidogenes. There is a plant- genera index and a bibliography of over 2,000 references. The general part of the text gives an in-depth analysis of infra- 1972 Moldenke, Book reviews 167 specific differentiation and its role in classification and nomen- clature. "Infraspecific chemical taxa are generally universal. More- over, they can be found ubiquitously, from the primitive species to those of the highest organization.....[and are] a general as- pect of the phylogeny of the plant kingdom thus far studied..... "We can see from the data reviewed in this book that polychem- ism very often occurs without any morphological differences..... fand so] metabolism prevails....... "Since morphological properties are fortuitous because they are not in close correlation with chemism, the chemical ones are more suitable for taxonomic purposes. On the basis of our present knowledge, this must be taken into account in classification [and] systematization, mainly within the species itself." The pendulum swings wide. "THE ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF ILLINOIS: GRASSES - BROMUS TO PASPALUM" by Robert H. Mohlenbrock, xvii & 332 pp., illus., Southern Illinois University Press, Edwardsville & Carbondale, Illin- ois 62901. 1972. $10.00. It is good that this fourth volume has been published so promptly and so well. The remainder of the grasses (1); species) is slated for another volume due next year. In the present vol- ume 286 species in 86 genera and )9 lesser taxa are carefully treated. The systematics follow Gould's modification (1968) of the Hitchcock system (1950) mainly. The Poaceae are placed as the highest development in Order Commelinales & la Thorne (1968). There are 263 accurate line drawings, as well as geographic distribution maps, glossary, bibliography, and index. In the introduction there is a lucid, well illustrated explanation of grass structure. The keys to genera and species are workable and not so difficult as to frighten off the amateur and begin- ning student. "Grasses are the most valuable plants on earth." Illinois has many of them in its moist and dry natural areas, its cultivated areas, and its waste areas. "FLORA OF THE AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY" by Nancy T. Burbidge & Max Gray, vii & 7 pp., illus., Australian National Universi - ty Press, Canberra. Also available through the International Scholarly Book Services, Inc., Portland, Oregon 97208. 1970. $15.60. This phanerogamic flora simply keys out and carefully describes 1035 species in 12 genera and 92 families, with 289 of the spe- cies being naturalized, and with 09 line drawings by the senior author. Since very few species are wholly restricted to the area associated with this National Capital and lying in the Tablelands region of New South Wales, "its flora is related to that of other Tablelands areas and of the ranges of eastern Australia with their 168 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 2 extension into Victoria......To increase the general applicability of the book references to distribution in other parts of Austral- ia have been included." We note, however, that even though Verbena bonariensis grows in Queensland, it is not so credited in this flora, This in general very good work should be of much use in schools and universities, as well as to botanists and to people interested in the countryside of the Australian Capital Territory and sur—- rounding areas. "ARZNEIPFLANZEN DER POLYNESIER" by Bernard Lepernick, 307 pp., il- lus., Baessler-Archiv Beiheft 8, Dietrich Reimer, Berlin 5, West Germany. 1972. 69 DM paperback. Much valuable botanical, cultural and medical (if not modernly curative) material has been carefully collated in this book. "The more than 600 prescriptions discussed.....show the use of plants for medicinal purposes by the Polynesians. We find prescriptions for the treatment of many scores of diseases and accidents, for medical assistance in pregnancy and childbirth, and for hygienic preparations. "For these remedies more than )00 species of plants belonging to more than 300 genera [in 117 families] are used. It is pos-= sible to identify most of them botanically, some of them have been tentatively identified on a linguistic basis....., others are known to us only by their Polynesian names.....e "SS of the species used in Polynesian medicine are also used in Western medicine, 16 of them in ancient Chinese-Tibetan medicine, and 72 of them in Melanesian medicine," as stated in part of the English summary. This study is divided into the following sections: Einleitung, Arzneipflanzen, Therapie (in considerable detail according to types of illnesses), Ergebnisse, Zusammenfassung (with an English trans- lation of it), Vulgarnamen, Schrifttum, Geographisches Register, Botanisches Register, and Kartenskizze. "CHRYSOBALANACEAE", Monograph No. 9, by Ghillean T. Prance, }10 pp., illus., 1972. $26.50 paperback. "DICHAPETALACEAE", Monograph No. 10, by Ghillean T. Prance. "RHABDODENDRACEAE", Monograph No. 11 (bound with No. 10) by Ghillean T. Prance, 8) & 23 pp., illus. 1972. Paperbound. All published for the Organization for Flora Neotropica by Hafner Publishing Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. In standard excellent taxonomic form, including careful drawings, distribution maps, detailed pollen information, and pictorialized scatter diagrams for several species, all the New World tropical members of these three botanical families are treated. ref Sow, Soi » PHYTOLOGIA:::: Designed to expedite botanical publication FFP § 197: ‘ Vol. 24 | October, 1972 No. 3 CONTENTS EE Wot ige tee 4 Nee EG Der i He eee lt ep ae ee eR ee 169 MOLDENKE, FH: N., A new aquatic pipewort .\..5 2 2 es a we a 169 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XC. TIE ERS CTT OLTIIGLIIN 35 e parin oat oan ws WBS gale ee og a. She RT 170 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCI. ey REUE Sembee WIACTODOGIO 6.56508 28 hice etn eR oo eee whe Be 173 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCII. Ba ONS ERENCE IE ose occa ta Pony daa, Bm Beal Ma Oa few haga ag oe 176 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCIII. A HEW CeMus,. LEIENOCONUODRIS 2 '5 5 eh nose cn yo Som, 6 ake esd ak bod 180 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCIV. AE. BOTS, F IAEV DOTIOMERCID 26a. S) 7559 og Oo is, ie» To nt ge we 182 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCV. ‘Additions OF LE ORNS OTN a 5a Se eta ke ao 8 ek ee ee 8 184 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCVI. CE EW CMON, LA SUAPRI oe s2 oa. eae phoebe Wine ce APR Se aS, Sone ae wee 185 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XCVII. . EW COMES TMEBCOME VINE ins COS a Goo 6 wes ay a aie, wpe 2 187 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XC VIII. ae MRIS area PG e554 o's” Sov ple a, eae Kaew Awa tae 68 eee 192 WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis XX... 1... 1. eee eee ee ee 195 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae Seon tsk I. A new species of PRONE et RO se ete Kiel € Wins ele a eM sa yp aca Sars 209 PFISTER, D. H., Notes on Caribbean Discomycetes. II. Two species of Pulvinula MATTE AS OITEA MD GE eS WS 0 Gar a, BL ES I ie, wal te gh alee le. ge ee 211 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Verbena. XVII............ 216 CPasRE REN ks. Waoeeas IE BEEN Wy a ge ivi tenn ete WN igge area es kre ae 257 - Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 “US: AS Price of this number, $1.50; per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 at close of volume, 50 cents extra to foreign addresses ae : SIEre To Dr. Henry Allan Gleason in commemoration of his ninetiéth birthday, January 2, 1972, this issue is affectionately and gratefully dedicated. Dr. Gleason was one of the two co-founders of PHYTOLOGIA and served as one of its two co-editors and publishers from its incep- tion in December, 1933, until December, 1950. During these 18 years he contributed no less than 23 scientific papers to its pages. Including the present issue, we have now published a total of 12,056 pages, on which have appeared 102] papers by 137 botani- cal authors. The journal contimes to offer the most prompt pub- lication service available to botanists anywhere -—- which was the purpose in Dr. Gleason's mind at its founding. We offer our most sincere congratulations, albeit belated, to Dr. Gleason on the occasion of this milestone in life's journey and we wish him contimed health and happiness and many more anniversaries to come! The Editors A NEW AQUATIC PIPEWORT Harold N. Moldenke TONINA FLUVIATILIS f. PARVIFOLIA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma. a forma typica speciei recedit foliis 5—9 m. lon- gis 2—-3 mm. latis ad apicem abrupte acutis 3—7 parallelonervatis et nodis caulorum distincte albido-hispidis, pilis patento- reflexis. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its leaves much smaller, only 5--9 mm. long and 2--3 mm. wide, 3—-7-veined with rather conspicuous paraliel veins extending from the base to the apex, the apex abruptly acute, the lowest 1/ more or less clasping the stem, and the nodes of the stem conspicuously whitish-hispid with wide-spreading or somewhat reflexed hairs. The type of this form was collected by E. Foldats (no. 3780) in the Alto Rio Atacavi, Amazonas, Venezuela, on September r 6, “1960, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York’ Botani- cal Garden. The collector notes "Hierbe poco abundante, formando colonias bastante grandes, sumergidas en el agua negra, dispuestas a la accién del corriente del rfo". The type is sterile and so the correct disposition of the plant is a matter of question, yet its general aspect seems to point clearly to Tonina. Furthermore, it is strikingly similar to the type of T. fluviatilis f. obtusi- folia Moldenke identified as a Tonina by %. the late N. Y. Sandwith at Kew, 169 STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XC. THE GENUS, CAMPULOCLINIUM. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The critical review of the Eupatorieae has shown Campuloclinium to be one of the most distinctive genera of the tribe. The distinctive habit resulted in generic status at an early date. It is the more recent attempts to apply broad concepts in the Eupatorieae that have reduced Campuloclinium to a section of Eup- atorium. The sectional characteristic seems to have been the large size of the floral heads, and a wide variety of species such as the Colombian Ageratina Zinnifolia (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson have been included. B.L.Robinson did seem to regard the conical receptacle as important also. The present concept is still more restricted. Two features are particularly distinctive of the genus Campuloclinium, the carpopodium and the recept- acle. “The carpopodium can be seen at even Low magni- fication as an expanded narrow basal ring with a sharply demarcated straight upper margin. Under high- er magnification the carpopodial cells are quadrate or wider than high with thin but firm walls. The recept- acle is conical with only small scars at each floral insertion. Equally distinctive but less defineable are the appearance of the elongate, usually strongly setiferous achenes, and the breadth of the coarsely mamillose style branches. Features that are useful in recognizing the genus but which are found in some relatives include the large heads with broad phyllaries, the hairy style base which is slightly to greatly enlarged, and the Large usually mamillose cells of the corolla lobes. There is some variation in the genus in the size of the heads, being larger in the less branched inflorescences of most of the species and somewhat smaller in the much branched inflorescence of C. purpurascens. The corolla Lobes also vary, being essentially smooth in C. tubaracense. The genus is almost entirely restricted to eastern South America but the original description is based on Mexican material of the widely distributed type species, C. macrocephalum 170 1972 King & Robinson, Genus Campuloclinium 171 Campuloclinium A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 136. 1836. Coarse erect herbs or subshrubs with few branches. Stems terete usually hirsute. Leaves opposite or alternate sessile or on narrowly winged petioles, laminae ovate to narrowly oblong. Inflorescence mono- cephalic to broadly corymbose; heads medium sized to large. Phyllaries subimbricate in 2-3 series, 15-30 narrowly to broadly oblong-elliptical with hairs and glands externally; receptacle highly rounded to conical with small scars. Flowers 30-100 per head; corollas narrowly funnelform, Lobes broadly triangular usually mamillose to papillose inside and outside with glands and often hairs on the outer surface; collars of anther filaments very thick with mostly quadrate cells, walls of cells with distinct horizontal oblique or vertical thickenings; exothecial cells subquadrate or slightly longer; anther appendage rather oblong 2/3 -1 times as long as wide; style base not or scarcely enlarged with few to many hairs; style branches flat, broadly Linear strongly mamillose to papillose; achenes elongate prismatic with narrow base, 5-costate, strong- ly setiferous with few to many glands; carpopodium short cylindrical, very enlarged with Large cells quadrate or wider than high, walls slightly thickened; Pappus of 25-40 setae in one series, scabrellous, apical cells subacute to acute. Lectotype species: Eupatorium macrocephalum Less. Our studies of the genus indicate that it contains the following ten species. Campuloclinium burchellii (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium burchellii Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 2): 356. 1876. Argentina, Brasil. Campuloclinium chlorolepis (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium chlorolepis Baker, Mart. FL. Bras. 6(2): 357. 1876. Brasil. Campuloclinium hickenii (Cabrera & Vittet) R.M. King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium hickenii Cabrera & Vittet, Revist. Mus. Univ. Eva Peron (n.s.) Secc. Bot. 8: 246. 1954. N. Argentina. 172 Po Bi YsTO210,.G.T5A Yol. 2h, nove Campuloclinium hirsutum Gardner, Hook. Lond. Journ. 6: 36,,. 2047. Braet, Campuloclinium macrocephalum (Lessing) A.P.Decandolle, 1836 PEOOes 2.2, hd 20 . Bolivia, Colombia, Honduras, Mexico, Paraguay. Campuloclinium megacephalum (Mart. ex Baker) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium megacephalum Mart. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): Sci 1876. Campuloclinium parvulum (Glaziou) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium parvulum Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 56. mem. 3: 350. 1909. Brasil. Campuloclinium purpurascens (Schultz-Bip. ex Baker) R. M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium urpurascens Schultz-Bip. ex Baker, Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2): 356. 1876. Brasil. Campuloclinium riedelii (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium riedelii Baker, Mart. Fl. Brag... B20: 3 deal Le, BEASTS Campuloclinium tubaracense (Hieron. ) R.M.King & H. Rob- inson, comb. nov. Eupatorium tubaracense Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 22: 784. 1897. Brasil. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB- 20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XCI. A NEW GENUS, MACROPODINA, R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Three species from southern Brazil and adjacent Argentina are placed here in a new genus, Macropodina characterized by elongate achenes, long narrow corolla lobes and by unenlarged pubescent style bases. The genus seems closest to Campuloclinium but differs clearly by the achenes, corolla Lobes, and by having a flat receptacle. Other groups that have been con- fused with species of Macropodina in the past lack the hairs on the base of the style and have different carpopodial structure. The most commonly known species of Macropodina has unfortunately been recognized for the Last hundred years under the wrong name and therefore has to be redescribed here as a new species. The 40-50 flowers per head commonly cited for members of this genus is apparently borrowed from the original description of rppatorsum adenanthum DC. which is not congeneric. ower number in Macropodina actually rarely y near 25, Eesti es 40 and is usua Macropodina R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Suffrutices erecti laxe ramosi. Caules teretes puberuli vel glanduliferi. Folia plerumque opposita distincte petiolata, lLaminis ovatis acutis vel acuminatis serrulatis base truncatis vel breviter cuneatis, trinervatis. Inflorescentiae laxe cymosae, pedicellis erp coche involucri squamae 18-40 subimbricatae inaequilongae 2-4-seriatae anguste oblongae vel lineares; receptacula plana vel leniter convexa glabra. Flores 20-45 in capitulo; corollae anguste infundibulares, Lobis triplo longioribus quam latioribus extus glanduliferis, cellulis elongatis, parietibus valde sinuosis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore aliquantum lata, cellulis plerumque quadratis vel breviter oblongis, parietibus annulate ornatis; styli inferne non vel leniter nodulosi pauce vel. dense hirsuti, appendicibus linearibus superne vix Llatioribus sublaevibus ; achaenia prismatica longe stipitata 5-costata in costis glandulifera vel minute scabra; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis 173 174 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 2h, no. 3 subquadratis, parietibus parum incrassatis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis 25-30 tenuibus scabrellis, cellulis apicalibus subacutis vel acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium blumenavii Hieron. The three species of the genus are as follows: Macropodina blumenavii (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. ee ea blumenavii Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahbrb..22: 784, 1897, Brazil. Macropodina bradei R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices usque ad 2.5 m alti. Caules puberuli. Folia inferiora majora, superiora saepe alterna, petiolis 1.0-3.5 cm longis, Laminis 4-13 cm lLongis 2- 8 cm latis ovatis vel late ovatis breviter anguste acuminatis, margine crenato-serrulatis base rotundatis vel abrupte anguste cuneatis. Pedicellae rectae 1-5 cm longae puberulae. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta; involucri Squamae 30-40 valde inaequilongae 3-4-seriatae 3-7 mm longae extus puberulae et glanduliferae. Flores ca. 25-45 in capitulo; corollae 5.0-5.5 mm longae; styli inferne pauce breviter hirsuti; achaenia usque ad 6 mm longa; pappi setae ca. 30. Grana pollinis 20-22, diam. Type: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Itatiaia, picada nova a 1000 m p.m. February 16, 1948, Brade 18853 (Holotype US 1). Additional specimens examined: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Serra dos Orgaos, Pedra do Frade a 1300 m p.m. July 19, 1940, Brade 16424 (US!), Organ Mountains, Capt. Wilkes sn (US!), Petropolis, Oct. 20, 1921, Holway & Holway 1236 (US!), F. Didrich- sen 4027 (US!), Parana: Serra do Mar, Banhado, ad Marginem silvae primaevae 860 ms.m. , January 30, 1914, P. Dusen 14379 (US!). The new species includes most of the material seen in herbaria under the name Eupatorium adenanthum DC. Photographs of the type of E. adenanthum show a plant of entirely different structure having shorter petioles, more clustered heads, more nearly equal phyLlaries and shorter Lobes on the corollas. We believe true E. adenanthum was interpreted most proper- ly by Gardner in his no. 1723 which is a Trichogon- iopsis. The most important distinctions of the new species are the non glandular pubescence of the pedicels, the simple glandular punctations of the phyllaries and the weak short pubescence on the base of the style. 1972 King & Robinson, Gems Macropodina 175 Macropodina reitzii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Suffrutices usque ad 2 m alti ? Caules puberuli. Folia superiora minora saepe alterna, petiolis 0.8-4.0 em longis, Laminis 3-10 cm Longis 1.5-8.0 cm Latis ovatis vel late ovatis vix acuminatis margine valde serratis base rotundatis vel abrupte anguste cuneatis. Pedicellae tenues 0.5-2.0 cm Longae puberulae. Capitula 8-9 cm alta; involucri squamae ca. 18-20 aliquantum inaequilongae 2-3-seriatae 3.0-5.5 mm longae extus puberulae. Flores ca. 20-25 in capitulo; corollae ca. 4.5 mm Longae; styli inferne dense hirsuti; achaenia usque ad 4 mm longa; pappi setae ca. 30. Grana pollinis 20-22, diam. Type: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Bom Retiro: Shady ravine of Agua Boa, Riozinho, alt. 1000 m., January 27, 1957. L.B.Smith & R.Reitz 10501 (Holotype US!). The new species is most distinctive in the rather small heads with 18-20 phyllaries and 20-25 flowers. The species is Like M. blumenavii (Hieron.) R.M.King & H.Robinson in the densely hirsute style base and like M. bradei in the Lack of stalked glands on the pedicels and phyllaries. Actually there seem to be no glands whatsoever on the phyllaries which would be a further distinction from M. bradei. On the basis of the one specimen the leaves seem Less acuminate than in the other two species. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB-20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). XCII. THE GENUS, TRICHOGONIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Plumose pappus setae have been recognized as a primary characteristic of Trichogonia since the establishment of the group as a section of Kuhnia by Decandolle (1836). Gardner (1846) raised the group to generic rank and called attention to the hairy outer surface of the corollas, the subequal phyllaries, and in one case the long slender base of the achene. Asa Gray (1851) seems to have been the first to include species in Trichogonia that Lacked hairs on the corolla, and Mattfeld included species having glabrous corollas and conical receptacles. B.L.Robinson (1913 p 438) called attention to related species lacking a pappus which he placed in the genus Alomia. In addition to these, our studies have encountered two species of "Eupatorium'' having characters of Trichogonia. Certain adjustments in these concepts have been necessary to derive a natural and workable delimitation of Tricho- gonia. Two features most prominent in the genus Tricho- gonia have been studied critically for our revision, the pappus and the hairs on the corolla. B.L.Robinson summarized the problem of the pappus when he mono- graphed the genus ALomia. He knew that two of his species were really Trichogonia and not Alomia, and he knew that the pappus character did not work since some Trichogonia species were known to lack pappus on some achenes. Unfortunately, B.L.Robinson also knew the ramifications of any generic revisions in the Eupatorieae and he saved his energies for other efforts. The species lacking hairs on the corolla are in no way so closely bound to the genus Trichogonia. In fact, these species form two very distinct groups, each differing by additional characters. The species once called Ageratum melissaefolium A.P.Decandolle differs not only by corolla pubescence but by a conical receptacle and by more wedge-shaped shortly fringed pappus setae, and we have placed it in